Scene and Herd.
Sheffield News and Reviews
Street Art - Richard Hawley by Bubba 2000.
Click photo for details.
13.07.26
SCENE AND HERD GIG REVIEW: SWELL MAPS @ MARY ST LIVE
Written by Mark Rezzano
After a gap of a mere forty-six years, legendary British DIY music pioneers Swell Maps return, resurgent, with a great new album, a new line-up, and the approval of a raucous Sheffield audience ringing in their ears. One of only two gigs Swell Maps are playing to promote their new album, C21, a tremendous coup for the good people at Mary Street Live; its growing reputation for live music of every stripe spreading far and wide.
If youâre not too familiar with Swell Maps, let me give you a brief introduction. Formed in 1972 in Birmingham, Swell Maps were initially galvanised by punkâs energy and DIY ethos, but were not beholden to its Year Zero dictum and inherent political rhetoric. Swell Maps were rooted in a more everyday existence, consumed by the weirder aspects of pop culture.
Combining a love of 60s/70s TV, sci-fi, and pulp novels with a taste for psychedelia, krautrock and prog, Swell Maps stood out immediately from their peers. In fact, they were inspired by prog giants Gong rather than punk to adopt the rather brilliant pseudonyms Epic Soundtracks (Kevin Godfrey), Nikki Sudden (Adrian Godfrey), Jowe Head (Stephen Bird), Biggles Books (Richard Earl Scaldwell), Phones B. Sportsman (David Barrington), and Golden Cockrill (John Cockrill). All these elements coalesce on their first two albums into something singular and quietly influential.
Championed by John Peel and signed to Rough Trade, their music would go on to inspire the likes of Sonic Youth, Nirvana and Pavement. Countless other bands have used Swell Maps as the blueprint for their own story.
Jowe Head has reanimated the name and is the only original member included from the original line-up (sadly, the Godfrey brothers both passed away in their 40s). An enticing prospect is the inclusion of former member of The Wolfhounds David Callahan on lead guitar (check out his excellent solo albums English Primitive I and II). In fact, this line-up of Swell Maps boasts former members of fellow DIY trailblazers Alternative TV and Television Personalities.
There is a palpable sense of excitement in the air as they take to the stage. A lot of older faces mingle with some newer ones, no doubt initiated into the world of Swell Maps by discerning relatives and the bandâs cult status.
This incarnation of Swell Maps more than lives up to the reputation laid down by the original one. Any doubts are quickly extinguished as they tear into The Helicopter Spies, one of the standout tracks from their second album, Jane From Occupied Europe. An insanely catchy chorus is sung back to the stage with increasing gusto: âHelicopter spies, they make me cry!â
Letâs Build a Car is received with vociferous cheers. Every song is roared on by a crowd who have clearly longed for this moment to come. Itâs a joy to hear the strange sounds that punctuate the songs; songs that always tantalisingly seem on the verge of collapse.
From household objects to the noises normally associated with 70s sci-fi shows, every song is a world in itself. Itâs remarkable how well the new songs sit so comfortably next to the more established classics. In fact, some of the songs on the new album date back to the first two albums.
The return has exceeded all my expectations. As the new album demonstrates, there is clearly a renewed vigour surrounding Swell Maps. A second act for a band that burned brightly for a brief moment. Tonight just confirmed that this is no mere nostalgia trip. A gig worthy of the name. An unqualified triumph.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK
w/c 6th July 2026
The Steel City Alternative Market makes its debut this July, transforming Trafalgar Warehouse into a showcase of the weird, the wonderful and the beautifully unconventional.
Expect a carefully curated mix of independent traders and artists bringing everything from taxidermy, leatherwork and handcrafted jewellery to gothic home décor, alternative fashion, candles, prints, crochet and witchcraft-inspired creations; making it a must-visit for anyone drawn to the darker side of creativity.
Taking place on Saturday 11 July, from 10am to 6pm, the event is free to enter, with donations welcomed for the Sophie Lancaster Foundation. Established in Sophieâs memory, the charity works to challenge prejudice and discrimination against alternative communities, while promoting acceptance, inclusion and the freedom to express individuality.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK
w/c 29th June 2026
Crossed Wires returns to Sheffield from 2nd - 5th July with another packed programme that transforms the city into a meeting place for podcast fans. Stages across Sheffield City Hall, the Crucible and neighbouring venues will host live recordings, interviews and special performances, while a free BBC fringe adds extra conversations and broadcasts throughout the weekend.
The opening night features Greg James and Alice Levine's Bad Chat, before Friday brings a varied line-up including JaackMaate's Happy Hour, The Psychology of Your 20s, Get A Grip: Bras Off and The Screen Rot Podcast. Saturday shifts between comedy, culture and sport with The Elis and John Show, How To Fail with Elizabeth Day, That Boxing Show, If I Speak and the All My Friends after-party keeping the festival atmosphere going into the evening.
Sunday rounds off the weekend with something for every generation. Visitors can choose from The Blindboy Podcast, British Scandal, The Magnus Archives, Bold Politics with Zack Polanski and Dig It with Jo Whiley and Zoe Ball, alongside family shows including Nick Cope and Fun Kids Science Quest. With dozens of live podcasts, free fringe events and audiences travelling from across the UK, Crossed Wires has quickly become one of Sheffield's standout cultural weekends.
For up to date information on ticket availability, click here
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK
w/c 22nd June 2026
Sheffield's reputation may have been built on beer, but from 24thâ28th June the spotlight shifts to wine as Sheffield Wine Week returns for its third edition. The festival has expanded into the North's largest city-wide wine celebration, bringing together independent venues, merchants, importers and producers for five days of tastings, talks, food pairings and special events. More than 30 activities are planned across roughly 20 locations throughout the city.
This year's programme includes venues such as Tenaya Wine, The Old Shoe, Elm, Barks, Hop Hideout, Gills & Co, Chocolate Bar by Bullion, The Wonky Labrador, The Pangolin, Starmore Boss, Bench and Pearl on the Park. Visitors can explore curated flights, themed tastings and pairing experiences, with standout events including Tenaya's California wine showcase, Hop Hideout's St. JOHN flight, chocolate-and-wine pairings at Leah's Yard, and The Wonky Labrador's regional tasting paddles covering French, Iberian, New World and natural wines.
The festival's flagship event takes place on Saturday 27th June at Bole Hills in Crookes, where Wine Week Fest returns after a successful debut. Running from 1pm, more than 20 wine vendors will be pouring bottles from across the globe, joined by food traders, live music and family-friendly entertainment. The open-air event is expected to attract close to 2,000 visitors and has quickly become one of Sheffield's standout summer gatherings. For those wanting to keep the celebrations going, there will also be an after-party at NODC, the very cool late wine bar tucked through the fire escape at Orchard Square. NODC will also, unsurprisingly, be a key venue for many events taking place throughout the week.
Whether you're an experienced enthusiast or just beginning to explore wine, Sheffield Wine Week offers an accessible way to discover the city's growing wine scene and see a different side of the Steel City's drinks culture.
23.06.26
SCENE AND HERD ALBUM REVIEW: I KNOW YOU'RE BUSY BUT BY TAUT ANGLES
Written by Mark Rezzano
âI know youâre busy butâŠ' the much-anticipated long-player from Taut Angles has finally landed. If youâve caught them live over the past two years or so, you will be aware of the fierce energy they generate on stage. The four-piece (Joe Wade â drums, Leon Lockley â guitar, Andrew Pearse â bass/guitar, Lee Pearse â vocals) has garnered a reputation for intense, trance-like shows that have earned them a loyal local following.
The album will launch at Sidney & Matilda on June 25th with solid support from local acts Pagodas and Strixen. The album will also be available to purchase on the night on vinyl, cassette and cd.
The big question is: can they capture and harness that raw energy in the studio? The answer is a resounding yes.
Quiet Madness opens the album and sets the tone perfectly. Portentous storm clouds are moving in. The air is heavy with dread. Slowly, an industrial rhythm repeats, evoking a feeling of being trapped, suffocating beneath an internal weight. Suddenly, the storm breaks and a cry of anguish is unleashed: âSweet flower! My sweet flower!â The howl is met with a tumultuous wave of sound. There is temporary relief before the song returns to its beginning, with a dark cloud of fear once more moving in. The sound of one mindâs gradual descent into insanity.
This is followed by Disappear. The opening chords give the impression of church bells being rung, paving the way for the sound of serrated strings cutting through the mist. A propulsive rhythm kicks in. Words are bellowed. The shortest song on the album, Disappear brings to mind the coiled intensity of early Joy Division. The lyrics seem to convey the notion that, in the face of our own mortality, the fear we carry in our lives is just an illusion: âTo cease to exist/Or be unknown/You can do what you want/Casually/One by one we will disappear/We can disappear.â There is Buddhist wisdom at the heart of the message.
Next up is Looking Like Jaap Blonk. Inspired by the avant-garde Dutch composer, this is perhaps the most infectious song on the album. The band lock into a hypnotic, repetitive rhythm before a sinister voice declares, âItâs nice to be here.â Coming across like an unhinged vaudeville entertainer, the voice moves through a series of growls and yelps, the British high street and its cycle of encounters serving as his theatre: âI know youâre busy but/Can I just ask you/I know youâre busy but/Do you have a minute?â
This is followed by Miserable Monkeys. A feral yelp is emitted and weâre away. Some inner torment is at play. A barely contained rage pushes up against a cacophony. This is a howl of despair in the face of a convenience culture that is eroding human connection while making us more dissatisfied: âCulture of quickness/Posted into homes/Irrelevant sing-songs/Are shaping into drones.â It is a sentiment that rails against our own complicity in a mechanised world that subjugates us. The overriding message seems to be: embrace the natural world; find beauty and, ultimately, salvation in kindness and compassion.
Fake A Fall evokes a mood of brooding intensity. You can hear distinct echoes of Wire in the interplay between the band. Continuing the sentiment contained within Miserable Monkeys, this song rails against indifference and is a plea for greater understanding and kindness between people, especially those who are less fortunate than ourselves, summed up in the refrain: âFalse direction/From house to home/Human kindness/For the one on the pavement.â
We arrive at the centrepiece of the album: We Are Delicate. This song, perhaps above any other on the album, encapsulates what Taut Angles represent. If they are said to have a credo, then this is it. A swirling maelstrom of sound wraps itself around bellowed vocals that speak to the fragility of the human condition, imploring: âWe are delicate/Hospital of the future/We are delicate/Lamotrigine and cellophane/Playing catch up/Catch up.â The pressures placed on the least well-off by late-stage capitalism have ushered in an era where we have all become inpatients.
Perfect Slip is the penultimate track. It takes the sound in a more expansive direction. A rumbling bass ushers in post-punk guitars, providing the perfect backdrop for a conversational vocal that carries enigmatic lyrics soaked in stark imagery: âTALK NONE/A deep sleeping mouth of cobwebs/Swallowing spiders till sunrise.â
And so to the closing song, Rip Rip Rip. The bandâs current single and the perfect parting shot on this impressive debut. An exhilarating live favourite, Rip Rip Rip delivers on every level. From the moody opening to its closing notes, it is an epic closer to an album that deserves to be heard by a wide audience.
'I know you're busy but' is available on Bandcamp from 25th June and other streaming sites soon after
19.06.26
SCENE AND HERD DOCFEST FEATURE: HEAVEN 17: THE LAST TEMPTATION SCREENING, Q&A & PERFORMANCE @THE LYCEUM THEATRE
Words & Photography by Steel City Snapper
On Friday 12th June, Sheffield DocFest hosted the world premiere of Heaven 17: The Last Temptation at the Lyceum Theatre. Directed by James Strong (Mr Bates vs The Post Office, Broadchurch, Doctor Who), the documentary follows the iconic Sheffield band on their 2025 UK tour as frontman Glenn Gregory and co-founder Martyn Ware wrestle with a deceptively simple question: is this their final tour?
As Ware approaches 70, both men reflect on ageing, creativity, and whether there is still a place for a band whose commercial peak came in the 1980s. Is there still an audience for Heaven 17? Are they too old for life on the road? Is this really âThe Last Temptationâ?
To understand why those questions matter, the film first takes us back to the beginning. Heaven 17 famously emerged in 1980 after Ware was forced out of The Human League, the band he had founded in 1977 with Ian Craig Marsh. Ware had originally wanted Gregory to be the group's singer, but with Gregory already in London, he instead recruited Philip Oakey, who, as Ware recalls, had no experience but looked like a singer. When Oakey wrote âBeing Boiledâ as his first attempt at a song, it quickly became clear that he was far more than just a striking image.
The Human League was born.
Just two albums later, Ware found himself ejected from his own band. Rather than dwell on the hurt, he called Gregory back to Sheffield and, alongside Marsh, formed Heaven 17. The rivalry between the two groups was, in Ware's words, âlike a warâ. In one of the film's best anecdotes, he recalls how The Human League's only real advantage was access to a recording studio: by day they recorded what would become Dare, while by night Heaven 17 recorded Penthouse and Pavement. Few buildings in Sheffield can ever have witnessed such a remarkable concentration of musical creativity.
The documentary then follows Heaven 17's own unlikely rise. Formed at the dawn of MTV, they initially concentrated on music videos because recreating their sophisticated electronic sound live was beyond the technology of the time. They did not begin performing live until 1997, but once they did, they never looked back.
Much of The Last Temptation cuts between archive material and footage from the 2025 tour. Along the way Gregory revisits his childhood home on Sheffield's Flower Estate and, in a wonderfully spontaneous moment, knocks on the front door. The results are both touching and hilarious. Ware, meanwhile, returns to Park Hill flats, the celebrated brutalist housing development where he grew up. Once hailed as the future, then dismissed, and now fashionable once again, Park Hill becomes an almost perfect metaphor for Heaven 17 themselves.
The tour footage also captures the realities of being a working musician in 2025. On a rain-soaked journey up the M6, Ware and Gregory discuss how the economics of the music industry have changed. Once bands toured to promote albums; now albums often exist to support touring. They express sympathy for younger artists trying to survive in an era where streaming generates little income and touring costs continue to rise. In one particularly memorable exchange, Gregory admits that he has no pension and no savings. Ware's immediate response: âOh shit!â
Yet despite these concerns, the film repeatedly demonstrates why Heaven 17 have endured. Ware and Gregory have been friends for around fifty years and describe their relationship as being like a marriage. They talk about encountering veteran bands who clearly no longer enjoy touring, but that is not the case here. Gregory admits he sometimes questions whether he still wants to do it during long breaks between tours, only for those doubts to vanish the moment he is back on the road with Ware.
As the film reaches its conclusion, the story returns to Sheffield. Back at Park Hill, where so much began, Ware and Gregory finally answer the question that has driven the documentary. But before the credits roll there is one final piece of unfinished business.
There are ghosts that need laying to rest. Throughout the film there are hints that old wounds may finally be healing. On the tour bus, the pair happily sing along to The Human League's âDon't You Want Meâ. Then comes the documentary's most emotional scene. Ware and Gregory walk into Fagan's pub and are reunited with Philip Oakey after 45 years of estrangement. There is an audible gasp in the cinema. When Oakey tells Ware that he owes his entire career to him, there is barely a dry eye in the house. Who doesn't love a happy ending? It is an assured documentary debut from a director better known for television drama.
The surprises continued after the screening.
During a Q&A hosted by music journalist Paul Morley, Ware revealed that he and Oakey have recorded their first new song together since 1980. The track will appear on the forthcoming Music of Quality and Distinction Volume Four British Electric Foundation album. The applause that greeted the announcement was thunderous. Fans clearly feel that two of Sheffield's most important musical pioneers have finally buried the hatchet.
The discussion itself was hugely entertaining. Ware and Gregory are refreshingly honest, funny and self-deprecating. Gregory's plea of âMum, have I left my phone in the aisle?â after misplacing it once again drew plenty of laughs. Strong explained how the project had originally been conceived as a film about Heaven 17's fans before gradually evolving into a story about the band themselves.
After the Q&A, the evening was still not over. The band returned to the stage, joined by singers Rachel Meadows, Kelly Barnes and Flo Sabeva, for a short live performance.
Their opening song was â(We Don't Need This) Fascist Groove Thangâ, written during the band's very first week together in 1980. The song was famously banned by the BBC at the time, yet 45 years later Gregory described it as âsadly more relevant than everâ. It was difficult to disagree. The following day, a large far-right demonstration organised by Raise The Colours was due to take place just a few hundred yards away in Sheffield's Peace Gardens, where counter-protesters would gather in opposition. Suddenly a song written nearly half a century ago felt entirely contemporary.
If there was any concern that the live performance might suffer after an emotionally powerful documentary, those fears quickly disappeared. Heaven 17 remain a formidable live act. Gregory is an outstanding frontman, endlessly energetic and deeply connected to his audience. His voice may have aged, but it remains powerful, while Ware's electronic arrangements still sound thrilling.
âWe've never followed Fascist Groove Thang with Temptation before!â Gregory joked before launching into the band's biggest hit. The audience rose to their feet and stayed there.
Although repeatedly warned that their time was up, the band squeezed in one final song: The Human League's âBeing Boiledâ, written less than half a mile from the Lyceum and performed on the very keyboard Ware was playing that evening. As Gregory sang âListen to the voice of Buddhaâ over Ware's pounding synthesiser riff, it sent shivers through the theatre.
The performance ended all too quickly, but perhaps that is always the best way. Both the film and the live set received a standing ovation. For this reviewer, it was one of the highlights of DocFest.
So is it the end of the road for Heaven 17? Is it really âThe Last Temptationâ? Like hell it is. This is a band comfortable in their own skin, firing on all cylinders, clearly loving their life. Tickets are still available for their autumn tour, including a date at Sheffieldâs Octagon Centre on 18th October, so why not go and see them doing what they do best. Who knows, maybe this time Philip Oakey will turn upâŠ
15.06.26
SCENE AND HERD @ DOCFEST INTERVIEW: BARBARA MESTANZA DIRECTOR OF FILTHY
By Charlotte Sometimes
Content Warning: This article discusses sexual violence, trauma and its long-term impact
Filthy (Sucia) is a powerful and deeply personal documentary from directors BĂĄrbara Mestanza and Marc Pujolar that examines the lasting impact of sexual violence and the culture of silence that surrounds it. Blending autobiography with sharp social critique, the film asks difficult questions about guilt, responsibility and collective complicity.
On Sunday night, the film was deservedly awarded the Grand Jury Prize for the International Competition at Sheffield DocFest, recognising its bold storytelling and emotional impact.
We caught up with director BĂĄrbara Mestanza prior to this win to discuss the making of the film, its personal origins, and the conversations the filmmakers hope it will inspire.
Filthy is provocative and loaded. What drew you to that word, and how does its meaning evolve over the course of the film?
Because that is how I felt. All the time. Filthy (Sucia) was the word that kept appearing in my head. It was not just about what had happened to me, but about how violence can make you feel afterwards: contaminated, ashamed, as if the dirt belongs to you.
For me, using that word was a way of naming something very intimate and very painful. But over the course of the film, I think the meaning begins to shift. The word stops belonging only to me, or to the victimâs body, and starts pointing back at the violence itself, at the silence around it, and at the systems that make women carry that shame.
There are many stories about violence, but fewer about the years that follow. What made you interested in documenting the aftermath?
I felt there was something missing in the way these stories are usually told. Many films focus on the violent act itself, or on the trial, or on the moment of speaking out. But what happens after? What happens in your body, in your relationships, in your work, in your desire, in your everyday life?
I wanted to make the documentary I would have needed when this happened to me. A film that did not simplify recovery, or make it look heroic or clean. I wanted to show the messy part: the waiting, the fear, the anger, the contradictions, the moments when you think you are fine and then suddenly you are not. Because that is also part of surviving.
Was there a moment during filming that fundamentally changed the direction of the documentary or challenged your assumptions about the story you were telling?
Life was happening while we were filming. Nothing was closed or resolved. We filmed everything: Zoom calls with the documentary team, intimate conversations with my mother, with my boyfriend, moments of doubt, moments of collapse, moments where I did not even fully understand what was happening to me.
Every time we tried to explain the story, the story changed. Or maybe I changed. At some point we understood that we could not force the film into the shape we had imagined. We had to surrender to what was really happening. The documentary became less about controlling the narrative and more about accepting the process, with all its uncertainty, pain and learning.
What has surprised you most about audience responses to the film so far, e.g. from survivors, men, or people working within legal systems?
What has surprised me most is how many people recognise something of themselves in the film. I knew this was not only my story, but seeing it happen in real time, after the theatre play and now in the Q&As after the film, has been very powerful. People come to us and share very personal, very deep stories of sexual violence, sometimes things they have never said out loud before.
We are very far from eradicating sexual violence against women, and even further from understanding what it does to someone over time. The responses have been moving, but also painful, because they confirm that this is not exceptional. It is everywhere.
Finally, what do you hope to get from your experience at DocFest this year?
I hope to see whether my personal story can travel beyond its own context and touch people from a different culture. That is very important to me. Because although this happened to me, the subject is not only mine. Sadly, it is global. It affects women everywhere, in different ways, under different systems, but with many of the same silences and fears.
I would love the film to reach a broader audience, and to open conversations that are honest, uncomfortable and necessary. If someone watches it and feels less alone, or if someone understands a little better what surviving really means, then the film is already doing something meaningful.
09.06.26
SCENE AND HERD FEATURE: WHAT DOCFEST MEANS TO SHEFFIELD
By Charlotte Sometimes
Photography by Steel City Snapper
Every June, Sheffield becomes a city animated by stories.
The city centre fills with lanyards and tote bags. Filmmakers, journalists, producers and documentary enthusiasts weave between screenings, panels and late-night events. The buzz of conversation flows from cinemas, bars and cafés, keeping the heart of the city beating. For six days, Sheffield becomes the documentary capital of the world.
What makes DocFest unique is that it doesn't exist separately from the city. Unlike festivals held in isolated convention centres, it is woven directly into Sheffield's cultural fabric. Screenings, talks and events take place across venues including the Showroom, Curzon, The Light and Sheffield's world-class theatre venues, while immersive experiences including Alternate Realities at Yorkshire Art Space at Persistence Works draw audiences into new forms of storytelling. And the festival is powered by volunteers, many Sheffield residents who (quite rightly) are proud to showcase what we bring to the UKâs Cultural Landscape.
This creates a different atmosphere from many international festivals. There is less red-carpet glamour and more accessibility. A student filmmaker might find themselves sitting next to an award-winning director, while a local resident can attend a screening in the afternoon and a world premiere in the evening. The boundaries between industry and audience dissolve and we become one community - undeniably a quality associated with our Steel City.
DocFest's evening programme also brings together film, music and performance in ways that feel distinctly Sheffield. This year's highlights include Maxine Peake and Eccentronic Research Council alongside Sheffield musicians Dean Honer and Adrian Flanagan, who headline the Saturday night programme with a live performance of Dreamcatcher Tapes. And of course legendary Sheffield band Heaven 17 will be appearing for a short Q&A and performance following the screening of their film The Last Temptation at The Lyceum. At Steamworks, Paul Hartnoll of Orbital brings techno, folk horror and Morris dancing into the same room for a specially created dance set featuring Pecsaetan Morris dancers and Handsworth Sword Dancers - the kind of wonderfully unexpected cultural mash-up that makes the festival's after-dark programme every bit as compelling - and Sheffield - as its screenings.
Sheffield is often celebrated for its music, theatre and industrial heritage, but these areas desperately need support and DocFest brings thousands of visitors into the city, giving Sheffield's creative economy a visible boost. Yet its significance cannot be measured solely in financial terms.
For residents, DocFest can be a reminder not to take the city's cultural offering for granted and its significance in the UK and beyond. For visitors, it is often an introduction to a place whose creative spirit extends far beyond the festival programme. Many discover cultural attractions such as the National Videogame Museum, which hosts superb family-friendly events including a Minecraft build of the city, Kelham Island Museum and the Millennium Gallery.
Sheffield also âdoes food and drinksâ really really well. Whether it's grabbing a bite to eat at Goobers in the new Watt Bar venue, stopping by Twisted Burger Co at Triple Point Brewery (both venues just around the corner from the Showroom), enjoying a pint at Kapital, or sampling world-class cuisine at Cambridge Street Collective Food Hall, these spaces help to bring incredible conversations and, at times, future projects to life. Look out for special DocFest discounts with your tickets.
Whether you're attending screenings, exploring the city between events or simply soaking up the atmosphere, DocFest offers a chance to experience Sheffield at its most vibrant and connected. Chances are, we'll cross paths somewhere in the city.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK
w/c 15th June 2026
On Saturday 20th June, check out this triple bill of superb local acts at Sidney & Matilda.
Opening the evening is Purple Dots, Ryan Felvus' psych-rock project. Known for weaving atmospheric textures, hypnotic grooves and expansive guitar work into their sound, Purple Dots promise to provide the perfect introduction to a night packed with character and creativity.
Taking the main support slot are Rebel Art Centre, a well-established Sheffield outfit whose growing reputation has earned them a loyal local following. Described as âBelle and Sebastian meets The Beautiful Southâ, the band blend sharp songwriting, melodic indie-pop sensibilities and heartfelt storytelling. With their ability to balance infectious hooks and thoughtful lyricism, Rebel Art Centre have become one of the cityâs most reliable live draws and are sure to set the stage beautifully for the headline act.
Headlining the evening are Blackwater Lightship, who continue to build momentum with their rich, emotionally charged brand of alternative rock. The band are currently working on their forthcoming split single, Trapped in Dreams / Thin The Bad Blood, while gearing up for a busy summer of live dates. With new material on the horizon and a reputation for powerful, atmospheric performances, this hometown headline show looks set to be a highlight of Sheffieldâs summer gig calendar.
08.06.26
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: SIX STRING SMOKESTACK PRESENTS BOB SUMNER AND DAN WRIGHT @ THE LESCAR
Written & Photography by Kelain James
There is a distinct magic when the dust-blown spirit of the American West finds a temporary home in the intimate back room of The Lescar. Last Friday night, local promoters Six String Smokestack turned Sharrow Vale into a sanctuary for storytelling, treating those who attended to an unforgettable evening of top-tier country and Americana.
Opening the night was the incredible Dan Wright, hailing from just down the road in Nottingham. Stepping away from his usual duties with his band The Most Ugly Child, Wright delivered a solo set that proved exactly why he is one of the regionâs finest purveyors of âhigh and lonesomeâ Americana.
With just an acoustic guitar and a rich, dulcet voice, Wright instantly bridged the gap between Sheffield and the old cowboy West. Listening to him, you didnât feel like you were sitting in a traditional Hunters Bar pub, but instead you felt huddled around a crackling campfire under a vast desert sky.
His songwriting is as versatile as it is evocative.
His third number, Hasta Siempre, introduced as a bilingual Tex-Mex piece, wove English and Spanish together to tell a beautifully heartbreaking tale of a Spanish woman living far from home in Brighton. He followed this with a gut-wrenching fourth song called World So Full of Love that took a sharp, sobering look at modern reality, centered on the haunting line: âIn a world so full of love, but not enough to go around.â
To close out his set, Wright offered a nod to the greats. Iâll Never Turn a Good Drink Down channeled the outlaw spirit of Waylon Jennings and Willie Nelson so perfectly you could practically taste the bourbon. It was the ultimate âprop up the barâ anthem, leaving the room thoroughly warmed up and wanting more.
Taking the headlining slot was the Canadian duo Bob Summer accompanied by Etienne Tremblay, who traveled all the way from the West Coast of Vancouver, Canada. What followed was a masterclass in stunning songwriting and equally incredible storytelling, drawing easy comparisons to the holy trinity of Bob Dylan, Waylon Jennings, and Townes Van Zandt.
The duo set the mood instantly with their opening track, Didnât We Dream, a smooth, sweet, and undeniably true slice of classic Americana. From there, the set moved effortlessly through different textures of human experience. Old Dog Baby And Me had feet tapping across the floorboards of The Lescar with its infectious, breezy ode to sailing away with family and leaving the grind behind.
The sheer emotional depth of Summerâs writing anchored the middle of the set, punctuated by excellent covers like Willie T. Taylorâs Wrong Way To Run and Billy Joe Shaverâs Ride Me Down Easy. But it was Bobâs original works that truly bruised the heart.
A song that personally resonated with me. Bridges, a song written for a friend lost to the bitter struggle of alcoholism, left the room pin-drop silent. It carried one of the most striking lyrics of the entire night:
âMaybe The Bridges You Burn Might Light Your Way Back Home.â
After a brilliant solo spotlight from Tremblay on âHey Jack,â and a darkly witty tune written about one of Summerâs ex-girlfriends, All Your Dead Things, the duo delivered the nightâs emotional crescendo: Ticket To Ride. Inspired by a freezing cold gas station encounter with a homeless couple watching lottery numbers with desperate optimism, the song captured the phrase âYou Never Knowâ with devastating empathy.
After treating the Sheffield crowd to a gorgeous cover of Townes Van Zandtâs Colorado Girl, the duo briefly left the stage, only to be drawn back by rapturous applause. They closed the night appropriately with a soulful encore cover of George Jonesâ Choices.
For a Friday night in Sheffield, Six String Smokestack didnât just put on a gig â they provided a masterclass in musical storytelling that will linger in the memory long after the dust settles. I highly recommend coming down for one of their breathtaking showcases.
Kelain James is a country rock musician based in Sheffield
Links
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK
w/c 8th June 2026
On Sunday 14th June, Sidney & Matilda hosts an evening of groove, soul and atmosphere as ĂĄmba take to the stage for a headline show supported by Shugacoma and The Chill Cabinet.
Previously described by Sheff Herd as âredolent of the New York jazz scene in the 1970sâ, (Mark Rezzano, 2026) ĂĄmba blend sophisticated musicianship with irresistible rhythms, drawing on Latin grooves, jazz, soul and contemporary fusion. Their sound recalls the effortless cool and musical adventurousness of artists who blurred the boundaries between jazz and popular music, with intricate arrangements and rhythmic sophistication that at times evoke the jazz-inflected grooves of Steely Dan. The result is a live show that is musically rich but packed full of an infectious sense of fun. You donât want to miss their headline set.
Joining them are fellow Sheffield outfit Shugacoma. Rooted in funk, soul and R&B, the band specialise in tight grooves, infectious rhythms and uplifting energy. Drawing on classic influences while adding a modern twist, Shugacomaâs mission is simple: to get audiences moving. Their vibrant live show combines polished musicianship with an undeniable sense of joy.
Completing the bill are The Chill Cabinet, Sheffieldâs only live exponents of trip-hop, ambient downtempo and chill-out covers. Inspired by artists such as Zero 7, Air and Massive Attack, the band recreate these lush textures and laid-back grooves.
With three acts exploring everything from jazz fusion and Latin-inspired rhythms to funk, R&B and trip-hop - the night promises a journey through some of the most captivating sounds currently emerging from Sheffieldâs independent music scene. This is a bill not to be missed.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK
w/c 1st June 2026
Maybe Gold return to the headline spotlight at Yellow Arch Studios on 5th June with what marks their first headline show for some time.
The Barnsley band have spent recent months focusing on new music, making this Sheffield date a notable opportunity for fans to see them back at the top of the bill in one of our cityâs most respected venues.
Blending driving indie-rock guitars with atmospheric synth textures, Maybe Gold have developed a sound that feels both ambitious and rooted in South Yorkshire. Their songs explore themes of identity, aspiration and life in post-industrial towns, pairing emotional honesty with anthemic choruses.
The band have earned a reputation for passionate, high-energy live performances - you donât want to miss this!
JUNE 2026
TOP 4
đđđđ
Your guide to the month ahead.
Check out our weekly event recommendations every Monday.
01
đ
HorrorCon UK 2026
HorrorCon UK returns to Magna on 6th - 7th June 2026 with a packed programme of celebrity guests, Q&As, screenings, cosplay and specialist traders. Held inside Magnaâs vast former steelworks complex, the convention has become one of the UKâs leading horror events, attracting fans of cult cinema, television and genre filmmaking from across the country. Visitors can spend the weekend meeting stars of the screen, attending live interviews and exploring the conventionâs extensive trader and artist areas.
Among this yearâs headline guests are Steve Pemberton and Reece Shearsmith, the award-winning writers and performers behind The League of Gentlemen, Psychoville and Inside No. 9. They are joined by cult horror-comedy creator Matthew Holness, best known as Garth Marenghiâs Darkplace author Garth Marenghi, alongside veteran actor Ian Ogilvy, whose career includes appearances in horror classics such as Witchfinder General and From Beyond the Grave. Legendary Italian composer Fabio Frizzi, whose music became synonymous with Lucio Fulciâs iconic horror films including Zombie Flesh Eaters and The Beyond, is also among the major attractions.
Alongside the guest appearances, HorrorCon will host its annual short film festival, cosplay competition and a full schedule of panels and live events. The conventionâs blend of horror legends, cult television stars, independent filmmaking and fan culture continues to make it one of the standout events in South Yorkshireâs summer calendar.
02
đ
Pride of Yorkshire Trail
The much anticipated Pride of Yorkshire launches on 8th June and will transform Sheffield and South Yorkshire into a giant open-air art trail throughout the summer. Created to mark the 150th anniversary of Sheffield Childrenâs Hospital, the project features more than 150 individually designed lion sculptures placed across the region, encouraging residents and visitors to explore the city while raising money for the hospitalâs charitable foundation.
The trail will include large lion sculptures created by professional artists alongside smaller âlittle lionsâ designed by schools and community groups. Visitors will be able to follow maps and digital guides to discover the artworks in locations across Sheffield city centre, local attractions and neighbouring towns, creating a family-friendly activity that combines public art, fundraising and tourism.
Organisers hope the trail will become one of the biggest public art events ever staged in South Yorkshire, drawing thousands of people into the city over the summer months. When the trail concludes, many of the large sculptures will be auctioned to raise funds for Sheffield Childrenâs Hospital, ensuring the project leaves a lasting legacy long after the lions disappear from the streets.
03
đ
SBC Theatre Around the World Football Events
The summerâs biggest sporting event also arrives in June, with the 2026 FIFA World Cup getting underway across the United States, Canada and Mexico. While Sheffieldâs pubs and bars prepare for a month of football screenings, one local arts organisation is marking the tournament in a very different way through a city-wide project celebrating football, creativity and community.
Around The World, organised by Stand & Be Counted Theatre, will take a bright yellow school bus on a tour of Sheffield communities and schools between 11 and 16th June. Participants will create football-inspired artwork exploring themes of identity, belonging and the global game, with the work displayed on the bus before being projected onto it during a public finale. The project has been developed with Football Unites Racism Divides, Sheffield Home of Football and Yellow Bus Events, and is supported by Counterpoints Arts and Sheffieldâs Migration Matters Festival.
The project culminates in the Peace Gardens on 17th June with a day of football and arts activities, including an ambitious attempt to break the world record for the longest chain of multi-club football scarves.
Organisers are appealing for supporters to donate scarves from clubs around the world, with the aim of creating a chain more than 100 metres long before a symbolic parade carries it from The Sanctuary on Chapel Walk to the Peace Gardens ahead of Englandâs World Cup fixture that evening. Scarves can be donated at The U-Mix Centre in Lowfield or The Sanctuary on Chapel Walk.
04
đ
Kelham Pride Festival 2026
Kelham Pride returns on Saturday 20th June and is set to be one of Sheffieldâs biggest LGBTQ+ celebrations, with events running across Kelham Island and Neepsend from early afternoon into the evening. The festivalâs Pride parade will once again move through the neighbourhood before crowds gather around the main festival spaces and participating venues. As the event has grown, it has become known for combining major drag and live performance acts with Sheffieldâs independent music, food and nightlife scene.
This yearâs lineup is led by Danny Beard, winner of RuPaulâs Drag Race UK, whose mix of drag, live vocals and comedy has made them one of the biggest names in British queer entertainment. The programme also includes Marigold Addams as Jane McDonald, alongside collective Ghetto Fabulous and a wider lineup of drag performers, DJs and live acts appearing throughout the day. Organisers are also planning family-friendly activities, community spaces and daytime entertainment alongside the main stage programme.
Rather than being centred around a single site, the festival spreads across some of Kelhamâs best-known venues. Peddler Warehouse will host part of the food and music programme, while venues including Yellow Arch Studios, Neepsend Social Club, Factory Floor, Alder, The Harlequin and The Three Tuns are all expected to take part in the wider celebrations. It is a free event.
30.05.26
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: COUNTRY LOVIN' FESTIVAL 2026 @ DON VALLEY BOWL
Written by Nat Up North
Photography by Katy Rodgers
I can tell you that the stars definitely aligned for us at the Country Lovinâ festival at Don Valley Bowl on Saturday 23 May. The sun gods smiled upon us in Sheffield, a bank holiday weekend, and a whole day of country music - for this Sheff Herd reporter, this was a bank holiday recipe for good, kicking off a summer of events on just the right country note!
This debut event opened at 11am, kicking off a jam-packed agenda of country lovinâ.
With three-tier ticket options available, we treated ourselves to VIP, which included a separate bar and facilities area. However, the main event area was really well kept anyway, with plenty of shaded areas, facilities, room at the bar, and an interesting ticket selection offering money off drinks.
Plenty of food and drink options were available, along with some classic fairground rides, including a ride-the-bull attraction, which we didnât dare attempt (maybe next time!). We did, however, try out the best of the BBQ ranch food to get into that Nashville spirit.
But what we really came for was the music. Two stages - one outside and one tented - hosted a range of country bands and tribute acts. From the highly regarded Luke Combs Tribute UK to soulful Jelly Roll Band (UK) to the fabulous Shania Reimagined: the party was on from the minute you walked through the gates to the moment the sun went down on this good old Sheffield hoedown.
A first for me was Bride and Groom, who entertained the crowd with a mixture of covers and original tracks. This actual bride-and-groom duo, Chloe Adams and husband Matt, formed in 2025; their stunning duets filled the tent and had the crowd singing and dancing along from the moment they stepped on stage.
DJ Liam Brice kept the crowds hopping between sets with all-out country party tunes that matched the atmosphere perfectly, while Steel City Line Dancing had festivalgoers following along with some popular line dances in the sunshine.
The sun went down to the dulcet tones of the Zach Bryan tribute bringing the perfect singalong at the end of a fantastic day.
But the party hasnât finished now⊠planning is already underway to make Country Lovinâ 2027 bigger and better than ever and tickets are already on sale for May 29th 2027.
So dust off your Stetson, get a little dirt on your boots - Nashville is coming back to Sheffield, and we are right here waitinâ!
29.05.26
SCENE AND HERD PREVIEW: PINTSTOCK FESTIVAL 2026
By Charlotte Sometimes
This summer, Sheffield gets a new festival worth paying attention to. Pintstock arrives on Saturday 13 June, transforming two of the cityâs most iconic independent venues -Trafalgar Warehouse and Corporation - into a one-day celebration of indie music, craft beer and late-night revelry. Pintstock keeps things refreshingly simple: great bands, great beer and a crowd that genuinely appreciates both.
Pintstock has also been put together by people who have spent years shaping Sheffieldâs independent scene. Local legend Joe Rugg, known to many through Pints of Sheffield and the Abbeydale Road Beer Festival, joins forces with the teams behind Trafalgar Warehouse and Corporation to create an event rooted firmly in the cityâs culture. The goal isnât to reinvent the wheel; itâs to bring together everything Sheffield already does brilliantly under one banner.
That commitment is reflected in a lineup built around artists on the rise - several of whom we have featured at Sheff Herd. Leazes, Femur, Sons of the City, Flok, The Bad Actors, Jessops, The Tivolis and Mat Hook are among the names already announced, bringing together some of the most exciting emerging indie acts from Sheffield and beyond.
The beer offering is equally strong. Some of the UKâs most celebrated independent breweries, including Deya, Pollyâs, Cloudwater, Track, Kernel, Vault City and Left Handed Giant, will be pouring throughout the day, joined by a handpicked selection of independent traders, including Cheese Riot, Barks Wines and Reyt Good Illustrations.
Street food favourites such as Taco Trailer will keep festival-goers fuelled between sets, while the action moves from Corporationâs multiple live stages back to Trafalgar Warehouse for a DJ-led afterparty that runs into the early hours.
For a debut event, Pintstock already feels less like a new festival and more like the start of a Sheffield institution and weâll always cheers to that!
Click for tickets here (but act fast - first release already sold out!)
27.05.26
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: CHAMBER MUSIC FESTIVAL - BEETHOVEN & FRIENDS (CONSONE QUARTET & KATY HAMILTON) @ CRUCIBLE PLAYHOUSE
By David L Summer
If anyone was interested in developing their understanding of classical music but didnât know where to begin, my first piece of advice would be this: start with Beethoven. Beethoven bridged the gap between the formal, structured Classical period and the more expressive, creative Romantic composers. He took influence from all the greats who came before him and transformed it into music unlike anything the human ear had ever heard. Music in the 19th century was dominated by people trying to emulate - or outdo - Beethoven. To me, he is the fulcrum on which the world of classical music is balanced.
May 21stâs performance at the Crucible Playhouse is entitled Beethoven and Friends. It features excerpts from eight composers loosely connected to Beethoven (whether Beethoven really had friends is debatable), alongside a rendition of his own Serioso quartet. Itâs an interesting programme, including works by lesser-known composers, amateur composers, and at least one piece that was expressly forbidden from ever being performed by its own composer.
These pieces are performed by the award-winning Consone Quartet and introduced by musicologist Dr Katy Hamilton, whose genial tone and gentle humour add to the intimacy of the event. It feels less like a lecture and more like a friendly conversation. We are given history and context for each piece without getting lost in the technicalities and terminology that can often make classical music seem impenetrable. We werenât there to analyse the music; we were there to enjoy it. Which we most certainly did.
The Playhouse is the perfect setting for a string quartet. The musicians sit in the centre, facing one another, and seem to become completely absorbed in their art, almost unaware that they are being watched. The audience surrounds them, almost close enough to touch; certainly close enough to appreciate the intricate details of their craft.
My second piece of advice for anyone wanting to deepen their appreciation of classical music would be this: go and watch it performed live. In this venue, with such proximity, the movements and expressions of the performers do much to interpret the sounds for us. During the playful, jaunty pieces by Hummel and Haydn, they dance and sway in unison. During darker, more challenging works such as the Serioso, they hunch and scowl. And during the fun, vibrant performance of Onslowâs Opus 8, I was convinced at least one musician was going to fall off their chair.
The intimate venue also helps us appreciate what each instrument contributes. I find myself drawn to different instruments at various points throughout the evening - the exquisite cello counter-melody during the Zmeskall piece, the swift, swirling violin in the Cherubini, the hypnotic pulse of the viola during the Czerny finale. This music wasnât written to be played on the radio; it was written to be experienced live, and seeing it performed in person allows you to truly understand the difference.
As the performance comes to an end, I look around the audience. A woman at the back rests her head on her husbandâs shoulder. A young girl (who may be out past her bedtime) is tucked under her motherâs arm. Someone opposite me has her eyes closed, her head tilted towards the sky. Along the same row, a man sways in time with the music, a half-smile on his face. Almost everyone else is completely still, utterly enraptured, connected through a shared experience.
It would be easy to think of an event like this - a talk on the history of classical music accompanied by some fairly obscure pieces - as the domain of fussy intellectualism. One look around the audience tells you just how far from the truth that perception really is. This is a deeply emotional experience, as visceral in its own way as any musical genre. The evening has been fascinating, certainly, but more than anything it has been good for the soul. They have done Mr Beethoven (and his friends) proud.
27.05.26
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: CHAMBER MUSIC FESTIVAL - CHILDREN'S OPERA HENNY PENNY @ CRUCIBLE PLAYHOUSE
By Charlotte Sometimes & Milo (Young Reporter)
The Sheffield Chamber Music Festivalâs Henny Penny: a Children's Opera was a fun and lively production that brought together professional musicians from Ensemble 360 and local primary school children at The Playhouse on Saturday morning. Based on the familiar story of a chicken who believes the sky is falling, the performance mixed music, storytelling and humour enchantingly.
The children were a real highlight of the show. Their energy and enthusiasm gave the performance warmth and excitement. The first part of the production involved hearing original songs formed as part of the song cycle developed through Music in the Roundâs schools project with local primary school children. The children from two Sheffield schools had helped create and shape some of the songs performed in the first act, which made it even more special to see them brought to life on stage.
Then came the reimagining of the famous story of Henny Penny, built around Julian Philips opeatic retelling of the familiar folk tale and complete with some delightful costumes and props.
Young reporter Milo, age 7, said âI especially enjoyed the dramatic faces pulled by Henny Penny [performed superbly by soprano Claire Booth], Turkey Lurkey and Foxy Loxy. He was really sneaky - especially when he winked at the audience!â.
He added âthe show was really good for children because it was really silly and the singing was also greatâ, showing just how much the story and production connected with younger audience members.
The musicians worked alongside the children brilliantly, creating a performance that felt joyful and inclusive and really made opera accessible for everyone. A truly joyful experience for everyone... except for poor Henny Penny!
23.05.26
SCENE AND HERD SINGLE REVIEW: SPOOK MUZIEK LET 'EM TALK
By Richard Wilkinson-Smith
Opening with a wild, watery splash from a pool party, the endlessly creative Sheffield dance-punk deviant Spook Muziek kicks off his new single Let Em Talk: 2 minutes 42 seconds of shimmering synths, hip-hop and crisp electronica⊠and letâs not forget sharp lyrical commentary:
âWhispers travel faster than the speed of light / The oxygenâs polluted by their ugliness and spiteâ
On Let Em Talk, Spook channels the Godfather of Punk, Lou Reed, with a first-person narrative that one minute makes you chuckle with its randomness and the next shocks:
"(Lisa) says sheâll call the cops, I think sheâs making a mistake / Lisa saw us throwing a dead body in the lake.â
Spookâs delivery is smooth and sardonic, making it another contender for dance-pop classic status in an already bulging Yorkshire canon, including recent single Big Wow! and the superbly diverse Pop Culture EP. Spook, however, isnât pure pop; heâs a DIY post-punk troublemaker, as evidenced by his charismatic theatrical chaos set at Sidney & Matilda earlier this year (reviewed below) supporting the equally brilliant Sheffield group Life Aquatic Band. If you missed this, you can catch Spook Muziek at Shakelines on Saturday 25th July and this time, he will be accompanied by a full band.
If this avant-pop track doesnât make you happy, nothing will.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK
w/c 25th May 2026
Saturday 30th May (12pm-11pm) sees Bring The Noise Festival (winner of best emerging festival 2026 at the Musos Awards) arrives at Network Sheffield with 29 bands across three stages, bringing together a packed day of upcoming talent and fast-rising names from across the UK guitar scene. Built around discovery as much as familiar favourites, the one-day festival continues to establish itself as a showcase for the next generation of indie and alternative artists.
Heading up the bill are Coach Party, whose blend of indie and alternative rock has earned them growing attention for sharp hooks and high-energy live performances. Andrew Cushin adds a more melodic edge, combining indie rock with singer-songwriter influences, while Scottish outfit Shambolics bring Britpop-inspired sounds and festival-ready choruses.
Across the lineup, Rosellas deliver psychedelic-leaning indie rock, Spangled bring an indie-dance edge, and The Manatees continue to build momentum with their mix of indie, surf and alternative influences. The Rolling People also arrive as one of the standout rising names on the bill, carrying a sound rooted in modern British guitar music.
There are also some great lesser known bands to discover. Certainly check out The False Flag (who previously featured in one of our single reviews for Heart Alarm), and The One Twenty ( who open stage 3 and are also previously reviewed - great live band!) alongside local band The Outcharms and The Bracknall and Adult Leisure who all add further depth to an already packed lineup. With nearly thirty bands filling the schedule, Bring The Noise looks set to deliver a full day of new discoveries and future favourites.
22.05.26
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: ROBYN GAIR, POLYGON RAIN AND NOISEMAKERS' GUILD @ ARUNDEL EMPORIUM
Words by Charlotte Sometimes
Photography by Content by Shiv
Last Saturday, relatively new venue Arundel Emporium played host to some exceptional local artists and what a night it proved to be. It was equally lovely to see fellow artists showing up to support live music too. Kelain James and Andrew from Osprey were both there - always good to see musicians supporting musicians. It also has to be said that the sound team deserve particular praise - they helped create an atmosphere where everyone could shine.
First up was the incredible Robyn Gair. Local musos will already know Robyn not only for their exceptional talent, but also for the support they constantly give to the local music scene.
As for Robynâs set itself - astounding feels like too small a word. This is one of those artists who possess that difficult-to-describe quality that instantly makes you feel youâre watching somebody destined for much bigger things. A singer-songwriter with a classically trained background, thereâs an ease and confidence to their musicianship thatâs impossible to ignore.
Their voice is heartbreakingly beautiful, carrying almost a Cranberries-esque quality at times - haunting, rich and deeply emotive. The lyrics are intelligent and emotionally charged, yet still threaded through with flashes of wordplay and personality. Elvis Presleyâs in My Basement was a perfect example of outstanding songwriting: clever, vivid and packed with wit and emotion.
Sheff Herd will be writing more about their releases shortly, but you should absolutely catch them at CafĂ© #9 on June 6th - if you can, that is, because itâs very nearly sold out.
Our next act travelled over from Doncaster and brought something completely different with them. Made up of four fantastic musicians, including keys that added a distinctive electronic edge, they immediately carved out a sound that felt unique on the bill.
Their latest single, Mirage, is a spiky, post-punk influenced track, while Black Lodge leans more into a futuristic synth-rock sound. Throughout the set there were lively and inventive drum patterns that constantly drove the music forward, and a charismatic and genuinely funny frontman helped make the whole performance feel engaging from start to finish.
The final act weâre reviewing is Noisemakersâ Guild, a band who are always a pleasure to watch because they are consistently engaging live. Their songwriting is atmospheric and original, layered with fantastic textures that bring to mind Echo & the Bunnymen with a sprinkling of indie Britpop thrown into the mix.
Alongside some familiar favourites, including the proggy Desert Song and Sailors (Lost and Found) - a track rich with imagery and atmosphere that evokes the mystery of the sea and the pull of siren calls.
We were also treated to some great new material in the form of Yesterdayâs Sun and Goal of the Week. The latter a love letter to early-â90s indie, with references that fans will immediately appreciate - nods to Reni and âGrahamâs [Coxon] guitarâ clearly wearing their influences proudly on their sleeve. There were moments where the track carried shades of later-era Stone Roses, while still feeling unmistakably their own.
As always, the band were incredibly tight and fully immersed in every moment of the performance. Every member of this band has a real talent and their commitment to music shines out from the stage. That enthusiasm was rewarded at the end with chants of âEncore!â from the crowd, which they happily obliged.
Overall, these were three incredibly talented acts who were just as supportive of each other as they were outstanding on stage. In many ways, it felt like a perfect example of what live music in Sheffield should be about: community, creativity, exceptional talent and, above all else, some damn good music.
Links
20.05.26
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: GET TOGETHER FESTIVAL
Words and photography by Nathan Dunn
Get Together rolled around for its 6th iteration this past May weekend, bringing with it a plethora of iconic acts, old and new, to Sheffieldâs culture-infused industrial quarter, Kelham Island.
From Church: Temple of Fun to Peddler Warehouseâs impressive bespoke main stage, over 60 performing musical acts gave their all to enthusiastic crowds across 11 different venues and spaces.
The ingenuity of this festival is something to really admire. Grafters became a pop-up record store, collaborating with Spinning Discs and their vinyl offerings, as well as hosting some intimate surprise sets from participating artists. The Victoria became a communal hall where prolific writers such as Daniel Dylan Wray spoke, with his latest book, Groovy, Laidback and Nasty: A History of Independent Music in Sheffield, appropriately being platformed there.
Many stalwarts of the live cultural scene continued their business of bringing punters exciting live entertainment and housed some of the most electric acts, with queues forming long outside the doors as venues filled to capacity for high-demand sets. There is an appetite for live music and art in Sheffield, and Get Together knows just how to deliver this.
Whilst it can be noted that this festival isnât an event exclusively for Sheffield talent, there is still a rich programme imbued with local artists to enjoy and celebrate, such as The Kellows, who brought soaring indie anthems, and Life Aquatic Band, who brought their blend of electronic disco and indie funk to Yellow Archâs Antique Emporium.
That said, it also ought to be recognised that the pull of so many artists from further afield is a testament to both the festival and Sheffieldâs strengths as hotbeds for fantastic creative work. Fat Dog and The Horrors co-headlined this year, a considered booking that leaned new blood against established icons. Fat Dog are fast proving themselves to be one of the best live acts in the country. Their style of dance-punk features saxophones and strings that help curate huge, intense scores of dizzying, hectic industrial synth-rock that compels you to move. Crowds are entranced by their music, and the pits rising and collapsing in on themselves inside Peddler Warehouse were living proof of the visceral, wild, and joyful abandon their music elicits from people.
The Horrors brought a similarly close-to-the-bone sharpness with their set of gothic post-punk that blossomed with synths and other electronic features. Their music swells with a sense of jeopardy and gloominess that is, perhaps surprisingly for their phantasmagoric appearance, beautifully resonant. Frontman Faris Badwan writhed and contorted in an oscillating fashion on stage amid thick, heavy red and black strobes, as a beautiful mayhem descended upon the makeshift arena late into the night. Seven-minute rock anthems, bound and wound tightly, unravelled with feverish urgency before packed crowds awestruck by the boldness of this experienced outfit, who have brushed shoulders with the likes of music legends Depeche Mode and even Sheffieldâs own Arctic Monkeys on tour.
But it wasnât just the headliners who stole the show. The festivalâs packed line-up meant that audiences got their fill throughout the day, with a diverse collection of musical talent taking to the stage. Lime Garden notably featured on the main stage before the headline acts and blew the crowd away with their cool, charismatic package of indie rock. Yorkshireâs own Ellur played two excellent secret sets, and DEADLETTER (of similar origin) closed off the festivalâs remarkable new outdoor stage, Curious Yard at The Victoria, with an arresting performance. LEMONSUCKR delivered a seriously potent and in-your-face performance at this yearâs festival, marking themselves as an act to watch with their confrontational, playful yet fierce brand of indie rock. Voka Gentle also showcased their own explosive version of electronica that will last long in the memory of those fortunate enough to see them.
Predictably, the list of impressive acts at the festival goes on, and inevitably many of them I missed due to its brilliantly dense programming. It means youâll just have to bring your friends too and make sure they fill you in on the stuff you donât see.
Particularly commendable are this festivalâs diverse qualities, with a strong focus on platforming female artists. Whilst much of the work here is rock-adjacent, there is also plenty of room for more poppy or hip-hop-based acts, which can be found in the performances of Stealing Sheep and Otis Mensah. If youâre more into DJ-focused sets, then the festivalâs late-night offerings at Yellow Arch and Factory Floor are certainly for you. Equally, if youâre more bookwormy or into conversational artistic nourishment, the numerous âIn Conversation Withâ talks would satisfy your intrigue.
Get Together should be praised for many things: its affordability, its programming, its organisation, and its diversity of acts but most importantly, for being a really good time; something we can all use more of.
Go and see for yourself when Get Together returns to Kelham Island next year. Keep up to date with all the news by clicking here and following the festival here.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK
w/c 18th May 2026
Sheffieldâs biggest free celebration of food and drink returns Saturday 23rd to Monday 25th May 2026 across the city centre. Now in its 15th year, Sheffield Food Festival once again takes over the Peace Gardens, Winter Garden, Town Hall Square, Millennium Square and Fargate, positioning itself as a broad showcase of local food, drink and music.
Street food remains the backbone of the food offerings, with around 60 traders offering a mix of global dishes - ranging from Caribbean and Vietnamese street food to pizza, poutine and loaded fries - designed for informal, walk-and-eat browsing. Alongside this, the Artisan Market shifts the focus towards produce and take-home items, with stalls selling everything from baked goods and craft chocolate to coffee, spirits and preserves from independent producers. A separate drinks and desserts offering rounds things out with sweets, iced drinks and patisserie-style options, with plenty of dietary alternatives available.
A notable addition this year is Yard Ball, which brings a more social, activity-led element into the programme, sitting alongside the food as part of the festivalâs wider appeal. This fits into a broader mix of âfestival funâ that extends beyond eating and drinking, helping to keep the event accessible to families and groups.
Music also continues to play a central role. The Grassroots Music Stage runs across the weekend in the Peace Gardens and Town Hall Square, with a line-up focused on emerging Sheffield artists rather than big-name headliners. Performers including Scarlet Kirwan, Thom Cowley, Kelain James and Georgie Mills reinforce the festivalâs wider commitment to showcasing talent from the city.
This bank holiday festival looks both delicious and entertaining!
Read more about the full line up here
18.05.26
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: THE ROLLIN STONED AND GREEN @ NETWORK 2
By Richard Wilkinson Smith
On Friday 8th May, Network 2 was taken over by the cream (not Eric Clapton, even though he did want to join the Stones years ago!) of rock tributes. Headliners The Rollin Stoned and support Green took to the venueâs spacious room, with its Hacienda-style design and massive stage, as a packed crowd (with credit to Red Pen Promotions) filled the venue.
First up was support act Green: a tribute to Peter Green, led by skilled local guitarist Steve Fletcher. Peter Green was the founder of the original Fleetwood Mac during their âBritish Yearsâ and, as Fletcher put it during his first time playing Network 2: âWe are paying tribute to the most soulful blues guitarist that this country has ever produced.â
Steve and his band do Peterâs varied music justice, starting out with a potent Rattlesnake Shake and a soulful version of Need Your Love So Bad. They soar through blues standards Black Magic Woman and the Macâs Oh Well, Part 1 - the latter melting brilliantly into a smooth, soulful guitar passage that the maestro himself would surely have been very happy with. The final track, a fiery version of Fleetwood Macâs Green Manalishi, received a warm response from the revellers in attendance, straight after they had been blissed out by perhaps the most relaxing hit of all time: the classic Albatross.
Then came the headliners The Rollin Stoned. Opening with a joyous version of Get Off My Cloud, the groupâs two sets were chaotic and fantastic entertainment, and the rock ânâ roll party pace never let up throughout.
They, of course, performed the â60s mega-hits such as Satisfaction and Jumpinâ Jack Flash, which anyone buying a ticket to see them for the first time would expect. But what sets this fabulous version of Englandâs Greatest Hit Makers apart is their flamboyance, fun and awesome costumes that fire you straight back into decadent 1968: the year when the Street Fighting Men were at their most potent, drugged and dangerous.
There really is something for any Stones fan here. The Last Time and 19th Nervous Breakdown made for a speedy, superb early passage and got the crowd dancing.
Then it was time for some âold onesââŠ
âTheyâre all old ones!â cracked our âBrian Jonesâ, amusingly resembling the New York Dollsâ David Johansen (famously described by Bob Harris of The Old Grey Whistle Test as a âStones wannabeâ) - if he happened to be wearing a giant blonde wig. âBrianâ was referring to Not Fade Away, the early Stones single originally by Buddy Holly, along with a sprightly run through Route 66.
Further into the set, we were treated to a chaotic Letâs Spend the Night Together. The classic was sung as âLetâs spend some time togetherâ, in reference to Mick Jaggerâs sell-out Ed Sullivan Show performance, in which he famously changed the songâs lyrics to a more sedated version - later to be trumped by a future performance from Jim Morrison of The Doors, who did the exact opposite on Light My Fire, leapfrogging Jagger in the rebel pecking order. A nice touch.
Howls of feedback ensued during this version as âJonesâ had some technical issues while sucking on a plastic electronic fake cigarette.
The whole performance was enormous fun, and The Rollin Stonedâs version of Paint It Black created an atmosphere throughout the room that almost made you forget you werenât watching the real thing. Indeed, Keith Richardsâ mum Doris found it hard to believe how close to the real thing her tribute âsonâ was when she saw them perform live many years ago. The bandâs gigging feet are firmly rooted in the era, both musically and visually, which makes for a far more authentic experience than most tribute bands.
Both acts were very entertaining and a great time was had by the Sheffield crowd.
14.05.26
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: LUKE JAMES WILLIAMS AND DODOBONES @ MARY ST LIVE
By Mark Rezzano
There is an adage Iâm very fond of: you donât find music; music finds you. That is exactly what happened to me while I was listening to Tom Robinsonâs Introducing show on 6 Music, while washing the pots. He played a song that immediately grabbed my attention and forced me to put down my scouring pad. I made a note of the singerâs name. It was the young Cambridgeshire singer-songwriter Luke James Williams, and the song in question was Still In Bed. I was captivated. I was also struck by the brilliant title (one of those you wish you had come up with yourself).
That was seven years ago. Fast forward to Friday 8th May and Williams was in Sheffield, playing the smaller of Mary St Liveâs two rooms. This intimate setting was the ideal space to appreciate his talent. Whatâs more, this booking further supports Mary St Liveâs burgeoning reputation for hosting great live music and nurturing new talent. I pulled up a pouffe and waited for the show to begin.
Support came in the shape of duo dodobones: Robbyn Snow (vocals) and Stephen Patmore (acoustic guitar), originally from Hertfordshire but who now call Sheffield home. Effusive in their praise for Sheffield, theyâve clearly taken the city to their hearts. Robbynâs voice is stunning, weaving its way around every note. They radiate warmth, and the audience are entranced. They slip in two covers, Hellâs Bells by AC/DC and No One Knows by Queens of the Stone Age. They draw out the core melodies while retaining the force of both songs. A wonderful set.
After a quick outfit change into the suit he sports on the cover of his latest album, Limes Hotel, Luke makes his entrance. He exudes warmth and charm from the off. His anecdotes are funny and engaging, holding the audience in rapt attention.
Luke seemed to know everyone present, so the room was reduced to hysterics when he gently enquired as to the presence of three strangers. âWe just walked in off the street. Weâve missed three trains back to Stockport,â came the reply. I can empathise. I moved to Sheffield just over a year ago from Stockport (not because I kept missing my train, but because I like it here).
Musically - these are folk songs steeped in tradition but speaking to a modern malaise. While we contend with new technology that has made our lives more complicated rather than simpler, underneath we remain the same species we have always been. How we negotiate our way through is a recurring theme throughout the set.
And then there are our internal battles. Strange Things We Are, from the new album, wrestles with the absurdity of why we turn in on ourselves in the face of other peopleâs responses; tormenting ourselves with self-destructive thoughts, identifying with inner demons: âThe easiest mind to deceive is your own/And when you think itâs over/The moment youâve thrown it awayâŠâ.
Every song is imbued with the bucolic landscape of his native Cambridgeshire. The beautiful Fens seemed to slowly drift by with every note. Lukeâs regional vowels wrap themselves around every syllable, evoking a sense of place. The ancient mysteries of nature are threaded through every song. The pastoral is clearly a source of serenity and awe for him. This is most evident on the final song tonight, The Hollows and Branches: âWhen Iâm long gone from this world/In the hollows and branches you will find meâ not only provides a moving finale to tonightâs set, but also captures how deeply connected Luke is to the natural world in the face of lifeâs transience.
Heâs a special talent who deserves a wider audience.
Links
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK 2
w/c 11th May 2026
Our second event of the week falls on Saturday 16th May where one of Sheffield's newer venues Arundel Emporium hosts a diverse night of live music, bringing together four acts spanning melodic songwriting, garage punk, electro-rock and shoegaze-infused post-punk.
Sheffield's Fluorescent bring a fierce collision of hard rock, punk and garage energy guaranteed to bring the energy.
Local musician and great supporter of the local scene Robyn Gair delivers melodic singer-songwriter compositions filled with warmth, honesty and understated power. With rich vocals and finely crafted songwriting, they draw audiences into reflective and deeply personal spaces.
Also joining the bill are Doncasterâs Polygon Rain, whose high-octane electro-rock sound fuses electronic pulse with live-band intensity.
Headlining the night, Noisemakers' Guild make a welcome return to Sheffield. Fresh from a sold out gig at Mary St Live supporting Blackwater Lightship, this is a band you don't want to miss. Blending shoegaze textures, post-punk intensity and progressive songwriting, their sound balances swirling guitars and atmospheric weight with driving rhythms and pure charisma.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK 1
w/c 11th May 2026
The first of our Events of the Week this week is on Thursday 14th May. Cattlegrid headline Yellow Arch Studios marking the launch of their debut EP and the biggest show of their career so far.
Formed two years ago, the allâfemale, queer fourâpiece have become known for pulling together sharply contrasting musical instincts into something cohesive and loud. Classical violin rubs up against metalâleaning guitar riffs, folkâinformed basslines and indieârooted drums, all in service of grand, sweeping instrumentals that leave plenty of room for bite. Three members take lead vocals across the set, giving their shows a restless momentum and constantly shifting perspective.
The EP being launched on the night was recorded not in a polished studio environment, but in the bandâs own rehearsal space on Harwood Street. That DIY ethos runs through Cattlegridâs songs, which tackle petty grievances and much larger frustrations with equal commitment.
Cattlegrid come into Yellow Arch with serious live credentials, having honed their sets at venues including Delicious Clam, Record Junkee, Shakespeareâs and Sidney & Matilda. Those shows have earned them a reputation for performances that are loose, charismatic and deliberately unpolished yet musically sharp drawing praise for their social commentary.
Recent single Heâs My Man, released last week, offers a glimpse of what to expect from the EP. Led vocally by bassist Maddie, the song draws on her work with Womenâs Aid supporting women escaping abusive relationships, bringing emotional weight into the bandâs signature sweeping arrangements.
They are joined on the night by Nottingham's 5 piece punk group No Peeling and Pagodas - a grunge and psychadelic pop group from Sheffield.
For fans whoâve caught Cattlegrid in basements and back rooms over the last couple of years, the Yellow Arch show promises the same fearless energy on a bigger stage and for anyone new to the band, Thursday night is a timely introduction to one of Sheffieldâs most distinctive live acts.
09.05.26
SCENE AND HERD PREVIEW: MIGRATION MATTERS FESTIVAL 2026
By Charlotte Sometimes
Migration Matters Festival returns to Sheffield in 2026 with a powerful celebration of the migrant communities whose work, creativity, cultures and ideas have built, enriched and transformed the city into the vibrant place it is today.
Running from June 19th - 27th, the award-winning festival will once again transform venues across Sheffield with an international lineup of artists, performers and activists.
This yearâs headline acts include MOBO Award-winning Ghanaian-English artist Fuse ODG and Live At The Apollo comedian Desiree Burch.
Audiences can also experience acclaimed theatre production The Horse of Jenin by Alaa Shehada, alongside a screening of the Oscar-nominated Bosnian war drama Quo Vadis, Aida?
For the first time, the festival will centre around a unifying theme: Forged By Migration - recognising the generations of people who have contributed to Sheffieldâs identity, culture and creativity.
New festival director John Rwothomack said: âForged By Migration is a way to celebrate the diversity of Sheffield today but also recognise the people who have been coming to and shaping the city for generations.â
Migration Matters Festival has grown into the UKâs largest Refugee Week festival of its kind, attracting more than 15,000 visitors annually.
Other 2026 highlights include legendary dub producer Aba Shanti-I and a special in-conversation event with Afghan footballer and activist Khalida Popal, founder of the organisation Girl Power.
Alongside headline performances, the programme will feature club nights, exhibitions, poetry, family theatre, Afro-Brazilian dance workshops and community events across the city.
A major addition for 2026 is the launch of the festivalâs first outdoor stage - the Forged By Migration stage - delivered in partnership with Kelham Island Museum. The free event will showcase Sheffield artists through live music, DJ sets, dance, exhibitions, international food and workshops on Saturday, June 28th.
This yearâs guest programmer is artist Nate Coltrane, whose work explores the impact of immigration on British culture through Caribbean sound system heritage and stories from the Windrush generation.
The festival continues to operate an ethical ticketing system, offering free tickets to people experiencing financial hardship.
Festival passes and individual tickets are available now here
07.05.26
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: CULTURE SHOCK FESTIVAL @ SHOWROOM CINEMA
By Charlotte Sometimes
The Early May bank holiday weekend saw Sheffieldâs Showroom transformed into a haven for cult classics from across the decades, striking short films, and even a nostalgia-fuelled breakfast event. Culture Shock: Festival of Fantastic Film, brought to us by the team behind the legendary annual horror fest Celluloid Screams (which returns 22nd-25th October 2026), serves as the perfect way to ease the anticipation while we await its bigger sibling. That said, this second edition proves it more than holds its own as a standalone festival - testament to the hard work of festival director Rob Nevitt and the team.
Proceedings kicked off on Friday with the UK premiere of Kazakhstan sci-Fi film Stinker, followed by the 4k restoration of the John Woo Hong Kong classic A Better Tomorrow (40th anniversary edition) and crime fighting robot film R.O.T.O.R - variation like this being the ideal tone-setter for the weekend ahead.
On Saturday morning, Sheff Herd joined fellow festivalgoers for the wonderfully conceived Cereal and Cartoons party in the bar. This was a genuinely inspired idea: classic animations ranging from Dungeons & Dragons to Rugrats (with the adult audience now perhaps relating strongly to Stuâs chronic sleep deprivation) paired with an impressively stocked cereal selection. The shared cheers (mainly from me!) as the Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles theme blasted out created a joyful, communal energy that made for the perfect start to the day.
Next up, in Screen 3, was Cronos - a darkly poetic tale of immortality and obsession. Seeing this Del Toro masterpiece on the big screen was an absolute treat.
Following that came the UK premiere of the 4K restoration of Dead Mountaineerâs Hotel, a curious and compelling blend of sci-fi and mystery set in an isolated mountain hotel where strange, otherworldly events begin to unfold. Trippy and eerie, it was a real highlight for fans of cerebral science fiction.
The English premiere of I Live Here Now came next - a surreal and emotionally charged exploration of identity, trauma, and perception. The performances were exceptional across the board, and the mise-en-scĂšne was nothing short of stunning.
Next, it was time for the Culture Shock secret screening - and what a niche delight it turned out to be. The Devil from Mill Mountain, a DEFA production never before screened in English-speaking countries, was a fascinating discovery. We were treated to an introduction and blu-ray giveaway from Eureka films too (no luck on the latter alas!). As someone with a deep love for 1920s German cinema, it was thrilling to spot clear expressionist and Bergfilm (mountain film) influences woven into the aesthetic of the film, along with it being clearly what DEFA were known for - the MĂ€rchenfilme - the fairy/folklore genre. The film presents a socialist idyll - unsurprising given its origins - and offers plenty of laughs (a sort of Disney vibe in places!) but also looked gorgeous. This unique choice was certainly in the spirit of cult film.
The AGFA trailer show followed, delivering a hugely entertaining montage of vintage trailers and adverts from across the history of American cinema. Expertly edited and endlessly fun, it was a real crowd-pleaser.
With my inner film studies student (for life) thoroughly satisfied, we closed out the day with American Rickshaw; a wild, genre-blending ride involving an American student in Miami who becomes entangled in a supernatural battle of good versus evil. Mad in the best way, it was the perfect high-energy finale. We left buzzing, already ready to do it all again on Sunday.
The morning began with a personal highlight of the weekend for me: Roar - famously billed as âthe most dangerous film ever madeâ. Imagine something with the wholesome, Disney-esque spirit of Homeward Bound⊠if it featured completely untrained wild animals and resulted in over 70 injuries to cast and crew (mercifully not the animals), including incidents as extreme as facial reconstruction and even gangrene.
Robâs excellent introduction gave us some context, but nothing could truly prepare us for what followed. What unfolds on screen feels less like a conventional film and more like a horror experience disguised as a pro-wildlife feature. Itâs utterly compelling in a way thatâs hard to articulate - equal parts awe and disbelief. There really should be a word for that slightly sick, involuntary laughter that escapes when you watch a man get flattened by a tiger - clearly being crushed - while calmly reassuring it like itâs a slightly overenthusiastic house cat. So yes, Roar is absolutely one to recommend if youâre after cinematic shock value!
Then we were treated to six wildly varied and consistently excellent short films. First up was First Sight, a thought-provoking British dystopian piece that felt like an especially sharp episode of Black Mirror. Then came the European premiere of Heckinâ Weens, a fantastically fun sausage-based animation packed with absurd humour and playful energy.
Another animated highlight followed with the gorgeously drawn Irish film Eiru, steeped in folklore and legacy tales.
Check Please, from the USA, delivered a deadly dinner-party sketch with a brilliantly dark, almost Hitchcockian comic sensibility, blended with martial arts chaos and horror flourishes.
Next was Alcazarâs Bullet Time, a retro-gaming-inspired animated short featuring a score by the legendary Danny Elfman and visuals that felt like Ren & Stimpy on steroids.
Finally came the UK premiere of Indonesian short More Pain, More Gain - a frenzied, hyperbolic dark comedy-horror about the terrifying cost of fitness fanaticism.
,Next was the Canadian film Honey Bunch. This had a stellar yet understated cast, including British stalwarts Ben Petrie and Kate Dickie in memorable supporting roles. Set in a sprawling, spectacular memory loss clinic, the film begins as a solid afternoon drama with intriguing characters before leaning heavily into the supernatural. An acquired taste, perhaps - especially at a stately near-two-hours (for a low-budget genre piece, anyway) - it nevertheless offered plenty of visual retro delights, and the Showroom crowd lapped it up, with some interesting discussions continuing afterwards in the sun-trap beside the café.
Speaking of the cafe, it was then time for a refuel with their reliably excellent mac and cheese and rosemary fries which, helpfully, you may order to be ready for you between screenings.
This provided the perfect break before the intensity of one of the main events - a 45th anniversary 4K restoration of Possession, Andrzej Ć»uĆawskiâs - sadly - only British film. Not a success on its original 1981 cinema release, it has since become a hugely respected cult classic, with a bumper box set recently released by Second Sight.
Rob reminded us of the bizarre fact that this intense, genre-bending piece was placed on the banned âvideo nastiesâ list in the mid-80s by the UK Government and a frothing BBFC, despite being lauded at Cannes Film Festival by more open-minded viewers. The film contains two of the most exciting, unpredictable lead performances you will ever see, delivered by Sam Neill and Isabelle Adjani, who put on a masterclass in jealousy and emotional paralysis, up there with Dustin Hoffman and Meryl Streep in Kramer vs. Kramer. The West Berlin locations are fascinating â grimy and gorgeous in equal measure and it is an intense and surreal tale in all the right ways - one every cult movie fan should see.
Culture Shock then reminded us why it takes such pride in showcasing exciting genre pieces from around the world, with its final festival screenings: the gloriously fun 80s martial arts-horror film A Chinese Ghost Story and the soon-to-be cult classic closing gala Japanese supernatural film Mag Mag.
The former featured some brilliantly amusing comedy and fight sequences, Harryhausen-style visual effects on the ghoulies, a spectacular haunted castle, and a touching romantic storyline. The latter is edgy, sarcastic, and sprightly paced, with plenty to appeal to teens around the world. Mag Magâs opening sequence, for example, is one of the most memorable in horror since Drew Barrymoreâs famous turn in the original Scream.
The festival was brilliant from start to finish. The programming offered tremendous variety while still maintaining a clear sense of identity throughout and the giveaways and discussions helped to add another fun dimension. The loyal community of film fans once again helped create a friendly, welcoming atmosphere, and it was lovely to spot familiar faces from previous events over the weekend.
The Showroom Cinemaâs relaxed âhome from homeâ vibe remains the perfect setting for a festival like this, and it is always a pleasure to support its wonderful staff. Huge congratulations to Rob and all the team - you truly pulled off a fantastic weekend of film.
Roll on Celluloid Screams!
đđđđđ
SHEFF HERD X KELHAM FILM CLUB
MAY 2026 FILM GUIDE
Sheff Herd is delighted to be sponsoring the fantastic Kelham Film Club - a community cinema night that holds weekly screenings of unique films, with great drinks deals in the welcoming Alder Bar. Each week, we will keep you updated with the events and screenings on offer.
Thursday 7th May @8pm (arrive early to make the most of the drinks deals!)
A special edition of Film Club this week - Mission G.I.G.G.L.E. Daniel Hutchings is a filmmaker and comedian, who has been showing his 'Thingys' around the north since 2012, to a growing fan-base.
"Hutchings is back with further comedic misadventures on the outskirts of the entertainment industry. In a series of unbelievable stories, Hutchings will take you from inner to outer space, and back again, to show you his hopes to try and make the world a happier place... One laugh at a time."
06.05.26
SCENE AND HERD PREVIEW: LUKE JAMES WILLIAMS AND DODOBONES @ MARY ST LIVE
By Charlotte Sometimes
Cambridgeshire-based indie folk singer-songwriter Luke James Williams brings his warmly poetic songs to Mary St Live in support of his muchâanticipated second album, Limes Hotel which was released on 17th April this year.
First gaining national attention with his 2018 EP Drove, Williams quickly earned the support of BBC Radio 6 Musicâs Tom Robinson, alongside airplay from Lauren Laverne, Steve Lamacq and BBC Introducing. His debut album Our Blood Is Red followed in 2022 to widespread acclaim, named âoutstandingâ by Folk Radio and selected as a Bandcamp New & Notable, helping him build an international following.
Renowned for emotive, captivating live performances, Luke has supported the likes of Thea Gilmore, Mark Chadwick and Megson, toured the UK and appeared at Cambridge Folk Festival. Often described as âthe James Taylor of the Fensâ, his songs balance vivid storytelling with warmth and emotional clarity - qualities firmly on display in his latest release.
Support on the night comes from Sheffield indieâpop duo dodobones, known for their offâbeat, emotionally charged performances blending ironic pop, spoken word and acoustic textures.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK
w/c 4th May 2026
Get ready for a night of classic rock as Rollinâ Stoned bring the sound and swagger of The Rolling Stones to Network 2 on Friday 8th May. Covering the bandâs golden era from 1962 to 1969, the show features iconic hits like Jumpinâ Jack Flash, Paint It Black, Not Fade Away and (I Canât Get No) Satisfaction. Described by The Times as âprobably more authentic than the Stones themselves would be inclined to muster,â the band has earned a reputation for delivering a high-energy, faithful recreation of the Stonesâ early live shows.
A typical two-hour set blends the biggest crowd-pleasers with deeper cuts for dedicated fans, all performed with the raw edge that defined the Stones in their prime. âJust like the real thing,â according to renowned rock photographer Gered Mankowitz, Rollinâ Stoned have even received praise from within the Stonesâ own circle - Doris Richards calling them âoutstandingâ and fit to âstand in for the Stones.â Whether you remember the era first-hand or are discovering it for the first time, this promises a lively step back into one of rockâs most influential periods.
Supporting the night is Green, a four-piece tribute to Peter Green, widely regarded as one of Britainâs greatest blues guitarists. Their set draws from his work with Fleetwood Mac during the Peter Green era, alongside material from his time with the Bluesbreakers and later projects, making it a fitting addition to a bill steeped in blues-driven rock heritage.
Advance tickets are ÂŁ16 and available here
01.05.26
SCENE AND HERD PREVIEW: SHEFFIELD DOCFEST 2026
By Charlotte Sometimes
Sheffield DocFest is back! The festival returns for its 33rd edition from 10th to 15th June 2026, spreading across the cityâs cinemas, theatres, art, University and nightlife spaces. Screenings and events take place at cinemas including Showroom Cinema, Light Cinema Sheffield and Curzon Sheffield, alongside stages within Sheffield Theatres and a mix of galleries, lecture halls and art spaces. The festival also features more informal settings, with events hosted in venues such as Steamworks Sheffield and the newly opened Watt Bar, giving visitors plenty of opportunity to explore the city.
The public programme itself, released on April 29th, is looks incredible - the festival going from strength to strength. This yearâs theme, Realities in Motion, reflects a programme shaped by change, following how people, ideas and stories shift, collide and evolve in a rapidly moving world. Guest curator Maxine Peake plays a central role, appearing across the week, including a collaboration with Sheffield legends Eccentronic Research Council on The Dreamcatcher Tapes, a live piece built from recorded dreams and reworked into an eerie electronic performance. Elsewhere, the talks programme brings in voices like Miriam Margolyes and Chris Packham. Director Andrea Arnold (Fish Tank 2009 being a particular favourite of mine!) also appears in conversation, offering insight into her approach to filmmaking and storytelling while a dedicated event reflects on the legacy of David Attenborough and his impact on documentary storytelling.
The film programme opens with We, The Hated by Rich Felgate, which follows Just Stop Oil activists over several years, staying close to the individuals behind the protests and the strain that sustained direct action places on their lives. That thread of political urgency runs throughout the lineup. American Doctor focuses on medics working in Gaza, grounding a global crisis in day-to-day realities, while The Apologist: A Journey to the Heart of Apologies looks at how public apologies are constructed and what they can and canât repair.
Other films turn to hidden or neglected histories. Lesbian Lines by Cara Holmes reconstructs a network of Irish helplines run by lesbians in the late 1970s, showing how communities created their own systems of care. In MKO, Ose Oyamendan traces the story of Moshood Abiola, using one political life to explore wider questions about democracy and power. The Archivist follows an attempt to preserve disappearing folk traditions, treating cultural memory as something fragile and time-sensitive.
Portrait films take a more stylised approach. Wolf, directed by Christian Cargill and narrated by Tilda Swinton, assembles a fragmented portrait of musician Patrick Wolf through archive and reconstruction. Anatomy of a Portrait follows a woman preparing her own posthumous image, while The AI Doc: Or How I Became an Apocaloptimist blends essay and interviews to explore competing visions of artificial intelligence. Elsewhere, The Alien Autopsy Scandal revisits a famous media hoax, unpacking how easily constructed narratives can take hold.
Across the programme, films move between activism, personal history and questions of representation. With filmmakers present for Q&As and discussions throughout the week, the emphasis is as much on conversation as it is on screening. There will also be plenty of opportunities to network and the atmosphere in the city during this time is simply incomparable.
There are multiple pricing options across the public programme, from single tickets to passes, making it easy to dip in or commit to the full programme.
Full listings, tickets and further details are available here
MAY 2026
TOP 4
đđđđ
Your guide to the month ahead.
Check out our weekly event recommendations every Monday.
01
đ
Get Together Festival
Kelham Island and Neepsendâs Get Together on 16th May is one of Sheffieldâs key indie all-dayers, and 2026 is looking great.
The lineup is led by The Horrors, Fat Dog, Erol Alkan, DEADLETTER, Lime Garden, Jessica Winter, Gwenno, and Alexis Taylor, alongside a deep bill of emerging bands spread across lots of venues: Peddler; Yellow Arch; Heist,
Neepsend Social Club;
Alder; Grafters and
The Victoria
Itâs very much a âbounce between stages and discover your new favourite actâ kind of day, with a mix of indie, electronic and left-field pop. Tickets are selling out but available here
02
đ
Weston Park Fayre
The Weston Park May 17th Fayre is a free, day-long event that brings together live music, performances and local stalls in the centre of Sheffield. Itâs designed as an accessible, family-friendly occasion with activities spread across the park so people can dip in and out throughout the day.
Music plays a steady background role, with performances from local brass bands, folk acts and acoustic musicians, alongside the occasional indie-style set. Around this, visitors can browse craft and food stalls, watch roaming circus performers, and use the childrenâs rides and activity areas.
03
đ
Sheffield Food Festival
Sheffield Food Festival returns to the city centre from Saturday 23rd to Monday 25th May, marking its 15th year as one of Sheffieldâs largest free public events. Taking place across key central locations including the Peace Gardens, Town Hall Square and Millennium Square, the festival brings together street food traders, artisan producers, bars and drinks specialists, with a clear focus on local and regional businesses. The layout encourages people to move between areas at their own pace, with food stalls, markets and pop-up kitchens spread throughout the heart of the city.
Alongside the food and drink, the festival also programmes live music and family-friendly activities across the weekend. A dedicated grassroots music stage showcases emerging Sheffield artists, while demonstration kitchens host chef-led talks and cookery sessions.
Thereâs also a strong emphasis on accessibility and participation, from fairground rides and childrenâs activities to informal spaces to sit, eat and take a break.
04
đ
Too Damn Loud Festival
At Sidney & Matilda, Too Damn Loud Festival puts its full weight behind the heavier end of Sheffieldâs DIY music scene.
Taking place on Saturday 30th May, the festival is built around punk, noise, hardcore and abrasive electronics, with a tightly packed line-up that prioritises energy over polish. The focus is very much on bands and artists who thrive in intense live settings, making the most of one of our city's best venues.
Running from midâafternoon into the night, Too Damn Loud leans into the raw character of the basement space, where volume, sweat and proximity are part of the appeal. The line up is really strong with acts including Skint Knees, Mannequins, Harlot, Ratpakk and The Red Stains, amongst others.
Itâs a festival that reflects Sheffieldâs long-standing grassroots culture and is a great way to end the month.
đđđđđ
SHEFF HERD X KELHAM FILM CLUB
APRIL 2026 FILM GUIDE
Sheff Herd is delighted to be sponsoring the fantastic Kelham Film Club - a community cinema night that holds weekly screenings of unique films, with great drinks deals in the welcoming Alder Bar. Each week, we will keep you updated with the events and screenings on offer.
Tuesday 28th April @8pm (arrive early to make the most of the drinks deals!)
Secret Cinema 8 - we were given the choice of four great films - Sexy Beast; 1984; True Romance and In Bruges but which film won the vote? Find out on Tuesday at this completely FREE event. More money to spend on the brilliant drinks deals in the bar (just show your ticket).
Keep May 7th free for the next Kelham Film Club Screening. More info to come...
28.04.26
SCENE AND HERD PREVIEW: SHEFFIELD CHAMBER MUSIC FESTIVAL
By Charlotte Sometimes
Photography by Malcolm Nabarro, Positive Note Productions, Matthew Johnson and Music in the Round and Lieve Boussaw
The 15thâ23rd May marks the return of the Sheffield Chamber Music Festival, as Music in the Round brings its 43rd edition back to the city with storytelling at its core and an awardâwinning soprano at the helm.
This yearâs festival is guestâcurated by Claire Booth, winner of the Royal Philharmonic Societyâs Singer of the Year 2025, who has shaped a nineâday programme exploring the powerful intersections between music and narrative. Known for her versatility, Booth has woven together classical music with poetry, opera, folk, jazz, film and theatre to create a festival that places stories both spoken and sung centre stage.
âIf Iâm known for anything, it probably is breadth,â Booth says. âThatâs my aim with Sheffield Chamber Music Festival: to create a festival with incredible range and breadth of repertoire. Iâm thrilled that weâre having a deep dive into words and music - including folk music and jazz - and exploring why we connect music and text.â
The festival opens with Booth herself performing King Haraldâs Saga, a oneâwoman opera retelling the story of âthe last real Vikingâ, Harald Hardrada. Storytelling continues to shape the programme through events that honour literary heavyweight Samuel Beckett, alongside muchâloved narratives such as Peter and the Wolf.
Another highlight arrives on 16th May, when jazz pianist Gwilym Simcock and his band join forces with Booth and Ensemble 360 for a oneânightâonly collaboration, Crosscurrents: Gwilym Simcock and Friends.#
Early risers are rewarded on 17th May with atmospheric sunrise concerts from residents Ensemble 360 in the Samuel Worth Chapel, featuring music inspired by birdsong performed as dawn breaks. Each concert is followed by a cemetery walk offering insights into local birdlife, led by BBC Radio 3 broadcaster Tom McKinney, a keen birder.
Beckett takes centre stage on 18th May with Feldman & Beckett: Words & Music, an event exploring the great writerâs warm friendship with composer Morton Feldman, directed by Vicky Featherstone.
On 19th May, Booth teams up with GRAMMYâwinning pianist Christopher Glynn for Francis Poulencâs La Voix Humaine, an operatic adaptation of Jean Cocteauâs intensely psychological play.
Storytelling then takes centre stage on 20th May, with a full day of narrativeâled events beginning with an introductory talk, followed by a relaxed performance of Peter and the Wolf, which returns in the evening alongside other musical fairytales. That same day, leading folk musicians Miranda Rutter, Sam Sweeney and Rob Harbron present Bird Tunes, showcasing new songs crafted from fragments of woodland birdsong.
The 2026 festival also ventures beyond Sheffield for the first time, crossing into Derbyshire on 21st May for Speak of the North at Chatsworth Estate. This oneâoff event features a new work by composer Gavin Higgins, coâcommissioned by Music in the Round, and combines a guided walk with two concerts. The music incorporates poems by northern writers, including the BrontĂ« sisters, as well as reflections on Northumberlandâs Sycamore Gap tree.
âWeâre really encouraging the audience at this event to ruminate on what their idea of the north is, and what the piece means to themâ Booth explains.
Elsewhere, the programme includes Beethovenâs Septet, a sunset concert, family events with Izzy Gizmo, and the first ever live staging of Julian Phillipsâ childrenâs opera Henny Penny, performed with children from Sheffield schools.
With 22 events across nine days, many hosted at the Crucible Theatre, the Sheffield Chamber Music Festival offers a rich celebration of music shaped by words, stories and imagination and with this edition curated by Claire Booth, it promises to be unmissable.
Tickets are on sale now and can be booked here
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK
w/c 27th April 2026
This May Bank Holiday, The Green Room hosts a three-day run of live music that marks the end of an era. With the venue expected to close under its current management in May before reopening in a new form with Waterbear, this weekender is likely to be one of the final chances to experience it as it is.
Running May 1stâ3rd, the lineup is packed with local and touring acts spanning indie, alternative, lo-fi and rock, staying true to the venueâs grassroots identity.
Friday leans into guitar sounds. Crimson Deer open with atmospheric indie-folk textures, before Jason Quinsey brings a stripped-back, acoustic-led set rooted in folk and soft rock. The Domino Effect duo continue the folk vibes, while Luddites UK add a sharper punk protest edge. Closing the night, WeAreTheStation bring a more expansive, indie-alt rock sound to round things off.
On Saturday, Steven Kier kicks off the day, followed by singer songwriter Mary Bolt, whose sound leans into indie pop with a slightly off-kilter, DIY feel. Emerging songwriter Joshua Lomas and the always glam Jimmy Maddon continue the afternoon with indie and alternative rock sets, building momentum into the evening. Ukrainian/Uk Ognizlata Yeletenko offers something more experimental and left-field, before Cold Bones Lullabies shift the tone with folk-leaning, melodic sound. Brook Hodges takes us into early evening with pop rock tones, leading into The Bloody Marys. A late set from DJ Jason takes it through to close.
Sunday begins with solo artist Mouse Was Here and then electronic/guitar based outfit Bug return to the stage. Big Egg bring fuzzy, garage-leaning rock textures next followed by previously reviewed My Lo-Fi Heart who live up to the name with hazy, bedroom-electonic aesthetics. Eli Green and the Ivys offer a cleaner soul and jazz sound with strong hooks and vocals, before up and coming band Off The Head close the weekend with a heavier alternative edge.
Itâs a lineup that reflects exactly what The Green Room has done best: given space to emerging acts across genres in an intimate setting. With changes on the horizon for the venue, this weekend is a chance to support the bands and give the place a proper send-off that it deserves.
23.04.26
SCENE AND HERD GIG REVIEW: FANGSLINGER, LOWDRIVE AND KELAIN JAMES @ CORPORATION
Written by Charlotte Sometimes
Lowdrive Images by Nick Ashton Photography
Fangslinger Images by Mal Whichelow
FangSlingerâs album release gig on Saturday 18th April drew a lively crowd, with plenty of cowboy hats and music fans packed in to Corpâs Local Authority room - a solid turnout for the occasion.
Opening the evening was âOutlawâ Kelain James - a songwriter and guitarist who made an immediate impression with his gritty, emotive vocal style and an assured stage presence that felt well beyond that of an opener. His set moved confidently through a range of themes and moods, showing both versatility and a clear sense of identity. The Devil and I stood out early on - a single that tackles mental health with a rawness that never sacrifices its infectious, hook-driven chorus. Fade Away followed as a âmessy breakupâ track; one he jokingly dubbed his âTaylor Swift songâ. It was delivered with a charm that even made whistling feel effortlessly cool.
There was also a clear reverence for classic songwriting in Weâre Going to War, a Bob Dylan inspired piece that felt both timely and thoughtfully reworked for a modern audience, adding weight and relevance to the set. In contrast, Washing Down, written for his late mum, offered a quieter, more introspective moment, giving Kelain space to showcase the full breadth of his vocal range and emotional depth; it was easily one of the most powerful points of the performance. Another stand out song was Held the Line, a tribute to war veterans, carried a strong Springsteen-esque influence both musically and thematically, rounding out a set that felt cohesive yet varied.
Altogether, Kelain James delivered a compelling and memorable start to the evening, blending heartfelt songwriting with a confident, engaging performance that suggested a rising artist worth keeping an eye on.
Next up were Lowdrive, the Rotherham hard rock outfit who returned to the stage with a surge of energy that immediately had the crowd on side. Known for their riff-heavy sound, the band wasted no time leaning into the strengths that have earned them a solid reputation on the UK rock circuit.
Lowdriveâs music is a mix of classic rock influences and heavier, more modern textures. Their set was tight and expansive - drawing from their previous two albums Roller (2018) and Rise (2023). A third album is rumoured at some point this year.
There were flashes of that AC/DC-style punch and Zeppelin-esque weight throughout but also songs like Rise had nods to Sabbath and Metallica, while later track Shield Wall (a crowd pleaser with some opportunity to participate - âHoo! Ha!â) was perhaps more reminiscent of Soundgarden with a grungier vocal. However, despite their influences, Lowdrive never feel too derivative - more a confident nod to their roots than imitation. Tracks carried a gritty, melodic edge, balancing raw power with memorable choruses, while the rhythm section kept everything locked in.
What really stood out was Lowdriveâs live presence. They have clearly honed their craft on stage, and it showed in the way they commanded attention - fully committed, visually engaging, and feeding off the loyal fanbase from the outset. Their performance felt polished but genuine and full of fire.
Closing the night was Fangslinger, and they didnât just take to the stage - they transformed it. Leaning into their Southern gothic Americana identity, the aesthetic set design immediately made an impact. A floral arch with a suspended swing framed the centre like a scene from a dark Western, while rose-wrapped mic stands and even a hanging noose added a theatrical, slightly sinister edge. It felt less like a gig and more like stepping into the bandâs own âLost Souls Saloon".
The Sheffield trio is comprised of FangSlinger (lead vocals), BloodRose (vocals, percussion), and HangMan (guitar, vocals) and tonight they were also joined by a suitably gothic drummer. The band were marking the release of their debut album Welcome to the Lost Souls Saloon (out April 24th).
FangSlingerâs blend of styles is what really makes them stand out. Thereâs a clear mix of country, bluesy rock and heavier influences. Frontman FangSlingerâs voice is a defining feature of the bandâs sound. Thereâs an impressive range on display - moving from a gritty, almost metal-driven snarl into a smoother, country-leaning tone, sometimes within the same track. HangMan and BloodRose also stepped forward on lead vocals throughout the set, keeping things dynamic and giving each song a slightly different feel.
Single Wanted Undead was an early highlight, with a strong, catchy hook that felt built for crowd participation - one of those choruses you can imagine singing long after the set ends. It had a cinematic quality too, the kind of track that wouldnât feel out of place in a modern Western soundtrack. Bare Your Teeth kept that momentum going with another singalong moment, while their take on Guns Nâ Rosesâ Mr. Brownstone was a fun addition that they made their own.
The standout performance of the night came with He Rides a Pale Horse, a slower, more atmospheric track that really leaned into their darker aesthetic and storytelling. All three vocalists shone on this song. There was also a preview of a new song, Undead Rock and Roll, a song filled with energy which already sounds like one to watch going forward.
Fangslinger are a genuinely unusual band in the best way. Despite being from Sheffield, they convincingly channel a sound and image that feels rooted somewhere in the American South. They are clearly building a strong following and it is well earned.
All in all, Kelain James, Lowdrive and Fangslinger delivered a night that moved seamlessly from raw, heartfelt songwriting to full-throttle rock energy and finally a bold, theatrical finale that left a lasting impression.
Links
10.04.26
SCENE AND HERD SINGLE REVIEW: HEART ALARM BY THE FALSE FLAG
By Charlotte Sometimes
The False Flag are a Sheffield-based five-piece carving out a sharp, modern take on alt-rock. Built from musicians with a shared history in the local scene, the band has quickly developed a tight, unified sound. Having recently supported The One Twenty (we previously reviewed their debut gig) at Network, The False Flag are set to appear across a run of gigs and festivals over the next couple of months, including Tramlines Fringe at The Frog and Parrot and Bring the Noise at Network - certainly a group to watch out for.
Their debut single âHeart Alarmâ is out today (April 10th) - let us introduce you to it.
Heart Alarm is a pumping, guitar-forward track that sits somewhere between early 00s indie and modern alt-metal, it channels a familiar heaviness while still carving out its own identity.
Lyrically, the track leans hard into themes of numbness, identity loss, and the underlying panic of feeling disconnected from your own life. From the opening lines - âI fear my time is running outâ - the song establishes a suffocating sense of urgency and existential dread and the repeated refrain - âHeart alarm but nothingâs beatingâ - is both simple and effective, acting as a central motif that captures the songâs emotional paralysis. There is a strong contrast between the idea of alarm and the absence of any real response. That contradiction becomes the emotional core of the track.
Musically, the band - Nathan Dunn (vocals), Jake Johnson (rhythm guitar), Matt Penney (lead guitar), George Woodward (bass), and Josh Davidson-Hague (drums) - build a dense, textured wall of sound. The track opens quietly with a wail (a little like Incubus' The Warmth) then delivers an almost metal-like weight, anchored by thick, forceful drums which echo the heartbeat of the song. There is a tight, choppy rhythm to the riffs, paired with a funky bassline (think RHCP's Flea) and a sense of controlled urgency that gives the track a more immediate, hook-led feel as it opens out. The guitars remain central throughout, shifting between clipped, rhythmic patterns and broader, ringing sections that give the song soaring lift without losing its impact. The band are tight and the song is well produced.
Vocally, Dunn delivers an energetic, urgent performance, really conveying the weight behind the lyrics and this cuts through the instrumentation. There is a constant sense of propulsion in his delivery, pushing the track forward and giving it a sharper edge. Even in the more controlled moments, there is a tension underneath that keeps things from ever feeling static; making each surge feel natural rather than over-sung.
Overall, âHeart Alarmâ is a strong debut - an anthemic, emotionally coherent track that is destined to please crowds over the coming months.
Heart Alarm is available to stream on main platforms now
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK
w/c 13th April 2026
On Saturday 18th April, Corporation brings together a three-act lineup rooted in heavier rock n roll sounds, with headliners FangSlinger marking the launch of their debut album âWelcome to the Lost Souls Saloonâ.
FangSlingerâs sound blends hard rock with gothic Americana and western-inspired storytelling, built around groove-driven riffs, layered vocals and a strong narrative thread. Their music moves between blues-tinged restraint and heavier, more metallic passages, creating a cinematic feel that remains grounded in weight and intent. The album launch signals a new chapter in their output while staying true to the established identity theyâve been shaping.
Kelain James has quickly gained attention for a style that sits between traditional storytelling and a more forceful rock and metal edge. Drawing influence from dark folk and classic outlaw traditions through to heavier modern rock, his performances are known for bridging personal storytelling with a commanding live presence.
Completing the bill are Sheffieldâs own Low Drive, a band firmly rooted in the cityâs hard rock scene. Formed in 2016, theyâve developed a sound that blends riff-driven songwriting with elements of stoner rock, psychedelia and punk, balancing classic rock influence with a heavier contemporary edge. With two albums already released and a strong live reputation, they bring a confident, energetic presence.
This event is expected to sell out so grab your tickets quickly here
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK
w/c 6th April 2026
Sheffieldâs grassroots scene gets a proper spotlight on April 11th as Static Lives return home for a headline show at the Hallamshire Hotel.
Formed in 2024, the Sheffield-based dance rock alt band have wasted no time building momentum; landing slots at Tramlines that same year, selling out shows across Sheffield and beyond, and releasing a string of confident early singles. Their sound blends punchy indie pop rock with sleek, dance-leaning rhythms, feeling tailor-made for packed rooms. This headline gig is sure to bring crowds to one of the cityâs most characterful venues.
Support comes from two rising solo artists. Lily Gaskell brings a stripped-back, emotive set rooted in indie-folk and alt-pop, full of atmosphere and melodic detail. Lily Brooke delivers a bright, upbeat pop sound: hook-driven and energetic - adding a vibrant energy to the bill.
04.04.26
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: CIRCUS CORTEX 'BIZAAR' @ SHEFFIELD TRANSPORT CLUB
Written by Charlotte Sanderson
For the past three years, Iâve made it a tradition to see Circus Cortex whenever they come through, and each time, they somehow raise the bar even higher. Iâve been lucky enough to see some of the worldâs biggest productions (Cirque du Soleil in Vegas), but Circus Cortex truly feels more impressive: more real and honestly, more magical. And they are right here in our city.
What sets this company apart isnât just the jaw-dropping skill on display, though the acrobatics are genuinely next level, itâs the heart behind it all. You can feel the sense of community the moment you arrive. Thereâs no ego here, no sense of hierarchy. The same high ropes superstar who leaves you holding your breath one minute might be selling you popcorn the next. Everyone plays their part, and that shared purpose radiates through the entire experience.
In 2023 especially, the show carried an emotional weight thatâs stayed with me. More than 70% of the cast were Ukrainian performers who had fled the war, and yet what they delivered in the ring was nothing short of extraordinary.That kind of authenticity is rare, and itâs what truly sets Circus Cortex apart.
This year, the team return with âBizzzarâ - another triumph. The show itself is spectacular without ever feeling overproduced. We wonât spoil the acts for you, and honestly, words wouldnât do them justice anyway, but suffice to say there are moments where your heart will be firmly in your mouth. And even when one act didn't go quite to plan, the resilience and sheer strength of the performers giving it another go was one of the stand out moments of the show - giving an extraordinarily human edge to the extraordinary humans performing.
It is top-tier entertainment that doesnât rely on excess, but on pure talent and is perfect for all ages (my 7 and 4 year old sons love it as much as I do). The clowning is genuinely funny, and the whole show flows beautifully. The production team (many of whom are also performers) are incredible and the music makes everything even more mesmerising - with a quick shoutout to young drummer Alfie Deleval, whose talented playing really keeps the energy going.
And then thereâs the accessibility. In a world where performances of this calibre often come with eye-watering ticket prices, Circus Cortex manages to deliver something exceptional at a price point that feels almost unbelievable. You might go in wondering how it can be so affordable, and leave realizing that this is the magic: making the circus accessible to everyone, without ever compromising on quality.
Circus Cortex isnât just a show - although it's a really really good show - itâs a reminder of what live performance can be when itâs built on passion, resilience, and genuine connection. Iâll be back again next year, no question.
You really don't want to miss this! Circus Cortex is in Sheffield until April 12th on selected days, and the last few tickets are available here
03.04.26
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: BLACKWATER LIGHTSHIP, JUNKBOND, NOISEMAKERS' GUILD AND AMBA @MARY STREET LIVE
Written by Mark Rezzano
On 28th March Mary St Live, the superb community music space that opened its doors last year, played host to an interesting and diverse night of music. From introspective songwriting to genre-spanning experimentation and high-energy performances, along with a double single release, the evening offered something for everyone.
The nightâs festivities opened with an impassioned set from Simon Roberts, aka Junkbond. Itâs evident what a versatile and consummate songwriter he is with his music developed over several years. Although his set was never supposed to be solo (you can really hear the potential for the music with a band behind him), he really delivered a great performance. A pillar of the local scene, I just wish more punters could have been in attendance at this point in the night to share the experience. Thankfully, he would return later in the evening with the headliners when the room was completely packed, earning the audience he so clearly deserves.
Next up were Noisemakersâ Guild. Not having caught them live before, I was immediately entranced. As they took to the stage, the crowd was beginning to swell, with more people filtering into the room and adding to the atmosphere.
The first thing to mention is the magnetic stage presence of lead vocalist Lee, a natural frontman with a versatile voice who exudes star quality. I donât know where he was pulling some of those moves from, but they hit the mark nonetheless! Kevinâs fluid, Roxy Music-like basslines and Kikeyâs propulsive drumming provide the perfect weight for the incredible colour and dexterity evinced by Jez on guitar. In one song, you can hear the delicate, plangent tones of Vinni Reilly, all filigrees and arpeggios, and the next youâre thrown headlong into the post-punk maelstrom of some of its greatest practitioners, such as John McGeoch, Keith Levine, Stuart Adamson, and Andy Gill. Local legends Comsat Angels and Manchesterâs Chameleons also spring to mind.
It doesnât end there. The influence of shoegaze, in particular Chapterhouse and Swervedriver, fills the room. There are also clear nods to the titans of rock, for instance Thin Lizzy and The Groundhogs. Noisemakers' Guild's music never feels derivative though; more like a sincere blend. Sailorâs Lost and Found (which will be on an upcoming EP later this year) is a real standout track, evoking lysergic dreams of far-off shores: a satisfying combination of The Stranglersâ Golden Brown and The Doorsâ The Crystal Ship. Their finale single Desert Song is another exceptional piece and was the perfect ending to a magnificent set.
ĂĄmba followed next. ĂĄmba are a wonderful composite of so many different Latin musical flavours. You certainly couldn't accuse this evening of lacking variety! They convey a tight blend of Latin funk and jazz, mambo rhythms, Afro-Cuban percussion, salsa, and bossa nova, redolent of what was happening on the NYC music scene between 1970 and 1977. A melting pot of Latin styles is melded into one glorious whole. They are relatively new to the local scene, with three new members joining this year, but you really wouldn't know it from how tight their collective is.
ĂĄmba invoke such seminal players as Joe Bataan and Eddie Palmieri, stalwarts of the scene. They possess a kinetic energy that winds its way through the audience. Driving percussive twists intertwine with swirling melodies, underpinned by a hypnotic groove. The jazz rhythms of Steely Dan pop to the surface. A great cover of Johannesburg by Gil Scott-Heron has the crowd in raptures. Joyous stuff. Watch out for their headline gig later this year - you won't want to miss it.
On to the main event of the evening - Blackwater Lightship. Itâs been fascinating to observe how they have developed since their inception over a year ago. Initially made up of Leon Lockley on guitar and vocals and Tom Roberts on drums, they have now expanded to a three-piece with the addition of bass player Daniel Oram. It feels like the next logical step in their evolution. In fact, it feels like Daniel has always been there. A seamless transition, the chemistry is palpable.
One of the things that sets them apart is how well-crafted their songs are. These are finely honed gems, indelible melodies woven around lyrics that speak of hard-won wisdom and acceptance, learning to make peace with the past while forging a better future. The melodies insinuate themselves into your consciousness. Over and Out and The Standing Man exemplify this, but each song is strong. Melody and rhythm intertwine beautifully, each member totally attuned to one another. Moving from abrasive and atonal to folk-inflected textures, they ply a stunning range of dynamics in their sound.
Simon Roberts (Junkbond) makes a welcome reappearance later in the set, adding his distinctive feel to the songs from their new double-sided single, Trapped In Dreams and Thin the Bad Blood - both songs are well received and add to the atmospheric canon of their music. This addition to the lineup is hopefully the start of great things to come...
The joy they exude from the stage is infectious; each player immersed in the moment. They clearly buzz off the audience enthusiasm. Judging from the crowdâs reaction, itâs obvious that their songs deserve a wider audience. With more dates lined up this year, Iâm sure their reputation will only grow.
All told, this was a night that perfectly captured the vitality and breadth of the local music scene and truly Daniel Johnston and Stephen Blakeley's venue and every act that performed here deserve big audiences.
Links
01.04.26
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW AND PREVIEW: CELLULOID SCREAMS PRESENTS A NIGHTMARE ON ELM STREET MARATHON AND CULTURE SHOCK FESTIVAL @ SHOWROOM CINEMA
By Charlotte Sometimes
"Survival" photograph by Celluloid Screams
The Celluloid Screams A Nightmare on Elm Street marathon at Showroom Cinema on 28th March was exactly the kind of all-night horror endurance event that reminds you why these films still draw a crowd.
Across the evening, six entries from the Nightmare franchise were screened back-to-back, tracing the evolution of one of horrorâs most iconic series and its central figure, Freddy Krueger, played by Robert Englund. Few horror villains have had such a lasting cultural footprint: from references in shows like Family Guy and The Fresh Prince of Bel-Air to appearances in video games and wider pop culture, Freddyâs striped jumper and bladed glove are instantly recognisable, and the films themselves helped define the slasher genre while pushing it into more surreal, dreamlike territory. Before the evening, there was plenty of chance to indulge in further nostalgia by checking out the VHS display from cult Alfreton-based 80s Video Shop.
The structure of the night worked perfectly, with short breaks between films punctuated by trailers and curated clips that highlighted just how far the franchiseâs influence has spread. These moments added context without slowing things down, giving the marathon a sense of momentum while still letting people reset before diving back in.
As ever with Celluloid Screams events, the atmosphere struck that balance between lively and welcoming; a room full of horror fans sharing reactions, laughs and the occasional flagging energy level as the hours wore on. Not everyone made it through all six films, which only added to the experience - thereâs something very amusing about trying not to fall asleep during these particular films! Thankfully, Showroom's cafe provided the caffeine fix necessary (shout out to the brilliant staff who also stayed awake all night!).
It was community cinema at its best, carefully put together and run with real attention to detail, and a reminder of how much these shared viewing experiences add to films that are already so embedded in popular culture.
The Celluloid Scream teamâs next event, Culture Shock: Festival of Fantastic Film, runs its second edition from 1stâ3rd May and expands things into a full weekend of cult and genre cinema, mixing premieres, restorations and deep cuts from across sci-fi, horror, fantasy and action.
Highlights include the UK premiere of Stinker, Julie Pacinoâs I Live Here Now, and screenings of films like Possession, Cronos and A Better Tomorrow, alongside a secret screening, short film programme and even a Saturday morning cartoons and cereal session. With around 15 screenings across the weekend and a mix of new discoveries and cult classics, itâs less of an endurance test than the marathon but just as carefully curated and with tickets and passes already on sale, tickets are sure to sell well.
Celluloid Screams Culture Shock: Festival of Fantastic Film festival tickets here
APRIL 2026
TOP 4
đđđđ
Your guide to the month ahead.
Check out our weekly event recommendations every Monday.
01
đ
Sheffield Folk Sessions Festival
Running from 3rd -5th April, the Sheffield Folk Sessions Festival spreads across Kelham Island with a free, drop-in programme built around pub sessions rather than a fixed stage line-up. Instead of scheduled headline acts, the weekend is made up of rolling sessions, workshops and informal performances that shift throughout the day depending on whoâs playing and where.
Key venues include The Dog and Partridge and The Gardeners Rest, alongside others such as Kelham Island Tavern, Shakespeareâs, The Harlequin and The Three Tuns.
Across these spaces youâll find a mix of sessions - from âwelcome tunesâ and singarounds to themed slots like English tunes, fiddle sessions and slower acoustic sets - often running simultaneously so you can wander between them.
The âline-upâ is fluid, with named session leaders guiding some events but much of the music coming from whoever turns up with an instrument. Itâs this mix of structure and spontaneity that defines the weekend, making it easy to dip in for an hour or stay all day, and giving it a distinctly local, communal feel thatâs very different from a traditional festival setup.
Check out the website here for full up to date information
02
đ
Resistanz Festival @ Corporation
Running from 3rd - 5th April, Resistanz Festival returns to Corporation Sheffield and Trafalgar Warehouse for a full weekend of industrial, EBM and synth-driven electronic music.
The 2026 programme features a strong international line-up, with acts such as Rotersand, Solar Fake, Lebrock and Phosgore leading the bill, alongside artists including Amelia Arsenic, MOAAN EXIS, Red Cell, Denuit and Strange Futures. Thereâs also space for newer and more underground names like Arch Femmesis, Ghost Cop and Karkasaurus, plus a packed schedule of DJs running across multiple rooms each night.
The structure is dense rather than sprawling, with live sets and DJ performances overlapping so youâre constantly moving between spaces. Itâs very much a scene-focused festival, drawing a dedicated crowd into a dark, high-energy club environment that runs late into the night, with merch, visuals and a strong alternative aesthetic tying the whole weekend together.
03
đ
Sheffield Snooker
The World Snooker Championship returns to Sheffield from 18 April to early May, once again centred on the Crucible Theatre, where it has been held every year since 1977. Widely seen as the sportâs biggest and most atmospheric event, the tournament brings together the worldâs top 32 players in a knockout format that builds across two weeks, from shorter early rounds to the long, multi-session final. Qualifying takes place earlier in the month at the English Institute of Sport, while the main event draws fans into the city centre, with Tudor Square becoming a focal point for crowds, media and pre-match build-up.
This year also comes with major news about the tournamentâs future, with a new agreement confirming that the championship will remain in Sheffield at the Crucible until at least 2045, securing its long-term home in the city and an injection of investment to help refurbish the venue.
04
đ
Sheffield Indie Book Festival
The Sheffield Indie Book Festival takes place on 25th (fringe) and 26th April and marks the first edition of the festival, bringing together Sheffieldâs independent bookshops for a new, city-wide celebration of books, poetry and small press publishing.
It begins on the Saturday evening at La Biblioteka with a Sheaf Poetry Festival event, where poets including Helen Mort, Suzannah Evans and Molly Naylor read in an intimate, informal setting.
On Sunday, the focus shifts to Neepsend, with The Mowbray and The Victoria hosting the main festival day. A programme of talks, readings and panels runs alongside a marketplace of independent bookshops and publishers, so you can move between events and browsing throughout the day. The line-up includes childrenâs authors like Bethan Woollvin and Steve Webb, alongside writers such as Luke Barley, Hazel Sheffield, Manya Wilkinson, Michelle Tea and Kavitha Rao.
Thereâs also a panel on witches and folklore with Anna Caig, Molly Aitken and Sally OâReilly, plus a graphic novel reading room at The Victoria for a quieter space to sit with books.
With food, drink and a relaxed, drop-in feel, it comes across as a friendly first outing for the festival, focused on connecting readers, writers and independent presses.
For tickets and full programme details, click here
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK
w/c 23rd March 2026
Mary Street Live is set for a rich, genre-blurring night on 28th March as Blackwater Lightship step forward to launch their new double single (with Junkbond)Trapped in Dreams / Thin the Bad Blood. The trio have been quietly building a reputation for introspective songwriting and textured arrangements, sitting somewhere between alt-folk intimacy and indieâs more expansive, atmospheric edges. Be sure to check out our interview with the band below.
Also helping to shape the eveningâs tone is Blackwater Lightshipâs longtime collaborator Junkbond, who shares the double single launch, bringing indie textures and emotive lyrics that feel like a natural extension of the headlinerâs world.
Joining them on the bill are Noisemakersâ Guild, a band gaining a reputation for being as exciting to watch as they are to listen to. Fresh from a new single release - check out Say Goodbye - their post-punk-meets-shoegaze sound promises a driving, electrifying energy you wonât want to miss.
Finally, bringing the Latin-fused jazz is local collective ambĂĄ, complete with a fresh new lineup. Their groove-led sound is set to broaden the night beyond indie borders.
This promises to be an exciting night of music. Doors at 7pm and advance tickets here are only ÂŁ5.
24.03.26
SCENE AND HERD PREVIEW: CELLULOID SCREAMS PRESENTS A NIGHTMARE ON ELM STREET ALL NIGHT MARATHON @ SHOWROOM CINEMA
By Charlotte Sometimes
Get ready for a sleepless night of terror as local horror fest legends Celluloid Screams takes over Showroom Cinema with an all-night A Nightmare on Elm Street Marathon on Saturday 28th March.
Starting at 10pm and stretching into the early morning, this 10-hour horror experience dives headfirst into Freddy Kruegerâs twisted world, screening the original run of films from A Nightmare on Elm Street through to Freddyâs Dead: The Final Nightmare. Across the night, expect a wild mix of inventive dreamscapes, dark humour, and increasingly outrageous kills as the series evolves.
The experience doesnât stop between films - displays from the excellent retro 80s Video Store, vintage trailers and ads, and themed extras keep the energy alive, while plenty of snacks are on hand from Showroom to help you power through. After all, staying awake is part of the challenge.
Whether youâre revisiting a horror classic or stepping onto Elm Street for the first time, this is a rare chance to immerse yourself in the full Freddy saga on the big screen. Just remember the golden rule: donât fall asleep!
21.03.26
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: BRING ME THE HORIZON - L.I.V.E. IN SAO PAULO @ SHOWROOM CINEMA
By Charlotte Sometimes
Growing up in Sheffield in the early 2000s, Bring Me The Horizon were a name I was keenly aware of. From their formation in 2004, they were part of the cityâs musical backdrop; a band you knew had come from the local scene and was doing well. Lots of people "saw them in the early days" at local gigs or sometimes paths would cross with a band member - someone who claimed to have chatted to Oli Sykes about his now-famous hairstyles or a person who had allegedly been out at Corp with one of the band. I don't doubt that some of these stories were true because this band really were a part of the Sheffield music scene - growing up and shaping it. It was only gradually, over the years, that the true scale of their following and their impact really became clear. From their early deathcore beginnings in the mid 2000s to the breakthrough of Sempiternal in 2013, which propelled them firmly into the global spotlight, their rise has been steady, organic and hard earned.
Shot during BMTHâs biggest ever headline show in SĂŁo Paulo, the L.I.V.E. immersive film captures a landmark moment in their journey from Sheffieldâs underground scene to world arena dominance. Seeing this preview at Showroom Cinema, surrounded by fans who have clearly felt every step of that journey, it finally clicked just how significant that growth has been - both for the band and for Sheffield itself.
Before the screening, fans queued for merchandise - truly excellent tshirts - much like a live gig and there was a real buzz outside and inside the screen. Then after a short introduction, what followed was 1 hour and 50 minutes of pure energetic sensory delight. We will not spoil the setlist, but it is safe to say the selection strikes a brilliant balance, with something that will resonate across every era of the bandâs evolution and satisfy fans - old and new alike.
Visually, the concert leans into dystopian, end of the world anime inspired aesthetics, along with the Project Angel Dust gothic graphics that are clearly reminiscent of Sykes' styling influences at his Neepsend Church Temple of Fun venue. The cutting edge digital production elevates the performance into something cinematic and expansive. Interwoven throughout are stories from fans whose emotional connection to the band is impossible to ignore. Their joy and catharsis ripple through the screen and into the room.
The screening itself only heightened that connection. The audience was packed - the screening was almost sold out. When Oli Sykes announced his Sheffield heritage on screen, the cheer that erupted was loud, immediate and genuinely moving. It was one of those rare cinema moments where the line between audience and performance disappears.
To top it all off, drummer Mat Nicholls appeared for an informal and impromptu (bottom of the stairs outside the screen!) meet and greet after. It felt completely unforced and spoke volumes about how connected the band remain to their fans and to the city that helped to build them.
The film itself is a triumph. It is immersive in the truest sense and genuinely makes you feel like you were there in SĂŁo Paulo, swept up in the scale, the sound and the emotion. For fans, it is a nostalgia filled, oxytocin charged return to everything that makes the band so special. For newcomers, it is an exhilarating entry point that will undoubtedly create new fans for years to come. Regardless of your knowledge of BMTH, this is a truly excellent musical experience that you won't want to miss.
Catch Bring Me The Horizon: L.I.V.E. in SĂŁo Paulo from 25th March Tickets are on sale here
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK
St Patrick's Day
Sheffield is gearing up for a lively St Patrickâs Day on Tuesday 17th March, with celebrations taking place across the city.
The annual holiday honours Saint Patrick, the patron saint of Ireland, and marks the anniversary of his death in the 5th century. While originally a religious feast day, St Patrickâs Day is now celebrated around the world as a tribute to Irish culture, often marked with enjoying traditional music and food, and gathering in pubs and venues with friends.
In Sheffield, several events are planned for the day and many bars and venues will be getting involved in all the fun.
Here are a few of our picks for the day:
Sheffield has several Irish pubs and bars where you can enjoy an authentic experience. The Four Leaf is putting on an evening of live music from Dreadz, Burney & the Beatz Irish Trio and Roobie Roots. Katie O'Briens is holding a Paddy's Day Party featuring music from 12pm from Guy Connor, James Scanlan, Brandon Grindey, Joe Warren and To Hell or Verona. Molly Malone's is putting on their Big Fat Quiz from 9pm. And finally, we'd highly recommend heading down to Fagan's serving excellent drinks, music until late and Irish dancing.
Bingo Lingoâs St Patrickâs Day Special will take place at Sheffield Studentsâ Union from 6pmâ10pm, featuring high-energy bingo rounds, music and prizes.
The St Patrickâs Day Comedy Club will be held at the OEC Sheffield events venue from 7pm - 11pm, bringing together stand-up comedians for a themed night of entertainment.
The North vs. Midlands vs. South St Paddyâs Bar Crawl begins at Crystal Bar from 8pmâ3am, taking participants to several city-centre venues with drink deals and DJs.
Late into the night, the Leadmill St Patrickâs Day Party takes over Corporation from 11pmâ3am, promising DJs, themed drinks and a packed dancefloor for those looking to celebrate into the early hours.
So whether itâs comedy, bingo or a late-night party, there are plenty of ways to celebrate Irish culture in Sheffield this St Patrickâs Day - slĂĄinte!
09.03.26
SCENE AND HERD INTERVIEW: BLACKWATER LIGHTSHIP
Written by Mark Rezzano
Sheff Herd previously reviewed local band Blackwater Lightship as they launched their debut EP, and now the altâfolkâindie trio return with their new double single Trapped in Dreams / Thin the Bad Blood, set for release at Mary Street Live on 28th March. Theyâll be joined on the night by their musical compadre Junkbond, shoegazeâpostâpunk indie favourites Noisemakers' Guild and the Latinâjazzâ funkâsoul fusion of Amba. Ahead of the gig, we caught up with Leon and Tom to find out more about the band, their writing process and what comes next for Blackwater Lightship.
Hello Leon and Tom. You have your debut EP out- Whatâs the story behind the title and artwork for the EP?
Tom: Funnily enough the title came from an unreleased improvised demo weâd made on
Soundcloud and recorded pretty much on the spot. We named it âLast Night I Saw The Leaves Fallâ as a sort of homage to Yo La Tengo who we both adore. We were so gripped by that title and the kind of wistful transitional nature of it as we felt it kind of summarised a lot of themes we were looking at.
Leon: Regarding the art-work, we were going through some old photos and I came
across one Iâd taken when me and Precious were in Eindhoven in the Netherlands. Iâd been wandering around exploring the country lanes and cycle paths and was pretty taken by the pastoral scenery with the street lamps. I had no idea at the time it would make its way into being our EP Cover!
Tom: I guess the appeal of it for me is that it could have been anywhere really. The sense of seasonal and personal change in the photo really connects with the themes we were working with.
I believe you havenât been playing together very long. Were you surprised at how quickly you gelled?
Tom: Yeah not very long in the grand scheme of things but it completely makes sense
Leon: Iâd invited Tom down to the studio for a jam after weâd met at a mutual
friendâs stag do. I warned him straight away Iâm obsessive about recording everything âjust in caseâ you find gold - thankfully that didnât scare him off.
Tom: Weâd initially started doing improvised jamming with some bass loops and guitars
and were quickly finding it was all synching well. .
Leon: That first session was three hours of real flow. Then we tried some covers and landed on (no pun intended!) R.E.M.âs âMan on the Moon.â You were doing all the Bill Berry drum rolls and we nailed it first time - thatâs when we realised we had something
Tom: I think itâd had helped that weâd been playing all our lives and were used to
playing at a certain level. We had a shared drive to create. Initially weâd started of as a covers band really but knew we wanted to be and it just of progressed from there really.
How do you usually collaborate when writing?
Leon: Thereâs no set method really. I improvise a lot and had a backlog of songs over time. âOver and Outâ came from that older batch. Tom picked it up, we reworked it together and it shaped itself into whatâs now on the EP.
Tom: Some songs came from improvised fragments on Leonâs SoundCloud. âPlaces Where We Goâ and âEvening Starâ both started from these little improv lines or âhappenings,â as Leon calls them. Others came from older lyrics - like âCity Lights,â which I wrote in 2018 as an acoustic track, or âThe Standing Man,â which I wrote at sixteen and we decided to resurrect.
Would you say there is a conceptual theme to the album?
Leon: I wouldnât say we set out with a definitive theme in mind but you can see things like the power of nature and our connection to it.. Then thereâs also themes of loss and redemption and seasonal change. A lot of it is probably subconscious too.
Tom: When I wrote âCity Lights,â I was thinking a lot about my experiences with active addiction - Iâm now in recovery - and the isolation of big-city living. Hence the âone atomised life to goâ line.
Is there one gig youâve played together so far that stands out?
Tom: The EP launch at Sidney and Matilda. It felt like a celebration of everything weâd put in, and selling it out under our own steam was huge. Having Matt and Lucy from Pale Blue Eyes, who helped engineer the release, there made it feel really collaborative. The local press like Sheff Herd reviews and Skys Edge gig guide were also massive in helping us get it off the ground.
Leon: Iâd also mention our guest spot at Portland House on Ecclesall Road. Playing stripped-back acoustic versions with guitar and djembe was incredibly cathartic.
Do you think the Sheffield music scene is in a healthy state at the moment?
Leon: Iâd say so yeah! And itâs still very much on the rise! Places like Sidney and
Matilda, Delicious Clam, Crookes Social Club and Hatch. And I mean, Sheffield is the
first city to form its own independent venues alliance. Itâs so important to support
them.
Tom: Weâve lost some key spots too, like The Green Room, which was where we first played an open mic together. Theyâre going through a transition now - much love to them.
What has the response been like so far to the EP?
Leon: Weâve been blown away. Starting with Bandcamp was a great shout â we tapped into that community and made some sales that support future work. Itâs now on all streaming platforms, but Bandcamp was a brilliant launchpad. But yeah, weâre hugely grateful for peopleâs support of the EP
Tom: Weâve also been delighted by the reviews weâve got of the EP! Close to home - the reviews from Sheff Herd and Jarred up Magazine were glowing and we were so appreciative of that! Also the wider press has been great too I think people connect with the honesty of the process and the mix of influences. We donât pigeonhole ourselves genre wise, which seems to resonate.
On that note - who are the bands and artists that you both have a shared love of?
Leon: Where to start? When we first met we bonded over R.E.M., Eels, Yo La Tengo, Wilco, Sonic Youth and Nirvana. The more weâve got to know each other, the more overlaps weâve found.
Tom: Weâve shared so much music with each other and been inspired by gigs weâve seen together. Iâm big on AltâCountry like Wilco and Gram Parsons, but also experimental stuff â Sonic Youth, the avantâgarde side of The Velvet Underground, then noisy stuff like early NYC No Wave. And artists like PJ Harvey and Björk, who always expand into new territory.
Youâve recently added a third member to the line-up. Can you tell us more?
Band: At a lastâminute gig at Zephyrâs supporting the excellent Letâs Swim, Get Swimming, we ran into Dan Oram - a bassist Tom had jammed with for years. He was keen to join, came to Stag Works for a practice, and the chemistry was instant. Heâd done his homework, learned the EP, and brought his own melodic style to the parts.
With this in mind, how do you see your sound evolving?
Tom: With the EP we explored a lot of shared influences. Now, playing with Dan and our newest recruit, guitarist and backing vocalist Simon Roberts, weâre finding new ground - more improvisation, plus diving further into the genres we love like Krautrock and jangleâpop.
Leon: Weâve also got a new single on the horizon - a split single in collaboration with
Simonâs project Junkbond. More to be revealed!
Do you choose your own stage outfits or do you employ a team of stylists?
Band: Dan uses a lot of hairspray and Leon loves his âEnd of the Roadâ and âDeep Sea Diverâ T-shirts. Tom can wear what he wants as heâs behind the drumkit.
Finally, can I borrow a tenner?
Youâll have the first tenner from our spotify millions. Weâll be in touch in the new millenniumâŠ
Check out Blackwater Lightship at Mary Street Live on 28th March. Tickets available here.
06.03.26
SCENE AND HERD ALBUM REVIEW: THE GLUE THAT HOLDS US TOGETHER BY SONS OF THE CITY
By Richard Wilkinson-Smith
Sheff Herd previously reviewed local band Blackwater Lightship as they launched their debut EP, and now the altâfolkâindie trio return with their new double single Trapped in Dreams / Thin the Bad Blood, set for release at Mary Street Live on 28th March. Theyâll be joined on the night by their musical compadre Junkbond, shoegazeâpostâpunk indie favourites Noisemakers' Guild and the Latinâjazzâfunkâsoul fusion of Amba. Ahead of the gig, we caught up with Leon and Tom to find out more about the band, their writing process and what comes next for Blackwater Lightship.
Hello Leon and Tom. You have your debut EP out- Whatâs the story behind the title
and artwork for the EP?
Band:
Funnily enough the title came from an unreleased improvised demo weâd made on
Soundcloud and recorded pretty much on the spot. We named it âLast Night I Saw The Leaves Fallâ as a sort of homage to Yo La Tengo who we both adore. We were so gripped by that title and the kind of wistful transitional nature of it as we felt it kind of summarised a lot of themes we were looking at.
Leon: Regarding the art-work, we were going through some old photos and I came
across one Iâd taken when me and Precious were in Eindhoven in the Netherlands. Iâd been wandering around exploring the country lanes and cycle paths and was pretty taken by the pastoral scenery with the street lamps. I had no idea at the time it would make its way into being our EP Cover!
Tom: I guess the appeal of it for me is that it could have been anywhere really. The sense of seasonal and personal change in the photo really connects with the themes we were working with.
I believe you havenât been playing together very long. Were you surprised at how
quickly you gelled?
Band: Yeah not very long in the grand scheme of things but it completely makes sense
Leon: Iâd invited Tom down to the studio for a jam after weâd met at a mutual
friendâs stag do. I warned him straight away Iâm obsessive about recording everything âjust in caseâ you find gold - thankfully that didnât scare him off.
Tom: Weâd initially started doing improvised jamming with some bass loops and guitars
and were quickly finding it was all synching well. .
Leon: That first session was three hours of real flow. Then we tried some covers and landed on (no pun intended!) R.E.M.âs âMan on the Moon.â You were doing all the Bill Berry drum rolls and we nailed it first time - thatâs when we realised we had something
Tom: I think itâd had helped that weâd been playing all our lives and were used to
playing at a certain level. We had a shared drive to create. Initially weâd started of as a covers band really but knew we wanted to be and it just of progressed from there really.
How do you usually collaborate when writing?
Leon: Thereâs no set method really. I improvise a lot and had a backlog of songs over time. âOver and Outâ came from that older batch. Tom picked it up, we reworked it together and it shaped itself into whatâs now on the EP.
Tom: Some songs came from improvised fragments on Leonâs SoundCloud. âPlaces Where We Goâ and âEvening Starâ both started from these little improv lines or âhappenings,â as Leon calls them. Others came from older lyrics - like âCity Lights,â which I wrote in 2018 as an acoustic track, or âThe Standing Man,â which I wrote at sixteen and we decided to resurrect.
Would you say there is a conceptual theme to the album?
Leon: I wouldnât say we set out with a definitive theme in mind but you can see things like the power of nature and our connection to it.. Then thereâs also themes of loss and redemption and seasonal change. A lot of it is probably subconscious too.
Tom: When I wrote âCity Lights,â I was thinking a lot about my experiences with active addiction - Iâm now in recovery - and the isolation of big-city living. Hence the âone atomised life to goâ line.
Is there one gig youâve played together so far that stands out?
Tom: The EP launch at Sidney and Matilda. It felt like a celebration of everything weâd put in, and selling it out under our own steam was huge. Having Matt and Lucy from Pale Blue Eyes, who helped engineer the release, there made it feel really collaborative. The local press like Sheff Herd reviews and Skys Edge gig guide were also massive in helping us get it off the ground.
Leon: Iâd also mention our guest spot at Portland House on Ecclesall Road. Playing stripped-back acoustic versions with guitar and djembe was incredibly cathartic.
Do you think the Sheffield music scene is in a healthy state at the moment?
Leon: Iâd say so yeah! And itâs still very much on the rise! Places like Sidney and
Matilda, Delicious Clam, Crookes Social Club and Hatch. And I mean, Sheffield is the
first city to form its own independent venues alliance. Itâs so important to support
them.
Tom: Weâve lost some key spots too, like The Green Room, which was where we first played an open mic together. Theyâre going through a transition now - much love to them.
What has the response been like so far to the EP?
Leon: Weâve been blown away. Starting with Bandcamp was a great shout â we tapped into that community and made some sales that support future work. Itâs now on all streaming platforms, but Bandcamp was a brilliant launchpad. But yeah, weâre hugely grateful for peopleâs support of the EP
Tom: Weâve also been delighted by the reviews weâve got of the EP! Close to home - the reviews from Sheff Herd and Jarred up Magazine were glowing and
we were so appreciative of that! Also the wider press has been great too I think people connect with the honesty of the process and the mix of influences. We donât pigeonhole ourselves genre wise, which seems to resonate.
On that note - who are the bands and artists that you both have a shared love of?
Leon: Where to start? When we first met we bonded over R.E.M., Eels, Yo La Tengo, Wilco, Sonic Youth and Nirvana. The more weâve got to know each other, the more overlaps weâve found.
Tom: Weâve shared so much music with each other and been inspired by gigs weâve seen together. Iâm big on AltâCountry like Wilco and Gram Parsons, but also experimental stuff â Sonic Youth, the avantâgarde side of The Velvet Underground, then noisy stuff like early NYC No Wave. And artists like PJ Harvey and Björk, who always expand into new territory.
Youâve recently added a third member to the line-up. Can you tell us more?
Band: At a lastâminute gig at Zephyrâs supporting the excellent Letâs Swim, Get Swimming, we ran into Dan Oram - a bassist Tom had jammed with for years. He was keen to join, came to Stag Works for a practice, and the chemistry was instant. Heâd done his homework, learned the EP, and brought his own melodic style to the parts.
With this in mind, how do you see your sound evolving?
Tom: With the EP we explored a lot of shared influences. Now, playing with Dan and our newest recruit, guitarist and backing vocalist Simon Roberts, weâre finding new ground - more improvisation, plus diving further into the genres we love like Krautrock and jangleâpop.
Leon: Weâve also got a new single on the horizon - A split single in collaboration with
Simonâs project Junkbond. More to be revealed!
Do you choose your own stage outfits or do you employ a team of stylists?
Band: Dan uses a lot of hairspray and Leon loves his âEnd of the Roadâ
and âDeep Sea Diverâ T-shirts. Tom can wear what he wants as heâs behind the drumkit.
Finally, can I borrow a tenner?
Youâll have the first tenner from our spotify millions. Weâll be in touch in the new millenniumâŠ
03.03.26
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: SHEFFIELD COCKTAIL FESTIVAL
By Charlotte Sometimes
The Sheffield Cocktail Festival returned on 28th February to Steamworks for its second year, and it didnât disappoint. Bigger and better than last year (and that was quite the day!), the festival ran two sessions and we attended the 12â4pm slot, excited to explore the cityâs cocktail scene in all its glory.
With 25 bars from across Sheffield representing the diverse and superb opportunities our city has for cocktails, merriment, and conviviality, the festival promised something for everyone. Steamworks itself was transformed into a tropical escape, with lush décor and the bars arranged by location in the city.
With map in hand, we started our journey at Gills & Co, a charming neighbourhood spot known for its approachable, yet refined drinks and friendly atmosphere. A glass of sparkling rosé set the tone for the afternoon.
From there, we made our way to the official festival bar, indulging in two classics - an Espresso Martini and a Paloma. Both were strong, expertly balanced, and packed the punch you want from festival cocktails.
Next, we headed to visit the brothers behind Dead Donkey and Corner, whom weâd previously met back in January (you can read all about it in Herd Hangouts). Highly entertaining and endlessly passionate about their craft, these two serve cocktails that are as fun as they are expertly made. At Dead Donkey, we tried their whisky-based creation The Five Ball, which delivered the perfect balance of warmth, depth, and a cheeky twist - a reminder why these bars have become Sheffield staples.
Then a visit to Selena, where we tried a Strawberry Cheesecake On Ice cocktail that delivered exactly what it promised. Sweet, creamy and well balanced, it even came with a perfectly presented miniature cheesecake on the side. It was playful and a smart take on a dessert-style drink.
A special shout-out goes to the teams at Cheap Dates and Kuckoo, who brought serious energy to the room. Both bars had staff who were engaging, funny and clearly passionate about what they do.
Cheap Dates were serving Take Me Out, a tequila-based cocktail that may have been one of our favourites of the day - spicy, and packed with flavour.
Over at Kuckoo, the spiced rum-based Wet Leg leaned sweeter but still had depth. The team were also telling us about their new Friday night bottomless brunch, which even includes an Uber home - a clever idea thatâs likely to prove popular and certainly something we are looking forward to trying in the near future.
And continuing the Rum theme - we had to make a stop at Rumkeg 876. Their Loverâs Rock punch, which we previously reviewed in our Herd Hangouts visit, was as good as we remembered. This Abbeydale Road bar continues to stand out for its relaxed but polished approach, delicious cocktails and all round good vibes.
A quick stop at the Steamworks bar was next where presentation really played a role. Their chocolate-based SororitĂš cocktails came with signs reading âthings you never need to sayâ It was bold, fun and got people talking - a smart, memorable detail. And the bitter chilli chocolate cocktail really went down well!
We finished with Locksley Distilling Co., one of Sheffieldâs leading independent distillers. Known for their Robin of Locksley gin, co-labs and well-regarded masterclasses, theyâve built a strong reputation nationally. Fresh from successfully defending their trademark 'co-lab', they served a delicious Yorkshire Cosmo made with their signature Robin of Locksley gin and a piece of candied rhubarb, served by the wonderful knowledgeable owners who are always a delight to talk to. You can visit their distillery too which is a stones throw away from Steamworks.
The day also featured a DJ and then live music from Dynamix, a tight covers band whose frontwoman brought strong "Riot Girl" energy. The dancefloor quickly filled and it gave the day an extra "dynamic" (pun intended) that made this second year even more memorable.
At the heart of the whole day was Festival Director Dani Hill, whose calm, warm presence set the tone from the outset. Orchestrating an event of this magnitude is no small feat, yet she makes it look effortless - an outstanding hostess with sharp business instinct to match.
Overall, Sheffield Cocktail Festivalâs second year felt more confident and more ambitious, while still keeping its welcoming feel. This event is quickly becoming a staple in the calendar; a genuinely fun day that showcased just how strong and varied Sheffieldâs bar scene really is.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 2nd March 2026
Echo Sound Festival returns on 7th March at Network with a lineup that captures the full weight and momentum of the Northern music scene â from bands whoâve been building audiences for over a decade to artists stepping into their breakthrough year.
The idea is simple: celebrate the North properly. Yes, the region gave the world giants like Pulp, Arctic Monkeys and The Reytons. But the story didnât stop there. Echo Sound shines a light on the depth beneath those headlines â the venues, the graft, the packed-out hometown launches and the steady climb from support slots to main stages.
This yearâs bill reflects exactly that.
Mat Hook is right at the centre of that new wave. Blending sharp songwriting with a big, anthemic indie sound, heâs built his reputation the old-fashioned way â relentless live shows and steadily growing crowds. A regular name on Sheffield lineups, heâs been carving out a following with emotionally direct lyrics and confident stage presence, marking him out as one of the most promising solo artists currently emerging from the city.
Creeping Jean arrive in serious form. Fresh from supporting Miles Kane on the final night at The Leadmill and set to appear at Tramlines, they represent a band stepping confidently into bigger rooms. Bethany Grace, also playing Tramlines this year, continues her upward rise as one of the regionâs standout voices.
Thereâs longevity here too. Sons of the City with members formerly in Section 60 - have been part of the furniture since the late 2000s, playing virtually every stage back when Plug was at the centre of the cityâs circuit. Their recent album launch at Sidney & Matilda drew a huge crowd, proof that time invested in a scene pays off.
Pulled Apart By Horses remain one of the Northâs true heavyweights, with a career thatâs taken them from local venues to sharing stages with Muse at Old Trafford. LPMC wrote their own piece of Sheffield history by becoming the first unsigned act to sell out the main room at O2 Academy Sheffield â a milestone that still resonates across the cityâs independent circuit.
Momentum runs right through the newer names on the lineup. The Standers recently took to the Corporation main stage at the largest Echo Sound Saturday to date and will release their debut single on 6th March. The Stanleys are making serious noise in Manchester and returning with a new single thatâs only added to the buzz. Cherryholt sharpened their live reputation supporting Freddie Halkon at Octagon, while Chatfield previously sold out The Leadmill. Heavy Souls marked their debut album launch with a packed Leadmill main stage, the kind of night that signals real intent.
At just ÂŁ15 a ticket, Echo Sound Festival at Network on 7th March offers rare value for a lineup packed with proven names and rising talent. For anyone who cares about Northern music, this is an unmissable day.
Grab your ÂŁ15 tickets for Echo Sound Festival on 7th March at Network here
MARCH 2026
TOP 4
đđđđ
Your guide to the month ahead.
Check out our weekly event recommendations every Monday.
01
đ
Beer in Sheffield
March is shaping up to be a treat for beer lovers in Sheffield, with two standout events to mark in your diary.
Indie Beer Feast takes place on 6thâ7th March at Trafalgar Warehouse, bringing together a huge selection of independent breweries, street food vendors, and live entertainment. Itâs a chance to sample unique craft beers and enjoy the cityâs vibrant social scene.
Immediately following, Sheffield Beer Week kicks off on 9th March, running for a full week across pubs, bars, and breweries citywide. Expect tap takeovers, tasting sessions, and special beer-themed nights â a great way to explore Sheffieldâs thriving beer culture and discover new favourites.
02
đ
Sheffield Brick Festival
For fans of LEGO and family-friendly creativity, Sheffield Brick Festival returns on 22nd March at Ponds Forge International Sports Centre.
The event promises impressive LEGO builds, hands-on activities for all ages, and workshops where you can test your building skills. Itâs a colourful, interactive festival that appeals to both serious LEGO enthusiasts and casual visitors, making it a fun day out for families, groups of friends, or anyone looking to immerse themselves in playful creativity.
03
đ
Sheffield Adventure Film Festival (ShAFF)
From 20thâ22nd March, adventure and travel take centre stage at the Sheffield Adventure Film Festival (ShAFF) at Showroom Cinema.
The festival showcases a curated selection of films featuring extreme sports, epic journeys, and unique global adventures.
Whether youâre a climber, hiker, cyclist, or simply someone who loves thrilling stories from around the world, ShAFF provides an inspiring cinematic experience.
The festival also features Q&A sessions with filmmakers, giving audiences the chance to hear the stories behind the camera and the risks, challenges, and passions that drive each adventure.
04
đ
Sheffield Half Marathon
Rounding off the month, the Sheffield Half Marathon takes place on 29th March and promises a major city spectacle. Runners of all levels will navigate a course that highlights Sheffieldâs iconic streets and landmarks.
Whether youâre participating or cheering from the sidelines, itâs an energetic, community-driven event that draws thousands of athletes and spectators alike. The half marathon is a highlight of the cityâs sporting calendar and a chance to celebrate health, fitness, and Sheffieldâs vibrant atmosphere.
25.02.26
SCENE AND HERD PREVIEW: KELHAM JAZZ FESTIVAL
By Charlotte Sometimes
Sheffield is preparing to carve out a brandânew space in its cultural landscape as Kelham Island hosts the cityâs first major Kelham Jazz Festival on March 21st.
Built from the ground upwards by Sheffieldâs own grassroots music community, the festival marks a longâoverdue moment for a city known for its musical heritage but still missing a largeâscale celebration of jazz. With figures such as Luke Una, TC & The Groove Family and broadcasterâDJ Tina Edwards taking centre stage, the event proudly showcases a lineup of over forty artists of which ninety percent of the musicians hail from the North, making regional talent the heartbeat of the programme.
Spanning nine walkable venues across Kelham Island, the oneâday festival is more than a celebration of sound: it is a statement of resistance. Over the past year, thirty grassroots music venues across the country have been permanently lost, leaving emerging artists with shrinking platforms and communities with dwindling access to live music. In response, Sheffieldâs artists, promoters and independent venues have joined forces to build something that fights back against this decline. Their aim is to reassert the value of live performance, strengthen the northern circuit and firmly position Sheffield as a major player in the UK jazz scene.
âThis festival is built by the artists, promoters and venues that make the cityâs music culture what it is. Our goal is to build a festival that grows with the city and becomes a permanent part of its cultural calendar,â says Festival Director Danny Tennant.
His vision frames the event not as a fleeting experiment but as the beginning of a tradition rooted in collaboration, sustained by community and shaped by the people who bring Sheffieldâs musical identity to life.
Across the day, visitors can expect more than forty performances ranging from jazz and blues to fusion, contemporary sets and adventurous crossâgenre collaborations. Outdoor stages, jam sessions, DJ programming, workshops and communityâled events will spill through Kelham Islandâs bars, breweries and independent spaces, turning the district into a walkâthrough soundscape.
For Creative Director Dave Sheard, this is a moment of artistic arrival: âThis festival celebrates a milestone of where the scene is at with such a high percentage of homegrown artists. The festival is a true celebration of art, sound, people and culture all based in and around Sheffield.â
Education and opportunity also sit at the core of the festivalâs mission. Partnerships with the University of Sheffield, Leeds Conservatoire, Track UK and community groups such as Key of She help create direct pathways from study to stage. By giving students and emerging musicians realâworld experience and access to live audiences, the festival strengthens the pipeline of new talent and ensures that jazzâs future remains as rooted in the North as its present.
Accessibility is also extremely important to the organisers with affordable tickets (inlcuding a dedicated lowâincome ticket structure and a free fringe programme) the organisers acknowledge the impact of the costâofâliving crisis on cultural participation and work actively to remove the financial barriers that keep people from live music.
Whether audiences come for the headline acts, the intimate local showcases or the chance to explore Kelham Islandâs rich mix of food, drink and independent culture, the festival promises an experience shaped by openness, pride and community ambition.
Kelham Jazz Festival stands as a festival built for the people who make Sheffieldâs musical landscape thrive and for the audiences who will carry it forward.
Tickets are priced from ÂŁ11.50 to ÂŁ40.50 and available here
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 23rd February 2026
On Wednesday 25th February, Monster Florence take over Yellow Arch Studios as part of their Petty Cash tour for what promises to be one of the most intense midweek shows of the month.
Hailing from Colchester, the six-piece have built a loyal following for their explosive blend of hip-hop, punk attitude, indie textures and electronic experimentation with razor sharp lyrics. With multiple vocalists - Dream Mclean, Alex Osiris and Wallace Rice - rotating across tracks and backed by a full live band, their sets are unpredictable, high-impact and difficult to box into one genre.
Off the back of their album Master System and a run of major festival appearances, Monster Florence have sharpened their reputation as a formidable live act. They move seamlessly from hard-hitting rap to expansive, melody-driven moments, creating a set that feels volatile in the best way. In a venue as dynamic as Yellow Arch, this energy will be magnified. If youâre after a gig with real bite, this is it.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 16th February 2026
Robyn Gair returns Guitar Shack on Saturday 21st February at 7:30, bringing their evocative blend of folkârock songwriting and emotional storytelling to one of the cityâs most characterful grassroots music spaces.
A familiar face in the local scene, Gair has built a following through intimate shows where stripped-back performances highlight their reflective lyrics and subtle melodies.
They will be joined by Cmon, the stage name of Carlos, a folk musician performing his very first live show. Carlos promises âsad songs,â but if their social media is anything to go by, there is a real joy in the depth and warmth of the music - think Elliott Smith meets Nick Drake, intimate acoustic lines paired with emotionally resonant storytelling.
Both artists have new music out this month and will have music for sale afterwards. Guitar Shackâs close, unpretentious setting will give both artists the perfect space to connect with the audience.
For tickets, be sure to DM Robyn Gair or Cmon
15.02.26
SCENE AND HERD PREVIEW: BRING ME THE HORIZON - L.I.V.E. IN SAO PAULO @ SHOWROOM CINEMA
By Charlotte Sometimes
Bring Me The Horizon return to their hometown in spectacular fashion this spring, as Sheffieldâs own Showroom Cinema hosts the first UK preview of Bring Me The Horizon - L.I.V.E. in SĂŁo Paulo (Live Immersive Virtual Experiment). For a band that began life in the Steel City back in 2004 and has since grown into one of the most influential global forces in modern rock with multiâplatinum records, Grammy nominations and a 2024 Brit Award to their name, this feels like a fitting fullâcircle moment.
The preview screening, taking place on Tuesday 17th March, offers Sheffield fans an early chance to experience the bandâs most ambitious live project yet. Presented by Trafalgar Releasing with Sony Music Vision and RCA, the film captures Bring Me The Horizonâs biggest headline show to date: a colossal, soldâout night at Allianz Parque Stadium in SĂŁo Paulo, where 50,000 fans transformed the arena into a sea of lights, sound and collective euphoria. Shot with a blend of sweeping drone passes, multi-camera stage footage and fan-submitted visuals woven directly into the performance, L.I.V.E. in SĂŁo Paulo has been crafted specifically for the cinema environment, building a vertiginous, multi-angle spectacle that aims to place audiences directly inside the energy of the stadium.
Johnathan Ilott, Head of Programming at Showroom Cinema, describes the event as a landmark cultural moment for Sheffield, noting that Bring Me The Horizon remain one of the regionâs most significant artistic exports. He calls the film âa total spectacle,â adding that it is "the closest audiences can come to joining a crowd of 50,000 without ever leaving Sheffield".
For long-time fans, this preview offers the thrill of witnessing a career-defining performance from a band that has consistently pushed against the limits of genre and live production. For newcomers, it promises an electrifying introduction to why Bring Me The Horizon continue to dominate stages around the world.
Showroom Cinema will follow the special preview with further screenings on Wednesday 25th March and Saturday 28th March. Tickets are on sale here, and given the bandâs enduring home-city fan base, demand is likely to be high.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 9th February 2026
This Saturday is Valentines Day and for those celebrating or just looking for a good night filled with music, here are some of our recommendations:
At Sheffield Cathedral, the Valentines Moonlight Sonata by Candlelight concert (7:30pm) offers a programme of romantic piano pieces by Luke Jones in a candlelit setting . Tickets and more information are available here
For a different vibe, try Valentineâs Special: Northern Soul & Motown Disco at The OEC Sheffield, starting 7pm and offering dinner followed by a guest DJ spinning classic Northern Soul and Motown from about 9:30 pm, and the event carries on with a late bar until around 1am. Details including timings and ticketing can be found here.
From 7pm, CADS (Creative Arts Development Space )on Arley Street hosts the Disco Divas Valentines Glitter Ball with DJ Heather (Chicks with Decks) on the decks for a disco pop and dance classics night. Advance tickets are here.
For late-night music and clubbing, try out Funk My Hagglers Valentines Disco at Hagglers Corner from 9pm to 02:30 am, with DJs and a dancefloor vibe that extends into the early hours. Tickets and info here.
However you celebrate, Sheff Herd wishes you love!
08.02.26
SCENE AND HERD FEATURE: CROWDFUNDER LAUNCHED FOR SHEFFIELD BASED SHORT FILM HOOKED
By Charlotte Sometimes
Sheffield-based short film Hooked is set to begin production in March, partnering with national recovery charity The Forward Trust to tell a powerful story about addiction, mental health and the stigma surrounding recovery.
The film is based on the true story of Caleb Hancock, a young Sheffield resident who passed away in supported living accommodation in December 2024 after a long-term struggle with prescription painkillers. Writer and director Jade Strain, whose BFI-shortlisted script forms the basis of the film, is developing the project with the full support of Calebâs family.
âFrom the beginning, Hooked has been about telling Calebâs story honestly and without sensationalism,â Strain says. âWhen Caleb died it didnât even make local news. Itâs become so normalised to pass away in housing meant for recovery.â
The short film explores systemic failures in recovery services as well as the isolation and stigma that often surrounds addiction, aiming to spark a wider conversation about how easily dependency can begin and the barriers people face when seeking help.
The film is fully cast, with Macaulay Coop
er, known for his work on Emmerdale, taking the lead role. Key members of the crew include professionals who have worked on House of the Dragon, Who Wants To Be A Millionaire and The Bay. Local company TM Travel has contributed by providing a bus for several scenes.
Partnering with The Forward Trust ensures the film reaches a wider audience while highlighting the charityâs vital work supporting people affected by substance misuse, mental health challenges and complex life experiences across the UK.
Mike Trace, CEO of The Forward Trust, highlights the urgency of the issue: âA staggering 6,751 people in the UK died from drugs last year. Behind the statistics are people like Caleb, living with an illness that isolates and devastates. Addiction isnât marginalised; it runs deep and wide. Stigma, misunderstanding and fear of judgement prevent people from getting help. We hope this film will change perceptions and inspire action to reduce avoidable deaths.â
The project has received a ÂŁ500 grant from The Cutlersâ Charitable Trust, with a public Crowdfunder launched to raise the remaining ÂŁ6,500 to bring the film to life. Rehearsals are underway in Sheffield, and the completed film will be circulated freely.
Donate to the Crowdfunder here
For more information, visit here or follow here
07.02.26
SCENE AND HERD FEATURE: SHOWROOM CINEMA SECURES INVESTMENT FOR INDUSTRY FOCUSED TRAINING
By Charlotte Sometimes
Showroom Cinema has announced an exciting ÂŁ179,000 investment from the BFI, securing the future of its free specialist filmâindustry training for young people. As the only venue in the North of England delivering BFI Film Academy Specialist Courses, the Sheffield cinema is set to expand its role as a major force for developing emerging screen talent. This new funding ensures that Showroom can continue offering accessible, industryâfocused training that helps young people take meaningful first steps into filmmaking, film programming and film archiving.
The investment builds on more than a decade of impact, during which over 800 young people have completed BFI Film Academy courses at Showroom, many progressing to work at BBC, ITV, Warner Bros, Sheffield DocFest, Leeds International Film Festival, Glasgow Film Festival, Pinewood Studios and BFI Southbank.
Chief Executive Victoria Firth said: âThe screen industry is increasingly important to the economic success of our region. We welcome the BFIâs endorsement of Showroom, as an incubator for the next generation of talent, delivering the skills to succeed through accessible and expert support.â
Mark Hilton, Chair of the Board of Trustees, added: âThis investment backs Showroomâs ability to develop new screen talent and respond to the changing demands of the industry.â
Applications are open until midday on Friday 28th February for the BFI Film Academy: Film Programming Specialist Course, delivered in partnership with Reclaim the Frame, culminating in a weekâlong festival at Showroom in 2027.
This yearâs Curation & Archiving Specialist Course, run with Yorkshire Film Archive and the National Science and Media Museum, takes place from 16th - 22nd February and will guide participants towards presenting an exhibition of rare archive film.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 2nd February 2026
Love Music Hate Racism returns with Blues for Palestine 2, an evening of music, solidarity and fundraising at Sidney & Matilda on Saturday 7th February.
Bringing together some of the regionâs most vital blues and roots artists, the event blends live music with speakers and collective action, raising funds for the Medical Aid for Palestinians appeal. The evening runs from 5 - 10.30pm
At the heart of the night is the Pat Fulgoni Blues Experience, whose high-energy, modern take on electric blues has earned national acclaim. Fronted by Fulgoniâs formidable voice and backed by a tight, dynamic band, their set promises grit, groove and emotional punch in equal measure.
Sheffield favourites Lightning Threads bring a heavier blues-rock swagger, fusing vintage influences with raw, contemporary drive. Known for their electrifying live shows, they channel classic blues spirit through pounding rhythms and searing guitar work.
Also on the bill are Sheffieldâs The 20ft Squid Blues Band, delivering fast-paced, irreverent blues steeped in Chicago tradition but shot through with playful surprises, and Slim Wilson & the Swamp Brothers, whose Americana-tinged sound explores the darker, more soulful corners of the blues.
Adding further texture to the line-up, Joe Armitage (Buffalo Ghost) offers intimate, story-driven songwriting, while Texas-born Ash Gray brings desert-dusted folk, blues and cosmic country into the mix.
Presented by Love Music Hate Racism, alongside Huddersfield Blues Club and Honey Bee Blues Club, Blues for Palestine 2 is rooted in LMHRâs long-standing mission: using music to challenge racism, build solidarity and affirm the shared cultures that connect us.
In a time of growing division, this is an event that places community,
compassion and resistance at its core with the blues as the soundtrack.
FEBRUARY 2026
TOP 4
đđđđ
Your guide to the month ahead.
Check out our weekly event recommendations every Monday.
01
đ
Lunar Chinese New Year
Sheffieldâs Lunar Chinese New Year Festival returns with a city-wide programme of celebrations welcoming the Year of the Horse, a zodiac symbol associated with energy, confidence and forward movement.
Events run from 16th February to 25th February and include cultural workshops, lantern making, music, dance performances, and community activities hosted in public venues, shopping centres, and arts spaces.
A major ticketed gala performance at the Octagon Centre on 18th February brings together acrobatics, traditional instruments, and contemporary dance, while additional activities such as calligraphy sessions and craft events offer opportunities for families and young people to engage with Chinese culture in a hands-on way.
The centrepiece of the festival takes place over the weekend of 21st - 22nd February in the Peace Gardens, where free outdoor celebrations transform the city centre with lion and dragon dances, live stage performances, street food stalls, and demonstrations of traditional arts.
02
đ
Sheffield Markets
Sheffieldâs independent maker scene is set to take centre stage this February with two indoor markets celebrating local creativity, design and small businesses.
Early in the month, the Independent Makers Market at Showroom Workstation on Saturday 7th February (10amâ4pm) brings together dozens of artists and designers from across the UK, offering everything from jewellery and ceramics to prints, clothing and homeware. Visitors can browse contemporary craft stalls, meet the makers behind the products and enjoy a relaxed cafĂ©-style atmosphere in the heart of the city.
Later in the month, Sheffieldâs Indie Market arrives at Steamworks on Saturday 21st February (11amâ4pm), transforming the industrial venue into a hub of independent shopping and street-food culture. Curated to showcase emerging creatives and small brands, the market features handmade goods, illustrations, accessories and gifts alongside food and drink traders.
03
đ
Art in Sheffield
Opening on 20th February, Plantation at Site Gallery is a major contemporary art exhibition that explores urgent social and environmental issues through immersive, thought-provoking work. The exhibition focuses on themes of land use, labour, and ecological collapse, inviting visitors to reflect on the impact of human activity on the natural world and the systems that sustain it.
The show features a range of media, including film, sculpture, and installation, creating an engaging and multi-sensory experience. Each work encourages audiences to consider the interconnectedness of society, environment, and history, highlighting both the beauty and fragility of our surroundings. With its striking visual language and critical perspective, Plantation offers a powerful opportunity for Sheffield audiences to engage with contemporary art that challenges perceptions and sparks conversation. The exhibition will appeal to a wide range of visitors interested in ecology, culture, and visual storytelling.
Sheffield also welcomes the Taylor Wessing Photographic Portrait Prize from the National Portrait Gallery this February, with the exhibition opening on 21st February at the Millennium Gallery. Celebrated as one of the UKâs leading portrait photography competitions, the prize showcases contemporary portraiture from photographers around the world, highlighting creativity, technique, and insight into human experience.
Visitors to the Millennium Gallery can explore a wide range of striking portraits - from intimate studio work to dynamic environmental shots - each capturing personality, emotion, or social commentary in compelling ways. The exhibition offers an opportunity for Sheffield audiences to engage with some of the most innovative and thought-provoking portrait photography of the year.
Suggested donation is ÂŁ5 and the display runs through the spring, offering plenty of time to explore the full collection.
04
đ
Sheffield Cocktail Festival
Sheffield Sheffieldâs much-loved Cocktail Festival is back for a one-day celebration on Saturday 28th February at Steamworks, bringing the cityâs best bars together under one roof for a full festival experience.
Designed to feel like a mini city inside the venue, bars will be grouped into âstreets,â allowing guests to explore Sheffieldâs diverse drinks scene all in one place. Alongside expertly crafted cocktails, visitors can enjoy live music, games, food, and a vibrant festival atmosphere throughout the day.
The festival runs in two sessions, from 12pmâ4pm and 6pmâ10pm, offering the perfect way to start or end your Saturday. Standard tickets include two cocktails, with a wide selection of cocktails, wine, fizz, beer, and non-alcoholic drinks available across the event.
Guests can discover new bars, enjoy live music performances, and soak up the festival energy without leaving the venue. Food will be served by Pellizco and Cow Boy Burgers, keeping guests fuelled throughout the sessions.
Tickets are available here and selling fast - don't miss out
01.02.26
SCENE AND HERD GIG REVIEW: FREEZER & THE SEASIDE @ SIDNEY & MATILDA
Written by Dean Bargh & Stan Jeffries
Photography by Jason Plews
On 16th January, two of Sheffield's 90s cult music favourites played for the first time together. Two band members reflect on the past and present of each group...
Dean Bargh (Freezer) on The Seaside
Musician and writer Stan Jeffries was, like me, one of the pool of wannabe post-C86 guitar janglers who had combined and recombined in various bands to little effect. But then, suddenly, with a Roy Lichenstein âBam!â, the 80s earnestness was jettisoned in favour of the ludicrous cartoon energy of âbaggyâ. The Roses and the Mondays showed us it was supposed to be fun. The primary colours of 1960s pop (The Seaside used to cover The Monkeesâ Mary Mary) over a modern infectious groove proved irresistible.
Now here was a band, a proper unit, working and writing together, with, like, actual fans, moshing and surfing and cheering. They flocked from the boroughs of Sheffield. It was their band. And it was exuberant. Danny, Clix, Stan, Steve and the two Marks, Butler and McCann, were pop stars for those Warholian 15 minutes.
Iâm not sure what happened. The demise stories are usually quite similar in a dull way and involve various flavours of fizzling out. They mixed it up: singer Danny left, Clix stepped up, the magic feather had been dropped. The 12" single Idolise lay dormant in record collections across the city.
Thereâs a common thread uniting our cohort of 90s pioneers: unfinished business. So here they are, too: releasing that album that never got finished; a Christmas single (!); one more gig, just becauseâŠ
And here I am watching time turn in on itself: itâs 2026 and the actual Seaside - Stan on the same Epiphone guitar, Clix with his Rickenbacker, and Steve, unmarked by the years and still wearing a bucket hat - are on stage. The intro music - a woozy, scratchy instrumental of I Do Like To Be Beside The Seaside - flies us to the middle of the 20th century to be broken by the sound of explosions.
And then my heart is in my mouth because the pounding rhythms and crashing chords of 8 Bars of Heaven are transcendental: this is how going to gigs used to make me feel.
Itâs a packed house; plenty of those original guitar janglers have come to bear witness to an emotional ride through a soaring, loping, Byrdsian set, peaking near the end with Idolise, Stanâs instantly recognisable guitar hook eliciting a massive cheer.
Thereâs a more ârockâ feel tonight, thanks to new drummer Craig who holds it down so well (insider secret: they had literally three proper full rehearsals, as Stan lives in Spain these days), but Steveâs unchanged looping bass lines tether it firmly to that beautiful early-90s swirl. The other new contributor is Helen, who relaxes, centre-stage adding powerful backing vocals at opportune moments. I believe Clix and Stan are having a really good time.
Is that really it now for The Seaside? If so, Iâm very glad I was there.
Stan Jeffries (The Seaside) on Freezer
Headlining a show in your hometown, with all the attendant expectation, can be a
dull weight or it can be wings: Freezer chose the latter.
Opening with the single Elizabeth III, the insistent guitar riff is soon joined by
scatter-gun drums and a healthy Hammond organ pushing it along. Itâs the 60s via
the 90s, which is not to say itâs dated; simply resting in a happy place.
The set, a mix of the bandâs debut album Ătherical Heavy Method, and new
material, continues in much the same vein; heavy(ish) guitar licks from frontman
Dean Bargh are augmented by a tight-as-you-like band, who make the most of their
vocal harmonies. It all sounded massive but not in a loud-for-the-sake-of-loud way:
there was dark and light.
And thatâs the thing: Freezer mine a riff-heavy vein, indebted to the late 60s, surely,
but they stray from the path into the 70s (a good thing), dip their toes into a bit of
pop and veer head on towards psychedelia, most on show in Canary 25, which
opens with a Hendrix-esque riff but quickly morphs into 60s flower-power harmonies
and then cuts back again.
Celandine, on the other hand, is a slow, sunny Sunday afternoon by the river with a hint of menace that brought to mind some Twin Peaks
weirdness.
Lyrically, Dean isnât afraid to paint pictures of bucolic scenes and spaced-out galaxies; thereâs a nod to the Small Faces and T. Rex on Pink Island, and while not exactly wearing his influences on his sleeve, itâs fair to say they peep out from under his cowboy hat.
As the show came to an end, Dean held his arms open, as did Maximus in the arena and, wordlessly, asked of the crowd, âAre you not entertained?â
Yes, we are. Very much entertained.
Links
29.01.26
SCENE AND HERD SINGLE REVIEW: A HYMN FOR THE SUBURBS BY I SET THE SEA ON FIRE
By Mark Rezzano
Sheffield's I Set the Sea on Fire are known for their high-energy live performances, intricate arrangements, and four-part harmonies, which give their music both depth and a playful sense of chaos. Lyrically, they mix clever wordplay with wit and occasional surrealism, reflecting a tongue-in-cheek but musically sophisticated approach.
Anyone familiar with this bandâs previous work, might be surprised to hear a change in musical direction on this latest single. Driving funk and indie rhythms have been replaced by a plaintive Folk intimacy. Once the initial shock has worn off, itâs a song you will want to get lost in.
From the creeping gentle opening strum, it envelops you like a warm blanket, albeit one that is stitched with somber threads. An aching, weary lead vocal is carried on a floating, captivating female backing vocal- echoing the yearning that lies at the heart of the song.
The recurring refrain of, âShine a little light on me!â, is
the chink of hope that bursts through the anguish. Itâs a song that treads a fine line between hope and despair but one that is ultimately about how love can potentially
pull you out of the pain of addiction and grief.
Highly recommended.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 26th January 2026
Presented by Sound Cafe, Sauti & Spice is a monthly celebration of African and African diaspora culture, combining live music, dance, games and great food. The experience is centred around connection, inviting people to unwind, dance and enjoy the atmosphere together.
Sauti & Spice begins on 31st January at The Clubhouse on London Road, starting at 6.30pm, bringing together music for the soul and food for the body in a relaxed but energetic setting.
The name reflects the heart of the event - Sauti, meaning sound or music in Swahili, and Spice, representing the bold African and Caribbean flavours that shape the night. Expect live performances spanning Afrobeats, Amapiano, Bongo Flava, Swahili and Arabic pop, Afro house and Afro-fusion.
Whether you arrive with friends, family or colleagues, or come along solo, Sauti & Spice offers a welcoming space to meet new people and enjoy an evening of rhythm, flavour and community.
24.01.26
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: GET TROMATIZED! LIVE AT THE LIGHT
Written by Richard Wilkinson Smith and Charlotte Sometimes
Lloyd Kaufman, the head honcho of Troma Entertainment, is a legend of the American independent movie and horror scene. His worldwide cult following grew up on shared VHS tapes and bootleg DVDs, discovering anarchic and often hilarious cult classics from what is now the oldest independent film studio in the world, co-formed with Michael Herz in 1974.
Troma Entertainment has spent over five decades operating proudly outside the Hollywood system, carving out its own gleefully disreputable corner of cinema history. Built on micro-budgets, outrageous satire, DIY ingenuity and a complete disregard for good taste, Troma became a launchpad for cult favourites such as The Toxic Avenger, Class of Nuke âEm High, and Tromeo and Juliet. Beyond its films, Troma has long stood as a defender of true independent filmmaking, embracing creative freedom, political satire and emerging talent, while influencing generations of underground filmmakers, punks and genre obsessives who saw in Troma proof that movies didnât need permission to exist.
On Saturday 17th February, Sheffieldâs cosy and atmospheric cinema, The Light, hosted Lloyd and his collaborators for a great, sold-out afternoon of entertainment and cult film appreciation.
The Steel City was one of the first to sell out an event on the tour, helped by the talented team at Spirit of Independence whose main independent film festival takes place in September, but keep an eye out for monthly events from May. Also Boo The Bad Guy - who is running pop-up themed movie events across the area led the Q&A with fantastic professionalism, describing his experience driving the Kaufmans on tour as one of the highlights of his life.
The pre-film introductory panel Q&A showed Kaufman to be a sharp, sprightly and very lively 80-year-old: passionate, hilarious, and politically aware with a razor sharp satirical take on modern politics. On the panel were Kaufman, his wife and Producer "The Comissioner" Patricia (who is also a highly influential figure in the New York Film Industry), Refuse film's Liam Regan (who Lloyd later credits with re-starting his career this past few years) and Icelandic Troma Research expert Bjarni Gautur who offered superb Mastermind-style facts about the films that even Kaufman himself had forgotten. Bjarni's fun persona was summed it up when he was asked:
âIâm guessing you donât have the same knowledge of other subjects (that you do of Troma Entertainment)?â
âNoâjust Troma⊠and Vanilla Ice!â
Ben and Dave from Spirit of Independence also presented Lloyd with a Spirit of Independence Lifetime Achievement award which was a wonderful touch and well deserved.
In addition to the fantastic discussion of the films, one of the real highlights of the Q&A was witnessing the powerhouse couple themselves. Patricia's humour and repartee with Lloyd were unmistakably Troma, especially as she jokingly congratulated Icelandic Bjarni on being âabout to become a US citizen when we take over!â The Kaufman's partnership - both professional and personal, with their three incredibly talented children discussed (some even appearing in todayâs film!) - is clearly one of the backbones of Tromaâs success. Indeed, the respect, love and fun they share would be something to pull a wishbone for.
Which brings us on to the film itself. As Troma novices - only familiar with the classics - we had never seen Poultrygeist: Night of the Chicken Dead. Had we known how brilliant it was, we would have seen it far sooner, but what an atmosphere in which to experience it for the first time.
The movie takes aim at the chaos of the post-9/11 and Iraq War era, with Kaufmanâs anarchic satire fully inclusive of all factions of society - from corporate America to race and religion. No one is left out of Kaufmanâs scattergun sights, or spared from the peril of zombie chickens - possessed by an Indian burial ground - going on a rampage in the grossest fast-food restaurant youâve ever seen.
Originally released in 2006, it is superb fun. If you love sick ânâ twisted, practical-effects-laden horror (Lloyd quips, âPractical effects? Nothing to do with Troma has ever been practical!â), Airplane!-style parody and a lively cast - including Lloyd himself - itâs unmissable. This is ironic, as many people didnât see it on its original release, and it has only just turned a profit thanks to Tromaâs enduring cult following.
Between its effects-heavy gory sequences, the film is also a musical. âIt has just enough musical numbers in it to make it a failure!â quips Lloyd but this was clearly not the case with todayâs crowd. Catchy numbers like âRevenge Is a Dish Best Served Friedâ and âSlow Fast Food Loveâ had the Sheffield audience laughing and gasping in a joyous fit of gross-out rapture.
After the film, a huge queue formed for signed merchandise, and photo opportunities with the Kaufmans and âToxieâ from The Toxic Avenger films. But the laughter and buzz continued here and really is testament to the event organisers, the venue and of course the whole Troma team - all involved should be very proud.
Along with his wife Pat, Lloyd Kaufman proved to be one of the loveliest, wittiest people you could ever hope to meet, and someone who truly makes fans feel valued. A true legend of independent cinema.
The afternoon was fun, inspiring, and we left smiling widely, die-hard Troma fans⊠and completely vegetarian.
Links
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 12th January 2026
The 90s renaissance rolls on as two Sheffield cult favourites of the era, Freezer and The Seaside, finally share a bill for the first time on Friday 16th January at Sidney & Matilda.
Back in the 90s both bands were packing out Sheffield venues - even headlining the Leadmill - and attracting serious industry attention, before disappearing just as greatness beckoned.
Freezer returned in 2022 and now, more than 30 years on, both bands are back, armed with long-awaited debut albums released in 2025.
Freezerâs Ătherical Heavy Method has already been praised as a cosmic, psych-rock journey, and their live shows are once again winning a reputation for rich, kaleidoscopic intensity. Sheff Herd reviewed Freezer's performance earlier in 2025 and, trust us â you donât want to miss them.
The Seaside have finally delivered the album fans dreamed of in 1993: Coastal Walks, a lush, melodic follow-up to their NME- and Melody Maker-lauded single Idolise, and a reminder of why their gigs were once such charged, chaotic affairs.
This show promises a rare reunion of the Sheffield indie tribe â old faces, new memories, and possibly a few familiar names in the crowd. With rumours that this may be The Seasideâs only live appearance, itâs a genuinely one-off event.
Support the artists by purchasing your advance tickets here
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 5th January 2026
Often a difficult week for venues and artists in the post-Christmas lull, early January can feel like a slow reset. But itâs also the perfect time to start building those playlists of new artists who might just soundtrack your 2026.
On 10th January, Bolsover-based young band The Zebedees play their first ever headline gig at Sidney & Matilda, and itâs one that feels like a genuine step up. Sheff Herd previously caught them at The Green Room, supporting Osprey and Noisemakersâ Guild, and came away seriously impressed. Their confident stage presence and sharply contemporary indie sound already felt assured in a smaller room - qualities that are only likely to translate even more powerfully when they take centre stage.
Support on the night comes from Psychoscally, a trio who describe themselves as âunapologetic, defiant and Northern.â Expect a fearless fusion of rock, metal, rap and punk, delivered with attitude and intensity.
Also on the bill are The Good Sun, a Sheffield alt-psychedelic rock band bringing swirling textures and spacey grooves to round out a diverse and exciting lineup.
This is exactly the kind of grassroots gig that reminds you why January shows matter: affordable, energetic, and full of bands worth discovering early.
03.01.26
SCENE AND HERD SINGLE REVIEW: UNDER ALL THE LIGHTS BY SONS OF THE CITY
Written by Richard Wilkinson-Smith
Building on the momentum of their excellent debut single Canât Get You Out My Mind (previously reviewed by us below), Sheffield indie-pop outfit Sons of the City return with Under All the Lights, a track that brings a renewed sense of optimism for the year ahead.
Singer Chris opens with the line, âMy love, you've taken me for a ride / Put a lock on my mind,â immediately introducing a bittersweet edge beneath the songâs upbeat surface. Itâs this emotional push and pull that gives the track much of its charm.
The artwork mirrors this mood, retaining the sunflower-themed painting style of their previous release, this time incorporating a bottle of water - a neat visual nod to the chorus refrain, âWish I could bottle you up / So I can drink you down.â The line is delivered through a sweet call-and-response, supported by quiet-loud dynamics and flashes of Oasis-esque guitar work from Addy and Smitt.
Meanwhile, Nobby and Danâs bass and drums provide a crunching, driving rhythm section, propelling the song as it whirls like a hazy fairground waltzer. This new single is further proof that Sons of the City - a band with a lived-in feel - have a real knack for crafting feel-good, radio-friendly indie rock.
Their forthcoming 12-track album The Glue That Holds Us Together promises âlush textures, cinematic warmth, and emotional intensity,â with a launch show at Sidney & Matilda on January 31st and is set to kick off what looks to be an exciting year ahead.
Links
Under All The Lights is available to stream now
JANUARY 2026
TOP 4
đđđđ
Your guide to the month ahead.
Check out our weekly event recommendations every Monday.
01
đ
Sheffield Sports
Sheffieldâs January sports calendar is led by the European Figure Skating Championships, taking place from 13thâ18th January at Utilita Arena Sheffield. The event brings Europeâs top skaters to the city for a full programme of menâs, womenâs, pairs and ice dance competition, alongside a closing gala. A city-centre fan zone with skating activities and live coverage helps extend the atmosphere beyond the arena.
Later in the month, Ponds Forge International Sports Centre hosts the Aquatics GB Diving International from 30th Januaryâ1st February. The competition features elite British and international divers competing on the 3 m springboard and 10 m platform, making it a key early-season meet and a showcase of high-level aquatic sport in the city.
January concludes with the Sheffield Powerlifting Championships on 31st January at Sheffield City Hall. Athletes from across the UK compete in squat, bench press and deadlift disciplines, rounding off the month with a celebration of strength sport and adding a contrasting edge to Sheffieldâs varied winter sports programme.
02
đ
Footprints Jazz Festival
The Footprints Jazz Festival takes place at Peddler Warehouse in Sheffield on Saturday 31st January, running from 7:30âŻpm to late.
The festival features a mix of live performances and DJ sets, creating a vibrant, all-night celebration of jazz and experimental music in an intimate warehouse setting.
Headlining the event is corto.alto, a Glaswegian project blending live jazz with electronic textures, alongside Plantfood, a six-piece band from Leeds known for energetic, rhythm-driven jazz influenced by spiritual and modern styles. Sheffieldâs own Juliana Day opens the night with inventive wind and electronic performances.
The evening is rounded out by DJ sets from Nonna Fab, Kacper Pieta, and Linga Sound, adding danceable, experimental sounds between live sets.
Tickets are currently on their second release, so fans are encouraged to secure them early to avoid missing out. This festival is a standout highlight of Sheffieldâs winter music scene, showcasing regional talent alongside innovative jazz acts.
03
đ
Theatre in Sheffield
January is shaping up to be an exciting month for theatre in Sheffield, with a mix of powerful new plays, classic adaptations, family pantomimes, and inventive productions lighting up stages across the city. Here are some of our picks for the month:
Kubulaya: Away From Home is on at the Playhouse on Wednesday 14th January (7âŻpm). This powerful new play follows a family in Sheffield as old ties are tested and truths come to light over the course of one dramatic evening, blending storytelling with music and cultural insight (full Sheff Herd preview coming soon).
At the Lyceum Theatre, To Kill a Mockingbird runs from 27th January into early February, bringing an acclaimed stage adaptation of the classic novel to Sheffield with a focus on justice, community and characterâdriven drama.
Superb local company Forge Light Theatre brings Quiet in the Wings, to The Lantern Theatre in Nether Edge on Wednesday 28th, Thursday 29th, and Saturday 31st January. Set backstage on the opening night of a West End-style production, the farcical whodunnit follows understudyâturned-detective Sebastian Paris as he solves the mystery of a missing star amidst chaotic melodrama (full Sheff Herd preview coming soon).
Finally, family audiences will enjoy Rapunzel, presented by Handsworth and Hallam Theatre Company, at The Montgomery Theatre from 28th January to 1st February. This lively pantomime is packed with humour, audience interaction, and festive fun for all ages.
04
đ
Sheffield Heritage Fair
The Sheffield Heritage Fair is a weekend celebration of the cityâs history and community heritage, taking place at the Millennium Gallery on Saturday 24th January and Sunday 25th January 11amâ4pm.
The event brings together more than 40 local heritage groups, offering visitors the chance to explore Sheffieldâs past through stalls, displays and conversations with the people who help preserve the cityâs stories.
Family-friendly and informal, the fair welcomes drop-in visitors throughout the day, with entry by a small suggested donation to support local heritage work.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENTS
30th December 2025 - 1st January 2026
Over the next few days, there are loads of places across our city to celebrate the New Year, from live music and cinema to quizzes, club nights and all-night parties. Be sure to check venue social media for the latest ticket and entry information, as many events are selling out. Here are our picks - along with a handy "Betwixtmas" reminder of what day we are on!
Tuesday 30th December
Tonight, check out the Blue Jazz Seven quartet with vocalist Katherine Myles at one of 2025âs biggest new openings, Abbeydale Ballroom. Doors open for a 7pm start, with the chance to enjoy the newly reopened space alongside live jazz and ÂŁ6 cocktails.
Also tonight is a free entry show with the 8th edition of the wild Butlin in the Bath at Jabberwocky. The lineup features experimental rock favourites Dearthworms, psychedelic post-punk from Knorke, fizz-bass duo Yodynamo, and BĂŒzz.
New Yearâs Eve â Wednesday 31st December
To celebrate the fading glamour of 2025, start the day with a 2pm screening of Billy Wilderâs classic Sunset Boulevard at the beautiful Curzon Cinema.
If youâre missing the competitive spirit of Christmas family board games, Triple Pointâs annual end-of-year quiz has you covered. Youâll need to book a table in advance, it begins at 6pm, and there are plenty of prizes up for grabs.
Head over to Neepsend and Kelham Island for a cluster of strong options. Klub Karaoke at Alder offers DJ sets, food from Konjo Kitchen, and free entry. Last entry is midnight, and the party runs until 3am.
Just around the corner, Neepsend Social Club hosts a free entry 80s night, with a live DJ and music from 7pm.
At Peddler Warehouse, the New Yearâs Eve party runs from 7pm to 1am, with official afters until 4am at Factory Floor. The lineup includes Apricot Ballroom, Queers for Beers, Machine Soul, and more. This is a ticketed event, so booking ahead is advised.
For a full-scale club night, Corporation hosts a midnight fireworks display and four rooms of pop, rock, indie and dance music all night long. There are no tickets on the door, and recent posts suggest around 90% of tickets have already sold, so act fast.
If youâre planning to go all the way through to the early hours, the Hallamshire Hotel is hosting its biggest New Yearâs Eve party yet. Upstairs, DJ Chris Arnold from Beatles Dub Club plays festival favourites and classics across the decades until 3am. Downstairs, residents Jim From It and Wheezy Gonzalez cover everything from soul and disco to power ballads and guilty pleasures. Entry is free, and the party runs until 6am.
New Yearâs Day â Thursday 1st January
For anyone still keen to keep the celebrations going, head to Network for a New Yearâs Day day rave from 2pm to 11pm, featuring house music legend Sandy Rivera (Kings of Tomorrow). This is a ticketed event and a strong way to ease into the New Year on the dancefloor.
However you choose to welcome it, we wish you a Happy New Year!
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 15th December 2025
Alder is hosting the fourth annual half-traditional Christmas celebration on December 18th at 7âŻpm, led by the notoriously talented Hearne family and featuring the impressive vocals of Seb Stone. The event was previously held at the beloved Dorothy Pax venue, now sadly closed, but its festive spirit will continue at this yearâs celebration at one of our favourite cosy venues.
The evening will feature a loosely traditional mummers play - a form of folk theatre dating back to the Middle Ages. Traditionally performed by a troupe of amateur actors, these plays often involve comedic combat, with the loser revived by a doctor character, and were historically staged in pubs and community spaces across Britain. Alongside the mummers performance, guests can enjoy festive carols and seasonal songs.
All donations from the event will go towards prostate cancer research, giving attendees the chance to celebrate the holidays while supporting a worthy cause. The evening promises music, merriment, and goodwill, offering a festive night where guests can sing along, raise a glass, and soak up the holiday cheer.
13.12.25
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: THE VOLTZ, BLACKWATER LIGHTSHIP AND HOLLOW DAWN @SIDNEY & MATILDA
Written by Mark Rezzano
This evening feels like a fitting musical prelude to the festive season. The Voltz are here to distil the sights and sounds of Christmas 1974 into one thrilling Glam Rock package. Before all that, though, there are two more local bands to enjoy.
Hollow Dawn gave off the air of a gang of bikers emerging out of the Mojave Desert in a cloud of dust. They have a magnetic stage presence. Attention is drawn to the bass player, pulling some serious rock moves, foot perched on the monitor, a mechanised rumble emanating from the bass. Steeped in the sound of Goth, they tear through songs of spectral drama with an industrial groove and really get the night started in a way that feels anything but hollow.
I was particularly excited about seeing the next band, Blackwater Lightship, and Iâm delighted to report they didnât disappoint. This was the first time they had played as a three-piece, after recently recruiting Dan Oram on bass. The addition has beefed up their sound considerably, injecting an extra layer. There is an immediate chemistry. The songwriting is superb. I was particularly taken with The Standing Man and Over & Out: chiming, lacing chords infused with fluid basslines, anchored by propulsive drums. They are joined on stage by guitarist Simon Roberts (aka Junkbond) to embellish the new song Trapped in Dreams. Itâs sure to be included in future sets.
And finally...It wonât have escaped anyoneâs notice that weâre living through a period of economic uncertainty and social unrest. While the situation may seem unprecedented thanks to social media and 24-hour rolling news, if you lived through the 1970s it probably feels like dĂ©jĂ vu. For the kids, the antidote came in the form of Glam Rock. The Voltz recreate the time expertly. Tinsel wrapped around the microphone was a nice touch. Suddenly, Iâm in the mood for Christmas and the only thing missing is the great Roy Wood joining them onstage to run through a Wizard medley.
The self-styled â21st Century Power Pop Explorersâ are celebrating the release of their debut album New Times Like Old Times. The songs are chock full of Glam tropes that immediately raise your spirits and remind you what an undervalued period in the annals of rock ânâ roll it still is. Top 40 Glam is combined with the more obscure strains of Junkshop Glam and the terrace stomp of bands like Hammersmith Gorillas, fronted by the underappreciated space-age Mod, Jesse Hector. The Glam Rock songbook runs through every note and it's truly a joyous experience.
Roll on Christmas.
09.12.25
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: ECHOSOUND EVENTS PRESENTS SCARLETT KIRWAN, ELI GREEN & THE IVY'S, ORCHIDELIA, NORTHERN ROME & JOSHUA LOMAS @CORPORATION
Written by Mark Rezzano
Gig photography by Echosound Events
On Friday 5th December, braving the inclement weather, I headed out to Corporation for another Echosound night showcasing some of the best young musical talent Sheffield has to offer. There was a buzz in the room prior to proceedings, which only increased my anticipation.
First up was Joshua Lomas, a singer-songwriter with an engaging line in breezy acoustic indie-folk. Heâs already a confident performer who knows how to put his songs across and undoubtedly we will see more from the 17 year old in the future.
Next were Eli Green and The Ivyâs. The first thing that came across was the sheer joy and excitement they exude. Backed by lead guitar, saxophone and drums, the two female vocalists possess exquisite voices that complement each other wonderfully, combining to create a majestic whole. They frequently exchanged sideways glances of shared delight. The sound is an accomplished blend of R&B, soul and jazz - a smooth confection, only slightly undermined aesthetically by the guitarist wearing a Black Sabbath T-shirt (not that there is anything wrong with that!).
After a short break, local favourites Orchidelia hit the stage with an ebullience that quickly transferred to the enthusiastic crowd. They reminded me of my beloved Squeeze, with their sheer exuberance and sense of fun. Itâs quite refreshing to see a band that isnât being self-consciously dark and moody. Youâll Never Know stood out in particular, and an impressive cover of Day Tripper which was a real highlight. Special mention must go to the young gentleman at the front of the stage pulling some serious moves (I could definitely see him becoming the bandâs Bez!).
Penultimate band Northern Rome arrived on stage in a low-key manner. Their opening felt intentionally understated, blurring the line between warm-up and the official start of their set. Their sound leaned into sullen, brooding indie rock that occasionally drifted into shoegaze territory. While their stage presence was more reserved than the preceding acts, there was a contemplative mood to their performance that some in the crowd clearly appreciated.
Last up was headliner 19 year old Scarlett Kirwan who is quickly becoming one to watch. It was the first time she had played with a full band backing her, and her first headline show in Sheffield. She was clearly floating on air. She radiates a charming stage presence and clearly knows how to craft a song. Itâs obvious how much she loves what sheâs doing, and her folk pop original songs are infectious. Likewise, her choice of covers exemplifies where sheâs coming from musically. A lovely, faithful rendition of Fleetwood Macâs Dreams had everyone singing along in unison, while her take on Bryan Adamsâs Summer of â69 was joyous. She already conveys a strong presence and energy - qualities that suggest her following will only continue to grow.
Nights like this underline exactly why Echosound has become such a valued platform: a place where emerging artists can shine, established favourites can surprise, and Sheffieldâs vibrant music community can gather to celebrate its own.
06.12.25
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: LIFE AQUATIC BAND, PEARL RIVER BAND AND SPOOK MUZIEK @ SIDNEY & MATILDA
Written by Richard Wilkinson Smith & Charlotte Sometimes
Gig photography by Ashley Moules ATM Event Photography
On Wednesday night, we were invited to watch Sheffield dance-punk quintet Life Aquatic Band, fresh from an extensive UK tour, at their homecoming gig at Sidney and Matilda. They were supported by the ever-entertaining, previously Herd-featured Spook Muziek and the brand-new Sheffield outfit Pearl River Band. Over the past few years, Life Aquatic Band have been gathering a real core following and have received wider praise from fellow musicians and critics alike. With the venue packed, it was clear we were in for a good night.
Before our feature group steps up, things get going in wild, free-spirited style with Spook Muziek -a hairy, loungy solo act crooning arch, moody lines with easy finesse. After rejecting a phone call, he ambles freely across the S & M stage, delivering alternative highlights from his latest EP pop culture. Then the title track bursts with grimy, dank grooves, steeped in its own underground, late-night intensity. Spook likes to describe his creative process as âwrestling with his own ineptitudesâ though the music he brings tonight feels more like someone playfully testing his limits; the result is a deliberate, genre-bending swirl that absolutely earns the spotlight.
Another cut from the EP, retcon age, brings bouncy alt-ska (plus a stray, wayward school bell he teases with nonchalant ease) that blasts through the PA with force. lads donât cry, meanwhile, is Asian lounge-soul on a melted cassette tape, and againagainagain delivers a punchy groove that dovetails perfectly with our headliners. At one point Spook even launches himself into the crowd and lays on the floor, hooting maniacally just to stir up extra chaos. A truly memorable performance.
Second up is a new six piece Sheffield outfit with confident on-stage presence and superb styling (including the drummer wearing a Life Aquatic band tshirt - more on this later!). Not to be confused with a hairier 1980s USA country band of the same name, the Pearl River Band are pure anachronistic 60s/70s psychedelia. You can easily imagine them living in a funky commune or tucked away in some woods near the Peak District. Musically, theyâve released only one song so far - the supremely well-produced Alive, which dropped last month. Their sound, like their aesthetic, is rooted in the late 60s, with vocals evoking Grace Slick and Moby Grape, and on some tracks a subtle, pounding Kosmische Musik pulse hints at a modern edge.
The set occasionally melts into long, groovy jams, powered by a fabulous rhythm section and sharp, expressive guitar work. Their lead singer has serious vocal talent too, along with spidery tattoos that would prevent anyone accidentally dragging her back to Woodstock. With a bit of cynicism and heartbreak earned from more touring, The Pearl River Band - South Yorkshireâs edition - will truly flourish. They went down extremely well with the hip Sidney and Matilda crowd.
Now to our superb, turn-of-the-century-influenced headliners, the brilliant Life Aquatic Band. Steve Zissou is nowhere to be seen, but singer-keyboardist Jaz opens with a terrifically warm voice that radiates through the shimmering pop-soul of Summer Rain. Her tone is a softer, earthier cousin of the kind of vocal Björk or SinĂ©ad OâConnor could just let spill out effortlessly in the 90s. The whole song radiates danceable joy. Jaz's performance combines substance, style and the surreal - with a particularly fun moment where she skilfully plays the keyboard with her face - potentially genuinely suffering for her art - it was a standout, playful highlight of the set!
Other highlights of LABâs set include You Can Do It, which channels the B-52sâ infectious energy and David Byrneâs talent for animating the mundane, dripping with glorious anti-bourgeois spirit. âBedrooms, four walls, liveable, affordable,â Ben belts out his Frank Black-esque lead vocal. Equally striking is Brunch Mindset, which has a dance-pop dynamism underpinned by frustrated love - made frantically obvious by Benâs delivery - plus a hilarious yodel-style vocal from Tim (the bandâs other vocalist and brass musician) halfway through. Keep the Rain Away (a strikingly apt song for our weather at the moment!) is ironically pure sunshine - call-and-repeat chanting: âwe donât have no money / youâre gonna need a sunny day / to keep the rain away!â, funky riffs and a synth breakdown ensures the crowd erupts into dance.
The only cover was Gossipâs Standing in the Way of Control. This might have made the song more LAB style if sung by Tim, whose zany, arch stage presence is a key part of the groupâs charmâheâs their Ron Mael and his vocal gymnastics could certainly handle this oft-played classic.
We then reach the climax of the set with the bandâs latest single Stuck in the Mud. It carries the exhilarating energy of the 2000s indie-dance/post-punk resurgence, with woozy synths reminiscent of early Human League, LCD Soundsystem-style rhythmic urgency, and tight bass work. The studio version clearly benefited from the involvement of Hot Chip producer Shuta Shinoda, and it has rightly been praised by the likes of Tom Robinson and Steve Lamacq. It sounds fantastic live in this setting.
After the show, we joined the huge queue to purchase some quality merchandise tshirts made by vulnerable adults at the Sheffield based project Printed by Us who work with the Archer project. This is a fantastic initiative and the tshirts are incredible silky quality!
And there we are: a wonderfully life-affirming event that washed away any dark-night winter blues. Every act tonight put in a great shift and has promising music on the horizon. Life Aquatic Band are surely one of the most entertaining indie groups in England right now. Watch this aquatic space.
You can catch Pearl River Band x Life Aquatic Band at a very special event at Sidney & Matilda on 19th December as Jarred Up presents a special Christmas party with proceeds going to Archer Project.
Links
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 8th December 2025
Sidney & Matilda host a genre-spanning night on 11th December.
The evening begins with the atmospheric and gothic-tinged rock of Hollow Dawn, whose moody, textured melodies and brooding intensity set a dramatic tone right from the start.
After that comes previously Herd reviewed Blackwater Lightship, shifting the mood towards folk-rock and layered, emotional songwriting: expect a blend of acoustic warmth, quiet introspection and occasional heavier, more experimental passages that give their set a rich, dynamic feel.
Closing the night are The Voltz, bringing a burst of retro-charged rockânâroll energy with bright guitar riffs, bold hooks and that vintage swagger that invites sing-along choruses and high-octane fun. Their brand of glam-leaning rock: loud, confident and unapologetically alive makes them the perfect finale to a bill that takes you from darkness and introspection back into bright, electric life.
Doors open at 7:45pm, and tickets are ÂŁ5 in advance here or ÂŁ8 on the door
06.12.25
SCENE AND HERD FEATURE: SHOWROOM LAUNCHES CHRISTMAS ANGELS
By Charlotte Sometimes
December is when many of us return to the films that shaped our childhoods: the nostalgic classics watched with family, the stories that bring generations together, and the heartwarming favourites we pass on to children for the first time. Showroomâs Christmas Angels project aims to open those shared cultural moments to people who might otherwise miss out.
Through the scheme, donations will cover a cinema ticket and festive treats for individuals, families, schools and community groups across the city. Those gifted tickets will be used for a programme of much-loved Christmas films, from chaotic family favourite Home Alone and Jim Hensonâs The Muppet Christmas Carol, to timeless classics like Itâs a Wonderful Life and The Shop Around the Corner.
Showroom will distribute tickets through its network of schools, charities and community partners, with additional local organisations invited to register their interest by emailing community@srws.org.uk.
Every contribution helps. ÂŁ40 can send a family on a festive outing; ÂŁ100 can support a community group; and ÂŁ300 is enough to bring a whole classroom for a cinema experience theyâll never forget. The appeal runs until Wednesday 24 December, with any surplus funds helping to support Showroomâs wider access and charitable programmes throughout the year.
Those year-round commitments are already extensive. In 2025 the cinema delivered over 110 accessible screenings, including weekly captioned shows, relaxed Family Time screenings every Saturday, and monthly dementia-friendly screenings in partnership with The Alzheimerâs Society.
Victoria Firth, Chief Executive of Showroom Work Station, says the response so far reflects the warmth of the season:
âItâs such a delight to connect over our favourite classic films each year,â she explains. âShowroomâs Christmas Angels Appeal gives people an easy way to gift that experience to someone who may otherwise miss out. A ticket can be a small gift, but the feeling of being welcomed in, as part of something bigger, can last throughout the winterâ.
The impact of these initiatives is already being felt. Mums in Need, one of the community organisations working with Showroom, says the support provides a meaningful lift for the families they work with:
âThe Showroom has been a haven for our community. By providing free family film screenings, theyâve created a safe space where our mums can unwind, connect with their children, and experience the magic of cinema togetherâ
With its Christmas Angels scheme, Showroom is inviting the city to help share that magic - one festive film at a time.
Full details and donations can be made online here or at the Box Office.
05.12.25
SCENE AND HERD EVENT: LIGHT UP SHEFFIELD FEATURING PETE MCKEE @ SHEFFIELD CATHEDRAL
By Charlotte Sometimes
Professional images courtesy of Double Take Projections
Sheffield Cathedral tonight offered a first look at The Nativity, a new painting by much loved Sheffield artist Pete McKee. Even at this early preview, the work was creating a real buzz - partly because of McKeeâs warm, humorous style but also because of the community spirit and local identity it captures.
The painting grew out of the Cathedralâs Schools Singing Programme, led by Tom Daggett, which over the past year has brought music education to around 1,000 children across ten schools. The programme offers children opportunities they might not otherwise have, helping them develop musically, build confidence, and discover new strengths.
Daggett described its impact: âFor some children, it gives them their âthingâ; their clear path for the future".
Pupils from Prince Edward Primary School, Manor - the programmeâs first school - took part in a summer photoshoot that informed McKeeâs work. Their personalities and expressions have been lovingly translated into the painting, grounding it in the real lives of Sheffield children.
Rather than a traditional nativity painting, McKee has spotlighted a school play bursting with life: children in carefully curated and hilariously hyperbolic costumes, their multifarious emotional states as even the depiction of a few bad habits (spot the nose-picker!). Subtle details throughout the painting nod to familiar Sheffield life, while capturing the humour, warmth, and small triumphs of a school nativity. McKee said he wanted the piece to reflect the city today - diverse, multicultural, and full of community spirit.
The Nativity will remain a permanent feature of the Cathedral, symbolising its ongoing commitment to creativity, inclusion, and the cityâs young people.
The festive celebrations continue around the painting. The Cathedralâs exterior will feature in Light Up Sheffield, a city-centre event with a spectacular light show by Double Take Projections, inspired by the Cathedralâs stained glass and McKeeâs artwork.
The display will run alongside the twinkling lights of the annual Christmas Tree Festival, with music from the Cathedral Choir providing a magical soundtrack. Visitors can also explore a glow-in-the-dark family trail inside the Cathedral, while a special Christmas concert on 13th December will feature new choristers from the school singing programme.
Dean Revd Canon Abigail Thompson highlighted the scale of the celebrations: âWithout doubt, itâs our most ambitious Christmas ever. What I am looking forward to most is seeing the Cathedral filled with people enjoying the space and feeling the wonder of it, the warmth and the welcomeâ
McKeeâs painting will remain in the Cathedral for years, while Light Up Sheffield will also illuminate Sheffield Central Library with his work and bring Peachzzâs Pounds Park Reverie mural to life, creating a city-wide celebration of art, music, and light this Christmas.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 1st December 2025
Echosound, champions of local upcoming artists, return to Corporation on Saturday 5th December with what promises to be another exciting night of music.
Leading the night is Scarlett Kirwan, a young songwriter whose reputation has grown quickly thanks to her clear, expressive vocals and a sound that blends modern indie-pop with more reflective, acoustic elements. Her writing leans toward honest, personal themes, delivered with a confidence that stands out this early in her career - making her a strong choice to headline.
Joining her are Orchidelia, who bring a polished, melodic take on indie-pop. Their songs pair bright instrumentation with a 60s and 70s influence, giving their set a distinctive character.
Northern Rome add an atmospheric, guitar-driven approach. Their music moves between spacious, contemplative sections and fuller, more driving passages, creating a sense of scale without drifting into excess. They strike a balance between mood and melody that gives their set real texture.
Eli Green & the Ivy's offers a more stripped-back contrast: warm jazz/soul vocals, thoughtful lyrics and slightly ethereal arrangements that leave space for the songwriting to take the lead.
Rounding out the bill are The Vales who describe themselves as a "little band" with "big heart". Their tracks focus on strong melodies and a grounded, relatable tone, making them a solid addition to the line-up.
Don't miss this excellent snapshot of our emerging local talent.
DECEMBER 2025
TOP 4
đđđđ
Your guide to the month ahead.
Check out our weekly event recommendations every Monday.
01
đ
Light Up Sheffield
On the 5thâ14th December, Sheffield transforms into a winter wonderland with Light Up Sheffield, where the Cathedral, Central Library, and Pounds Park glow with vibrant projections celebrating the cityâs creativity and character.
At Pounds Park, Peachzzâs striking mural of wildlife and waterways comes alive through animated light, while inside Sheffield Cathedral, the Glowy Quest Trail (running 5thâ13th December) invites visitors to explore the buildingâs arches and aisles. The trail features a festive mural by Pete McKee, blending his signature nostalgic Sheffield scenes with playful holiday elements, alongside a display of over 40 Christmas trees decorated by local charities.
Together, the outdoor projections and indoor trail create a magical, immersive experience thatâs part art walk, part festive adventure, and entirely Sheffield.
02
đ
NVM Festive Social
Get into the holiday spirit at the National Videogame Museumâs Festive Social on Thursday 11 December 2025. The evening combines festive fun with gaming nostalgia, featuring a videogame-themed bauble workshop, LEGO pixel-art Christmas cards, and a small makers market selling handmade gifts.
Visitors can also take on the âSuper Snowball Fight Partyâ high-score challenge and enjoy full access to the museumâs playable gallery, from retro arcades to modern indie hits. Itâs a perfect mix of crafting, gaming, and holiday cheer for families, friends, or anyone looking for a playful twist on festive celebrations.
03
đ
Festive Forties Weekend
Step back into the 1940s this December at the Festive Forties: 1940s Christmas Weekend at the National Emergency Services Museum. On Saturday 13th and Sunday 14th December, the museum comes alive with wartime charm, as costumed characters and living-history interpreters recreate life on both the frontlines and the home front. Visitors can explore vintage equipment, interact with characters, and experience the sights and sounds of Sheffield during the war.
The weekend is packed with festive cheer, including live 1940s music and dance, storytelling, craft activities, and even a retro-style Father Christmas. Families can enjoy interactive displays, themed games, vintage magic shows, and seasonal food and drink, all set against the atmospheric backdrop of the historic museum. Itâs a unique opportunity to celebrate Christmas with a nostalgic twist, blending history, fun, and festive spirit.
04
đ
Indie Christmas Shopping
Step off the beaten track this December and explore Sheffieldâs brilliant indie makers, artists and creators to buy unique presents for all the family, while supporting local.
A couple of our picks are:
Artists from All Good Stuff will have their items available to buy from Butcher Works (which will be open daily 11am-4pm until Christmas eve and at the Winter Gardens pop up shop until 14th December) for a uniquely creative gift.
The Festive Indie Market at The Steamworks on Sunday 14th December. Bursting with local creativity, the market offers handmade gifts, unique crafts, festive wreaths, baubles, and artisan treats â perfect for anyone looking for something beyond the usual high-street fare.
Visitors can also try their hand at bauble-painting, wreath-making workshops, and enjoy live music while browsing a carefully curated selection of independent makers.
Of course we also have the world famous city centre Christmas market to explore too. Keep supporting our smaller businesses this Christmas!
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 24th November 2025
Avalanche Kaito return to Sheffield on Thursday 27th November with a live show that promises to be one of the most distinctive gigs of the month. The trio blend the electrifying stage presence of multi-instrumentalist Kaito Winse with jagged guitar work and restless, experimental percussion. The result is a sound that swerves between punk energy, ritual intensity and exploratory noise, always feeling raw, urgent and completely its own thing.
Their performances are known for shifting pace and texture in an instant â one moment hypnotic and rhythmic, the next erupting into sharp, fractured bursts of sound.
The show takes place at CADS (Creative Arts Development Space); an ideal setting for something this adventurous: intimate, atmospheric and rooted in Sheffieldâs DIY art culture.
If youâre in the mood for a night that embraces risk, invention and vibrant, unpredictable energy, Avalanche Kaitoâs visit is well worth catching.
22.11.25
SCENE AND HERD ALBUM REVIEW: BLOODJOY VS (VOL 1) (HEADCHARGE + DE VINE)
By Charlotte Sometimes
Bloodjoy Vs (Vol. 1) captures the essence of Rhys Bloodjoy, Ms De Vine, and Jamie Headchargeâs 2025 Resistanz Festival. The album is a tightly focused set of ten reworked pieces taken from DOLIUM, De Vineâs lo-fi electro project YUGO, and Bloodjoyâs solo catalogue - reimagined.
Created at Sister 9 Recordings, the blend of Dark Electro, Psych/Coldwave influences, and rough-edged analogue textures gives the record a grounded identity. Instead of smoothing things out, the trio lean into the character of the original material: the tape-worn grit of the YUGO tracks, the heavier industrial undercurrent of DOLIUM, and the tension within Bloodjoyâs solo work. Each remix respects those roots while nudging them into sharper, more rhythmic territory.
What stands out is the cohesion. Even though the sources span different eras and moods, the three artists stitch everything together with a consistent sonic palette - tight beats, atmospheric synth layers, and occasional flashes of distortion that feel closer to live energy than studio polish. You can sense their Resistanz performance in the pacing: tracks rise, settle, and shift naturally, as if the album is echoing the flow of a single set rather than showcasing isolated remixes.
Nothing feels flashy for the sake of it. The psych elements add depth rather than haze, the coldwave touches create tension without gloom, and the analogue dirt provides weight without dragging the sound into pure nostalgia.
Track by Track
Celebration The album kicks off with a compelling nod to early electronica and industrial, blending retro textures with fresh, modern energy. It sets an atmospheric foundation.
Fuckers This track bursts with fast-paced Germanic electro fused with rock swagger, while clever breakbeats add welcome variation. Itâs relentless in the best way - driving yet surprisingly dynamic.
Yugo to Hell A swirl of nightmarish industrial sonics creates one of the albumâs most intense soundscapes. Itâs dark, immersive, and thrillingly unsettling.
Stesso Destruction A late-80s techno spirit fuels this wild, twisting ride, making it a chaotic but exhilarating standout. Itâs unpredictable in a way that keeps you hooked.
Luna Sex The albumâs closest brush with pop still carries a wonderfully off-kilter, video-game-gone-feral energy. Infectious yet eccentric, itâs a quirky highlight.
PVC Dark EDM pulses blend with trippy dub textures and haunting vocal wails, creating a hypnotic, immersive groove. It feels like a descent into a beautifully warped dancefloor.
Run from the Hunter A pounding tribal rhythm drives this track, giving it a primal, kinetic urgency. Itâs raw, physical, and impossible not to move to.
Whore Whore Imagine Soft Cell on fast-forward: bright, buzzing synth basslines slice through the mix with addictive precision. Itâs energetic electro-pop with a dark, playful edge.
Yugo Your Way Repetitive psychedelic drones and even morse code -like tones build tension before a John Carpenter-styled beat crashes in. The result is cinematic, suspenseful, and deeply satisfying.
I Love Fire The finale erupts in euphoric, chaotic energy. Picture an arsonist whoâs had one espresso too many shouting âI love fire / I love cocaineâ - thatâs the energy here: hysterical, combustible, and impossible not to enjoy.
Overall, Bloodjoy Vs (Vol. 1) is a solid, well-constructed record that presents three artists with complementary sensibilities working in sync.
It landed November 21st (on streaming platforms and limited vinyl/CD editions) and itâs sure to stand as both a document of their live collaboration and a considered re-examination of the music that brought them here.
Links
20.11.25
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: NUFF SCULLY @ CORPORATION 8TH NOVEMBER 2025 (SUPPORT: THE SHUTTERS)
By Mark Rezzano
Images by Zi Forgen
To say Nuff Scully are currently cutting a swathe through the Sheffield music scene would be an understatement. The four teenagersâ reputation for incendiary live shows has put them at the forefront of the local scene. This was my first glimpse of them in the flesh, and I was excited to see if the excitement was justified.
Before I get into the meat of the review, I want to give a special mention to support band The Shutters. They drew me in with their sludgy rhythms and insistent melodies, insidious hooks at every turn. I was immediately put in mind of Mudhoney, early Nirvana and Dinosaur Jr - pretty distinguished company. They concluded their set with a cover of The Libertinesâ Donât Look Back Into the Sun, a faithful rendition of an indie staple that had the crowd in raptures. Iâll definitely be following The Shuttersâ progress from here on in.
And so to the crux of the evening and the arrival of Nuff Scully onstage. What is immediately apparent is the anticipation amongst the largely teenage crowd. I could sense the fervour rippling through the room. As soon as the band bounded onstage, I could feel a reciprocal energy between crowd and band. Without standing on ceremony, they launched into their first song with a feral energy. Singer Ell Mustell is a compelling frontman, most definitely in the mould of Jello Biafra or Darby Crash. In fact, Dead Kennedys and The Germs feel like pertinent musical references.
Each song is delivered with an intense conviction that leaves you in no doubt of their passion. A visceral, chaotic energy emanates from the stage. I could hear echoes of Sham 69 - a band that, while not having the glittering reputation of the Sex Pistols or The Clash, nevertheless captured the authentic voice of inner-city kids during the first wave of the British punk movement.
More often than not, I had my eyes trained on the crowd, and not just because I was trying to avoid being knocked over. It reminded me of footage of punks at gigs in the LA hardcore scene of the late â70s and â80s, slam dancing. It was exhilarating and, at the same time, hazardous. Itâs clear that Nuff Scully have amassed a small but ardent local following. I can see that number increasing based on this eveningâs evidence - and deservedly so.
Links
đđđđđ
SHEFF HERD
IN ASSOCIATION WITH KELHAM FILM CLUB
NOVEMBER 2025
Sheff Herd is delighted to be sponsoring Kelham Film Club - a community cinema night that holds regular screenings of unique films and offers great drinks deals at its home - Alder Bar, with some screenings at other great venues across the city.
November 2025 screenings are detailed below and the link to all tickets here.
Wednesday 19th November @Merchants Cove 8pm
The first screening in the exciting collaboration between KFC and brand new events space Merchants Cove at Merchants House. The film itself is a secret screening but the poster may give you a clue...
This is a free event but you should get your ticket in advance.
Thursday 20th November @ Alder Bar 8pm (arrive early to make the most of drinks deals)
Step into the vibrant world of Cabaret (1972), Bob Fosseâs groundbreaking musical set in 1931 Berlin during the final days of the Weimar Republic. Against the backdrop of political upheaval and social change, the film immerses audiences in the dazzling yet haunting atmosphere of the Kit Kat Club, where music and performance collide with the realities of a society on the brink. Winner of eight Academy Awards, Cabaret remains a bold, stylish, and unforgettable viewing experience.
Thursday 27th November @ Alder Bar 8pm (arrive early to make the most of drinks deals)
Dive into the wild world of Cry-Baby (1990), John Watersâ cult classic that turns 1950s teen rebellion into a hilarious, high-energy musical. Set in Baltimore, the film follows a group of rockabilly misfits whose love of freedom and style clashes with the straight-laced squares of suburbia. Packed with catchy tunes, outrageous humor, and a young Johnny Depp in his breakout role, Cry-Baby is a vibrant, tongue-in-cheek celebration of youthful defiance and retro cool
18.11.25
INTERVIEW WITH OSPREY BAND
By Richard Wilkinson-Smith
Osprey are an exciting, heavy bluesy rock two-piece from the Steel City. Sheff Herd previously reviewed Osprey's "high energy, commanding and full of force" performance. This Friday 21st November, they will play a gig at The Green Room alongside Noisemakersâ Guild. We caught up with Andrew Oxley (Guitar and vocals) and Andrew Swift (drums) to talk about the band.
Hello the Two Andrews! You play The Green Room this Friday and the show is free entry. Any surprises in store for the night?
It will be a great gig! It's good playing with Noisemakers' Guild again, who are really impressive live with their alternative indie and post-punk feel, and we fit really well together and complement each other's sound so well.
We also have an up-and-coming indie band opening up called The Zebedees, from the Derbyshire border.
We have some new songs to hopefully play, too. The Green Room is a real intimate venue in the centre of the city and the energy we give off when playing live translates well there.
How would you describe Ospreyâs sound and live performance style and who are your influences?
We are a two-piece, guitar and drums. We like to experiment with expanding our sound and make it sound like there is a full band playing. One of our main influences is the early Manic Street Preachers when they were a four-piece with Richey Edwards. Their live performances were electric and totally exciting and we try to be like that when Osprey play live.
We like to do a fairly short set of 30 to 40 minutes, going from one song into the next with minimal gaps in between, and find that this grabs peopleâs attention. We both have been playing together since we were at school and are in sinc with each others musical intuition. That is why we sound really tight and well rehearsed.
You had a great night performing alongside BlackWater Lightship at their recent event at Sidney and Matilda IN . What other local acts have got your attention at recent gigs?
We have played with Screaming Teeth who are a Rotherham based rock band who we really like. Opening a gig that we played at Sidney and Matilda was a duo called Route 86 who play indie rock. A bit further afield is Noisemakersâ Guild of course. We are playing with them in Leeds at Northern Guitars on 31st January, as well as the Green Room.
Can you tell us a bit about how Osprey first came together and what inspired the band's name?
We originally started when we left school with our first band, Crowley's Dead. When that ended we still wanted to keep writing original stuff and playing live so we started this band, Osprey. There were originally four of us but the other two didn't want to carry on with it, and this is when our sound became a bit more unique really 'cause there's only us two. Name wise - we wanted a short simple one that people would remember, and ospreys are known for being unique and adaptable - which is something we also try to be!
Sheffield has such a strong musical heritage: how do you see your place within the local scene, and what does it mean to be part of that community?
Sheffield is massive now in terms of music and bands. I don't think we ever really thought about what our place is in it all - we've always just been happy to fit in wherever we can just for the buzz of playing live. Now that we're older we don't feel like we have to prove ourselves any more and that allows us to be a bit more experimental and creative.
Looking back over your experiences so far, what have been some of your standout moments and maybe a few lessons learned from the tougher ones?
Weâve been pleasantly surprised by how many venues have let us come and play - and even paid us for it! I think our best experience so far was supporting BlackWater Lightship at Sidney and Matilda, it was sold out and the crowd were really up for it so there was an amazing atmosphere.
As far as bad experiences I think we've had enough of them in the past that now everything just flows over us, I think the main lesson we've learned is to just be as sound as you can with everybody, even if you don't get it in return, that way you'll always know you did your best, even in crap situations.
Finally, what's next for Osprey?
Along with this Friday's Green Room gig, we are also hoping to have some brand new recordings very soon. We currently have our Glory EP out on all streaming platforms, so to add to it with some new material in 2026 will be great for us.
Links
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 17th November 2025
On November 22nd, Sheffieldâs favourite den of glamorous misrule is gearing up for a gloriously feral celebration at FORGE Warehouse. Their 4th birthday edition sees hosts King Confuza and Bipolar Abdul leading the charge with their signature blend of chaos, comedy and creature-feature charisma.
Expect a fiercely dressed crowd - lace, leather and latex are encouraged. The celebration also features an alt-marketplace filled with curious creations, and an atmosphere that feels part ritual, part rave, and pure imagination liberation. Itâs the kind of night where everyone is encouraged to shapeshift into their most untamed selves.
DJs Gillywoo and Kohl L8N are the soundtrack with a late set from Baby Tap will supercharge the after-party, spilling high-voltage electro over two very different rooms -one pulsing with industrial and club energy, the other grinding through goth and alt heaviness. The event continues its reputation for being both wild and welcoming, with thoughtful accessibility and a come-as-you-are ethos.
For those curious about the mischievous mythology behind it allâ donât miss our interview with producer King Confuza, where they dive into the vision and world-building behind Cryptid Queers. This isnât just a party; itâs a celebration of a queer community that continues to raise hell with heart.
17.11.25
SCENE AND HERD INTERVIEW: MEL GOURLAY DIRECTOR OF FFS FESTIVAL @SHOWROOM CINEMA
By Charlotte Sometimes
This Saturday 22nd November, Sheffield's Showroom cinema gears up for the second edition of FFS Festival (Females, Films, Screens). We caught up with its visionary director Mel Gourlay to explore what drives this movement and what to expect this weekend.
How would you describe the identity of FFStival?
FFS is a women-led, intersectional film festival that directly champions underrepresented filmmakers, providing a platform for them to showcase their talent and equipping them to become the industry leaders of tomorrow. Itâs also a loving, safe space for creatives to come and grow.
What moment or experience inspired you to create an event specifically championing women in film?
It was a slow-burning feeling and then quite a sudden epiphany that there werenât many opportunities or platforms in Sheffield for women and non-binary filmmakers to show their work, connect with other filmmakers, and meet new people. They still arenât being taken seriously, and groups and events are mostly male-dominated, like a lot of stuff I suppose. So I thought Iâd make my own event and they could come here. And they did.
When curating the programme, what qualities or themes were you looking for in the films you selected?
On the top of it, the submissions must all fit the F-Rating [a classification highlighting films directed and/or written by women, or featuring significant women on screen], but these are judged on a case-by-case basis, depending on why the submitter thinks they fit the criteria.
I look for films that make an impact, show hope or guidance, or tell the story in a harder-hitting way. I want to see stories no one has heard before or that are being told in a way that grabs you. Iâm also keen to lift up first-time filmmakers, to give them a good early-on experience so they will be inspired and encouraged to continue to grow.
What do you feel are the biggest barriers women still face in the film industry today, and how does FFStival aim to challenge or shift those dynamics?
Good old-fashioned sexism. Thatâs it. I still canât believe Iâm saying that, but itâs true. It can come in both conscious and unconscious forms, but both are equally bad, in my opinion.
I used to think it was just the âlittleâ filmmakers that had these experiences, but itâs not. Last year, Coralie Fargeat withdrew her film The Substance from Camerimage film festival due to the directorâs comments about being expected to include women filmmakers. He allegedly said he was not willing to sacrifice quality for the sake of âsuccumbing to or promoting [political or ideological trends].â
Women arenât given the same opportunities and often arenât included in the conversations. Nicole Kidman vowed to work with one female filmmaker every 18 months, and so far she has worked with 19 in the last eight years, with more projects lined up. People can come to FFS and hear these stories and allow themselves to be lifted up and have their confidence built.
Alongside the screenings, the festival has Q&As and discussions. What kind of conversations are you hoping will emerge from these sessions?
Out of last yearâs sessions came stories of creatives facing adversity and overcoming it. It was so great to see a mix of people from different backgrounds and experiences engrossed in conversation. I want people to be inspired, to go away and make their own movies or shows, or to watch more movies.
How have you built upon your experiences from the first year of the festival? Any steep learning curves?
Lots. Every day. Learning curves are scary and excitingâthough I love them. I learned that making film submissions free is a good way to get lots of submissions. Like, a crazy amount.
I very quickly learned graphic design and photography, and that if you want people to come to an event you have to actually tell them it exists (Iâm the worst salesperson on the planet, but Iâm getting better).
I learned that lots of men will send you a film and say it meets the F-Rating because there is a woman in it.
I learned not all people are supportive of intersectional feminism. That was the hardest lesson. It just made me more determined to do this again.
FFStival brings together global voices. What has surprised or excited you most about the international talent showcased this year?
Itâs amazing that people from all over the world want to come to this little event in this little city to introduce their work and meet the audience - and that people want to come from all over to see their work. I had a virtual Q&A with the wonderful director of Shanghai Girls, Luo Tong, last year. It was like 1am in Shanghai at the time and she looked amazing and was bright as a button.
This year we have another story from Shanghai, M on the Bund (again from Luo), Junks and Dolls from Iran (which has ecological themes as well as being a love story) and Pariah, a stunning coming-of-age film from the US. We also have some films from Sheffield and Iâm just so grateful that people want to be here.
Looking ahead, how do you envision FFStival evolving?
FFS is a home-grown event planned and curated in between jobs, during lunch breaks or late at night, with the help of some pretty ace people, out of necessity and love. It would be wonderful to expand it over more than one day and have an online presence too, making it more accessible. Iâd love to get to a point where Iâm able to call this a proper job. Iâm going to look back at this in years and regret saying that, arenât I? Hahaâhope so.
14.11.25
SCENE AND HERD INTERVIEW: GUITARIST GERMĂN VERGARA FROM AISLES
Written by Charlotte Sometimes
Photography by Manuela Langotsch
Chilean six-piece band Aisles have been together since the early 2000s and their sound blends soaring neo-prog melodies with fusion, world-music textures and a whole lot of emotional depth. They are truly one of South America's most important acts in the progressive scene and last night, they graced the stage of Sheffield's Corporation as part of their UK tour. We caught up with guitaist and band leader GermĂĄn Vergara...
Youâve been making music for more than twenty years. How would you describe what Aisles stands for now compared to when you first started?
I think we have a more organic and at the same time heavier sound than before. We are really focused on the song format now. We have kept something very important to us from the early days until this very moment: the feeling and ideas of a song. In other words - what we want to say with the song comes before the actual sound and, of course, this concept affects the sound later in the process. Aisles has always been about the emotion or message we want to convey with our songs and lyrics.
Your newer material leans into a heavier, more modern sound. What led you in that direction, and how do you keep that balance between trying new ideas and still sounding like Aisles?
I think we feel very free to evolve and always open to incorporating new sounds. We donât have to make any extra effort to be ourselves still though because I think in our case itâs impossible to be anything but this; we value authenticity and originality too much in Aisles.
Over the years you must have had some memorable moments - both good and bad. What have been the best and the toughest experiences for you as a band?
The best, probably when weâve played for larger audiences in festivals or when we opened for Marillion which was like a dream come true. The toughest, without any doubt, when we had to let go my brother Sebastian who was the singer at the time. It was a very sad artistic and personal loss.
Boris Seederâs arrival marked a new chapter for the band. How has he influenced the way you work together and the way the new songs have developed?
Boris is a very intuitive and melodic singer. He has such a beautiful and powerful voice. We have released 2 singles with him The Dream and Blue Skies and we recorded 9 other songs that are yet in the works - you will know about release date of a new album very soon! Weâve been working in a very collective way as a band, every one in the practice room, trying melodies, arrangements and textures.
Which artists are you currently listening to/inspired by?
Lately weâve been listening a lot to Muse, Leprous, Vola, The Weeknd and Steven Wilson.
Youâve toured in many different places. What have you enjoyed about coming to Sheffield?
The city has a great vibe! It was raining which explains why the fields are very green! There are many young people with their guitar cases and the audience was amazing - really enthusiastic about our music and we are very grateful that we were able to travel so far to promote our music.
Finally - what is next for Aisles?
We are in the post production stage of what will be our 6th studio album. We hope it will be released in May 2026 and a single before that for sure. In our UK shows, weâve been playing one of these unreleased songs. Itâs our gift to the people that are supporting us and coming to the shows.
Links
14.11.25
SCENE AND HERD GIG REVIEW: CRUZ @NETWORK (SUPPORT FROM HARRIET ROSE & SUNBEAM)
By Richard Wilkinson Smith
Print by Ellis Manson via Instagram
If there were any doubts that the North is an indie paradise, last Saturdayâs gig at Network put them to rest. The modern Britpop/noughties rock influenced incarnation of indie is often maligned as music destined for a music "landfillâ however artists like the three performing here prove that the genre is very much alive and well and, most importantly, delighting packed venues with their strong followings. Network was buzzing.
First up was Harriet Rose. Fun and charismatic, the South Yorkshireâbased singer-songwriter announced, âI am so glad to be back home,â as she flamboyantly blasted into track Bridges with her crack backing band beginning a perfectly paced support set. From Here sets an early marker with loose, funky playing from Toby Burton on keys and cutting harmonies and a solo from Harrietâs guitarist Richard Cook, whilst Blame Bret shows Harrietâs indie roots with its driving bass from Michael Anderson and Calvin Hansen on drums.
The setâs highlight is Trouble, which stirs up dust-bowl Americana with a hint of rockabilly and builds to a fantastic climax from a supremely talented band. Harrietâs country influence is on full display in the silky-smooth Good Time Honey, before the pounding indie of Empire - mixing a driving, Talking Heads-esque bassline with edgy alt-country and early-Elvis vibes - gives a taster of the heavier bands to come this evening.
SUNBEAM then hit the stage, and the Whitby-based group brought plenty of energy and charm, with singer Jimmy Organ-Simpson having fun with the crowd and delivering lively between-song banter (a particular highlight being a discount plug for his mumâs restaurant, Al Taco). Their songs? Singalong numbers and rough-and-ready ditties that donât outstay their welcome, full of tight drums courtesy of Sean Danby, crisp basslines from Alfie Green and Sean Stewart's sharp solos - first evidenced in lively opener Afterglow.
Hometown features springy acoustics from backing vocalist Nicky and a catchy chorus that was bound to get the indie-hungry, growing hordes at Network singing along, as Jimmy moves energetically with his shades on (surely itâs too dark?) Beneath the humour, though, thereâs substance, and Youâre Not Alone with its evocative lyrics âTake my hand / Let me in Iâve got a plan / Thereâs always someone waiting by the telephoneâ is a solid example of that.
The very best song of SUNBEAMâs set is saved for last, as they move into deeper territory. âWeâre all in nowâ sings Jimmy, beginning with a classic-rock-ballad feel before shifting towards Mod classics like Paul Weller or Secret Affair, without losing the Northern grit of SUNBEAMâs sound. With a local circuit gig scene arguably a little oversaturated by indie singalongs, this mixed age group, fronted by a singer who can actually sing very well, the anthemic, more serious AOR direction led by lead guitarist Sean could be one that pays dividends, especially if they want to head much further afield.
Then our headliners⊠The crowd jokingly broke into a football-chant - âWeâre only here for The Cruz!â- a reminder that this was very much a buzzing hometown show. Walking onto the stage to Sheffield legends The Human League gives a clue to the vibe of some of the new Cruz material on show tonight. But before that, their single Play The Game - which kicked off their 2025 with slick production and video - launches tonightâs show properly with acidic fire and rockets along as part of a non-stop introduction to anyone unfamiliar with their music.
Play The Game has the groove of the Arctic Monkeys aiming for a Duran Duran feel, and itâs the sound of a supremely confident Sheffield band not messing around. Singer Sam displays charismatic, moody energy and commands the Network stage as guitarist Tom throws out sharp, angular chops and drummer Ethan plays with admirable power and precision.
A driving Adam-Clayton-style bassline from Jamie elevates their second song, Take The Pressure, beyond meat-and-potatoes indie rock, and the guitars and tone belie a sly post-punk approach. Get Away then takes Britpop themes and filters them through a more measured quiet/loud structure. Whilst the aforementioned Mr A. Turner divides opinion these days, this is probably the kind of music Arctics fans genuinely want and Cruz are more than happy to plug the gap, on their own terms.
Newer songs like Amsterdam, meanwhile, drop the pace mid-set and show an 80s and New Wave influence, sitting neatly among some perfectly paced rockers, and proving that Cruz are capable of delving into the hip indie school inspired by the likes of Orange Juice.
The biggest crowd-pleasers are saved for last, though, as Hold On shows off their lyricism and Samâs vocal strength and becomes a highlight of the closing tracks - âThe colourâs fading from it all / Thereâs nothing left here anymore / But is there something different we can do?â - while the die-hard followers go home happy with the jangly indie fire of Disco Colour Beams and Life of Misery.
What a fantastic showcase Saturday was for independent Northern music and with much more to come in the spring. Harriet Rose returns with a headliner at Yellow Arch in 2026. SUNBEAM finish their tour with a sold out Leeds gig and Cruz look set to build on this momentum as theyâve just announced their full UK tour with tickets on sale today (14th November).
There is no doubt after a night like this one that the Sheffield indie-rock scene is looking very healthy indeed.
Links
10.11.25
SCENE AND HERD EVENT PREVIEW: BEAT BRAWL: THE UK'S FIRST BRACKET STYLE MUSIC TOURNAMENT
Beat Brawl is set to shake up the UK music scene with a groundbreaking new event concept that fuses the thrill of live competition with the creativity of underground music culture. And it's happening right here in Sheffield on Wednesday 26th November at Corporation.
Forget your average club night or standard gig - this is something completely new. At Beat Brawl, artists will go head-to-head in a bracketed, tournament-style showdown, battling through elimination rounds until one producer stands tall to claim the crown. Each round will be judged by a panel of industry experts, with the audienceâs energy and vibe also playing a vital role in determining who advances.
But thatâs not all - Beat Brawl is an exclusive listening experience. Every track played on the night will be unreleased, heard by the crowd for the very first time. Expect everything from emotionally charged instrumental journeys to high-energy beats built for collaboration with emerging rappers and vocalists. Itâs a night that celebrates raw talent, originality, and sonic innovation.
Backing the event are two incredible sponsors: Stay Tuned Studios and Spring Tank Studios, both offering free studio time and resources to support the next wave of UK producers and bands. Their partnership ensures that Beat Brawl isnât just a competition; itâs about building community and opportunity within the music scene.
Whether youâre a producer, performer, or music lover, Beat Brawl is the place to be.
Witness the future of UK music: live, loud, and unreleased.
Links
Tickets (or scan QR code)
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 10th November 2025
Yorkshire Artspaceâs annual Open Studios weekend returns 15thâ16th November 11am-5pm, bringing together more than 100 resident artists across two landmark Sheffield buildings for two days of open access, demonstrations and behind-the-scenes exploration.
At Persistence Works you can wander through light-filled studios where painters, ceramicists and printmakers show works in progress and explain how they use specialist facilities such as the large-format print studio and shared ceramics kilns. Over at Exchange Place, the older warehouse layout creates a very different atmosphere, with metalworkers, sculptors and furniture makers demonstrating processes that involve forging, soldering, carving and surface finishing. Many studios set up small displays of new work created specifically for the weekend.
Both sites run drop-in activities designed for families, along with scheduled demonstrations. Short exhibitions highlight selected pieces from the Artspace community, and several artists host one-off sales or offer the chance to commission bespoke work.
Entry is free with an optional ÂŁ3 donation and no booking is needed. The two venues sit within a 10-minute walk of each other and from Sheffield station, which makes it easy to take in the full circuit.
For more information about the day and the artists, click here
06.11.25
SCENE AND HERD INTERVIEW: KING CONFUZA - PRODUCER OF CRYPTID QUEERS
By Charlotte Sometimes
Image by Matt Brooks and Instagram
Following an incredible performance at this year's Celluloid Screams horror film festival in October, and ahead of their upcoming 4 Years of Hellraising event at FORGE Warehouse on 22nd November (click here for more information and tickets), we caught up with phantasmic producer King Confuza to find out everything about Cryptid Queers.
What first inspired you to create Cryptid Queers and carve out a space where drag, darkness, and the supernatural could all collide?
So, the first ever Cryptid Queers was a digital drag show over lockdown (it's still up on YouTube!) which I hosted in character as a mad scientist. I got really into the idea of paying homage to 1950s horror hosts - complete with little skits between acts where I would torture a long-suffering assistant!
When it came out into the real world in 2021, I was feeling a little frustrated with the lack of shows in Sheffield that would book someone like me, and I figured creating a space for my drag also creates space for others. I wanted to dedicate a platform purely to the art of Monsters, who are so often overlooked and under represented on drag casts; one that would welcome the experimental and encourage freedom and creativity.
How has your own drag persona developed and how does it reflect the spirit or ethos of Cryptid Queers?
It's definitely given me a safe space to be experimental and develop as a Monster; free of any pressures to conform to more mainstream drag expectations. Alt drag doesn't have a lot of rules in terms of what your aesthetic can be, really the only limit is your imagination. I've enjoyed leaning into the horror and surreal aspects of my performance art, and of course the Daddy angle... I am a thotty Prince of Hell and I love embodying that character â that sense of unapologetic chaos with a polished edge of comedy and killer style is really at the heart of Cryptid Queers.
Your shows blur the line between beauty and horror. How do you define that balance, and what draws you to that space between the glamorous and the grotesque?
I think there are so many preconceived notions of what drag is when it's spoken about in a general context and especially so many expectations of what is and isn't ok for drag artists to do. Many of us Monsters have been overlooked, passed over, or told to tone it down.
Outside of drag monster shows we are often the only king or creature on lineups where our art can go unappreciated. One of the most special things about a Cryptid crowd is that they just get it! They love what we do and they see that gore can be just as stunning as glamour, and that it's not necessarily one or the other. We don't even really need to strike a balance to be honest - that just comes naturally to us Monsters.
Each Cryptid Queers event feels like a full immersive experience - drag, DJs, alt markets, and community all wrapped together. Whatâs your approach to curating your nights?
I set out with the goal of curating what would be my ideal night out, so it was quite selfish initially â luckily for me so many people also think it's a fabulous way to spend an evening or we wouldn't have gotten very far!
We started life digitally, and then as a tiny basement show. Then one manic episode later, it was a goth club night as well as a drag monster show, which I still think is just such a killer combo! Then with a bit more of a following behind us we took it to another level at Forge Warehouse and made it an accessible event too - something which you're always limited with DIY venues and low budget nights - so by taking it to a pro venue we have managed to make it really refined and polished while still keeping that friendly alt community vibe.
Inclusivity seems to be at the heart of what you do. How do you maintain that open, welcoming atmosphere while still pushing creative boundaries and keeping things unpredictable?
I think Cryptid being disabled and neurodivergent ran makes a huge difference to the way we view inclusivity and it's importance. Accessibility is central to everything for us â from using accessible venues and having dedicated disabled seating right at the front, to adding captions to our visuals for each act and banning strobe lighting.
We have always tried our best to create a welcoming atmosphere and that's gained a gorgeous community of queers and goths who are always so passionate about the artists. This has allowed us the freedom to book acts from all over the UK, inviting new faces each time and always mixing it up in terms of what they bring to the stage so you never know what you might see. Some things such as the variety with the acts should always be a bit of a surprise, but things like accessibility should be consistent and well communicated so that the show can be enjoyed by all.
Through Camp Cryptid and your workshops, youâve built pathways for new talent. What do you hope emerging performers - your âbaby Cryptidsâ - take from those experiences?
I want them to leave feeling like theyâve found their people - a community that celebrates their weirdness and pushes them to create without limits. I hope they realise their art has value, that it deserves to be seen, and that there's real joy in sharing it.
Watching them grow in confidence, connect with their drag siblings, light up on stage, and feel proud of all their hard work when they hear that crowd going wild for them â thatâs what I hope they take from it.
As you are about to celebrate an anniversary with 4 Years of Hellraising at Forge Warehouse: what have been some of the biggest highlights or turning points so far?
Building an alt drag community in Sheffield has been the biggest highlight so far for sure. Training the next generation of Monsters and seeing them come into their own and graduate from the Camp Cryptid stage to the main stage at Cryptid Queers, and go on to produce their own shows and continue the work of building and nurturing the alt drag community has been absolutely mind blowing! It's all been incredibly special and it makes such a big difference to just four years ago when we had none of that in Sheffield.
I think a real turning point for me was when people were travelling from outside of Sheffield to come see the show, and feedback was coming back to us from all over the UK about the level of Monster excellence and the excitement for the work we do with the Camp Cryptid workshops. That's when I realised it wasn't just a local event any more it had become a real hub for Monster drag across the UK.
Tell us all about your event on the 22nd November - what can we expect and for first timers - what kind of energy or mindset should they bring?
It's going to be wild! We have a stacked cast of insanely talented Monsters including Dairy King, Manly Mannnington, and Puke. Our alt market is huge this edition with 16 traders, and as a Birthday treat we have a special live after party set from Baby Tap.
Our regular crowd are some of the friendliest and most welcoming around and they really know how to party. Forge Warehouse provides a stunning backdrop for all this weirdness along with immaculate vibes and a queer and alt safer space, it's going to blow your mind - especially if you've never seen any Monster drag, or much drag at all.
Looking ahead, where do you see Cryptid Queers going next?
Weâve just announced our 2026 dates, which for the first time includes a summer festival! This is something we are incredibly excited about as it will be a full day of Monster drag aiming to celebrate as many Monsters as we possibly can - from newbies, to titans of the drag Monster world, and maybe even the odd Supermonster. Think of it as an unofficial Monster Pride â a chaotic love letter to our community featuring workshops, DJ's, market stalls, food vendors and even a pageant!
We are applying to register as a CIC. Weâve always worked on a not-for-profit basis, but this step would let us do even more to uplift the Monster and alternative drag communities, and in a much more sustainable way. So that is really exciting.
It's also been a longstanding dream of mine to direct an indie horror movie featuring an all Monster cast highlighting a slice of drag often overlooked in media â AFAB performers in the form of Drag Kings, Things, and Creatures. So I've been writing that and hoping we can work some Cryptid magic and make it happen.
Finally - whatâs one piece of advice youâd give to someone who is interested in joining or exploring this world?
Don't wait! There's a beautiful world of weirdos out there just dying to meet you! The Monster community is one of the most vibrant and welcoming places to grow and thrive. We are bonded by our love of horror, gore, cult, surrealism, and strangeness. We are highly passionate and conceptual when it comes to our art.
We welcome new faces both in the crowd and on the stage. Cryptid Queers and other Monster events are where you can find alt community and make friends for life.
Links
04.11.25
SCENE AND HERD ALBUM REVIEW: THE LANSDOWNE YETI AND OTHER MYTHS BY NACHO STABILE
By Mark Rezzano
Recently, while listening to Jarg Armarni (one of my favourite local bands) online, I came across a new album by the bandâs bassist, Nic Bate (Nacho Stabile â main vocals and instruments), and his partner Katy Wainwright (additional vocals â credited as Katy Muz). I hadnât intended on listening to the whole album, but I quickly got swept up in its hypnotic beauty. Itâs one of those special albums that envelops you in a warm, languorous haze that you donât want to leave. Iâve played it several times now, and many of the songs are still lodged in my brain.
Recorded at Electric Plate Studios in Sheffield, these are songs of quiet fortitude, forged in the ugly-beauty of everyday life. Lives being lived just out of shot, always reaching out for the consolation of love and human connection in the face of the daily challenges we all must face. The themes of mortality and aging run through the album, confronting where life has led and what lies ahead. Daily Wrap is a great example of this: âTaken it daily / Until itâs all gone,â evoking a corridor as a metaphor for a lifetime. Sounding weary but never defeated, it perfectly encapsulates the feel of the album. Bateâs vocal tone often puts me in mind of the wonderful Bill Ryder-Jones.
Bullet Train has echoes of Spacemen 3 and Loop, invoking a narcotic fug. Thereâs a lovely shimmer to the album that at times belies the lyrical content. My Town is a case in point. Itâs a song that calls out the malevolent forces in society that threaten to divide us. My personal highlight is perhaps Credit Notes. A gorgeous, aching lead vocal melody drifts on a bed of delicate acoustic notes, while Katyâs ethereal voice elevates the song to a higher place. Their voices blend so well together. I hope they go on to record more albums together. Itâs the centrepiece of an album that will sustain me through the encroaching winter months.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK W.C. 3rd November 2025
The UKâs touring craft beer festival is back â and this time, itâs gone full festive. Join the Sheffield Craft Brew Festival Presents: A Hoppy Christmas Party on Saturday 8th November 2025 at The Steamworks.
After a completely sold-out May event, the Christmas edition is set to be bigger, better and jollier than ever. Expect five hours of full-throttle festive fun with bottomless craft beer, cider, wine, prosecco, mulled wine and soft drinks.
This yearâs lineup features some of the UKâs most exciting independent breweries, including Siren Craft Brew, Beartown Brewery, Blue Monkey Brewery, Ossett Brewery, and New Invention Brewery - plus local favourites and new names pouring more than 50 different craft drinks.
With more breweries, more street food, more seating and more music, itâs a Christmas party like no other. Some ticket types have already sold out, and the rest wonât hang around for long.
đđđđđ
Halloween Special
EVENTS OF THE WEEK 29th October - 1st November
The nights are drawing in, the pumpkins are glowing, and Sheffield is summoning a spellbinding line-up of eerie events for Halloween week. From ghost stories and horror quizzes to family raves and late-night raves, hereâs your hauntingly good preview of some of the many events happening across Steel CityâŠ
Wednesday 29th October
Start your Halloween week on a crafty note with a Pumpkin Painting Workshop at Cambridge Street Collective (10â11:30am). Perfect for families and anyone wanting to add a personal twist to their jack-oâ-lanterns.
As dusk settles, step into the shadows at The Greenhouse Sheffield inside Corporation, where Imp Wednesday opens its doors at 6pm for a special Horror film edition of the popular weekly hangout. Expect horror filmâthemed song bingo, spooky quizzes, and plenty of mischievous midweek fun.
Thursday 30th October
The thrills continue with a Halloween Family Rave (10amâ12pm) back at Cambridge Street Collective, where little monsters and grown-ups can dance it out before lunch.
As night falls, the city transforms into a carnival of the weird and wonderful. The Night Market at Steam Works (5â10pm) will brim with indie makers, artisans, street food, drinks, and live music: a perfect haunt for those who like their scares with a side of shopping.
For film lovers, Kelham Film Club at Alder screens the 1987 British horror cult classic Hellraiser at 8pm: a must-see for fans of gothic chills.
If youâre after something a little more competitive, Mini Golf Madness Halloween Special at Golf Fang offers a fiendish twist on putting practice.
Music fans can head to The Yorkshireman, where Creature Feature brings a thunderous line-up including The Voltz (featuring the drummer from Sellsword), Lyford, and Jimmy Maddon. Doors open at 8pm.
And for lovers of local lore, Strange Britain presents: Halloween Best Of Special at Leahâs Yard (7:30pm). Expect eerie tales drawn from Sheffieldâs haunted history - but hurry, only a few tickets remainâŠ
Friday 31st October â Halloween
The big night itself arrives and Sheffield goes all out.
Begin your day with some family-friendly frights: Wicked Secrets Family Event by The Writers Workshop at Sheffield Plate (age 6+), followed by Strange Britain Family Special, also at Sheffield Plate.
Over at Cambridge Street Collective, thereâs a Free Spooky Mini Disco with The Sistas (10amâ11:30am) to keep little ghouls entertained.
As the sun sets, the grown-ups take over. The Writers Workshop Halloween Party at The Lescar (ÂŁ12) promises an evening of costumes, a quiz, spoken word, and a special performance by acclaimed writer and poet Rosie Garland.
For those who prefer their scares with a soundtrack, our newest karaoke bar Cosy Joeâs unveils Nightmare on West Street (from 9pm), complete with a fancy dress competition and a ÂŁ100 bar tab for the best costume.
Kapital joins the fray with its own Halloween Party, offering cocktail specials and live DJs, while One Night at Church (Temple of Fun) invites you to don your darkest attire for their Halloween Party - doors open from 9pm. They are also offering a free screening of body horror hit The Substance on the 30th.
Over at Corporation, the legendary Corpse Fest takes over â ticket-only, with none available on the door, and fancy dress strongly encouraged. Open until 4am, this is the cityâs most notorious haunt for the undead.
Elsewhere, Gut Level hosts the Folkcore Samhaim Rave "for goblins" and Planet Zoggâs Halloween Ball at Yellow Arch (10pmâ5am) promises a cosmic collision of psytrance, techno, dub, and funk.
If retro thrills are your thing, Wicked 80s Night at OEC (ÂŁ35) offers a live 80s band, DJ, two-course meal, and arrival drink: all in neon-soaked spooky style.
Meanwhile, Alderâs Halloween Hoedown goes full Wild West with live music from Dylan Earl, cowboy karaoke, a photobooth, and a treasure hunt.
Finally, if you fancy a late night film fix - Showroom cinema is showing Exorcist III at 11pm.
Saturday 1st November
The celebrations linger beyond Halloween night with the Abbeydale Ballroom Halloweekend, featuring DJs, themed cocktails, and shots from 9pmâ3am (also running on the 31st).
Daytime sees the Bolehills Halloween Jam (11amâ4pm) - a community favourite with prizes, costumes, and pizza (ÂŁ5). The fun continues at the Dryad Works after-party (18+) with Bosun Sound keeping the beats alive into the early hours.
Back underground, Gut Level hosts Scream Screen, an atmospheric night of horror films to round off a truly spine-tingling week in Sheffield.
This Halloween, whether you crave ghost stories, wild parties, or eerie art, Sheffieldâs got a fright for every soul. Gather your coven, light the lanterns, and prepare for three nights (and days) of pure haunted magic across the Steel City.
Check out the listed venue websites and social media accounts for the most up to date information.
NOVEMBER 2025
TOP 4
đđđđ
Your guide to the month ahead.
Check out our weekly event recommendations every Monday.
01
đ
The Sheffield Print Fair
The Sheffield Print Fair takes place on Saturday 8th November at the Millennium Gallery from 10am-4:30pm. Itâs now in its twelfth year and will host more than forty stalls featuring artists, print studios and collectives from across the region.
The mix includes screen printing, linocut, etching, wood engraving and risograph work, with live demonstrations and a raffle running through the day alongside a kids' print workshop.
Entry is free (with suggested donation of ÂŁ5), the atmosphere is informal and most pieces are priced accessibly, making it one of the best places in the city to buy or browse new art. The first 50 people through the door will receive a free tote bag.
02
đ
SonicBuzz Festival
On 15th November, Sheffieldâs underground music scene gets a serious jolt as SonicBuzz Festival returns for one night only. Record Junkee will host a fierce mix of darkwave, gothic rock, post-punk and experimental electronica, creating an atmosphere that promises both grit and spectacle.
The bill features Venus Fly Trap, veterans of the alternative scene whose shadow-soaked riffs and sci-fi-tinged energy have kept them vital since the mid-80s. Another legendary 80s group Attrition follow with their haunting blend of synth, ambience and post-punk edge, a project that helped define the darker corners of British electronic music. Nottingham's Chaos Bleak bring their stormy gothic sound, heavy with distortion and drama, while Shallow Halo add a sleek, modern layer of melancholy with a blend of goth and indie style. Rounding off the night, Ro Eggleston delivers a theatrical solo performance, mixing expressive vocals with cinematic synth textures. For tickets, click here
03
đ
Sheffield Adventure Film Festival Screenings
Step into a unique experience on 14th - 15th November at the extraordinary venue of Sheffield Cathedral, as the Sheffield Adventure Film Festival (ShAFF) presents a two night 'Spirit of Adventure' celebration of exploration, film and live music.
The event brings together a captivating selection of top-tier adventure filmsâfrom local gems like The Trail Camera and In It To Wing It to international releases interwoven with sweeping choral performances, pizza, drinks and the buzz of a winter-kickoff snow show.
Expect four film sessions (two each evening), activity stalls and DJ sets through the weekend.
Whether youâre drawn by the splendour of wild locations or the stories of unexpected adventurers, this is a chance to gather, be inspired and embrace the spirit of pursuit and discovery in the heart of the city.
04
đ
Sheffield Transformed Festival
At the end of the month, Sheffield Transformed Festival returns from Friday 28th to Sunday 30th November, centred on SADACCA on the Wicker with additional sessions at Sheffield Flourish and Raccoon Studios. The programme combines talks, workshops, film screenings and live music under the theme âBuilding from the Ground Up.â Daytime tickets are sold on a sliding scale from ÂŁ0 to ÂŁ20 to be as accessible as possible, and the Saturday-night party has separate tickets priced ÂŁ5 to ÂŁ12. The event has become a fixture for people interested in culture and politics on a community scale, with a strong mix of local organisers, artists and campaigners. Check out the full line up here
29.10.25
SCENE AND HERD RETROSPECTIVE: CELLULOID SCREAMS @ SHOWROOM CINEMA
By Paul Craven
Celluloid Screams Weekend at Showroom Cinema is a celebration of all things horror, cult, and alternative. Now in its 17th edition, this yearâs opening night (sadly the only night we were able to attend) featured two hilarious zombie movies alongside a brilliantly staged Halloween-themed drag show and it really delivered.
Before the events began, we settled onto the comfy sofas in the cafe to escape the autumnal chill outside. Food and drinks wise - Showroom cafe always delivers. We had chilli and cheese jackets with fresh salad but there were also some specials. There were also a few specially themed cocktails on offer - including one named after the audience voted feature film bronze award Head Like a Hole (Dir. Stefan MacDonald-Labelle). The cocktails looked a little too scary to sample, so we opted instead for the excellent horror-themed beers brewed by Triple Point Brewery.
The festival was introduced by the festival director Robert Nevitt and director of short film programming Polly Ives and Rob's wife who all spoke with such love and passion for the festival and the power of connection it fosters. The audience truly was a real community of like-minded people and it was wonderful sitting amongst such a friendly and inclusive group of people.
Kicking off the weekend's programme was the outrageous zombie comedy Queens of the Dead, introduced by a special video message from director Tina Romero, daughter of the late, legendary George A. Romero (Night of the Living Dead; Dawn of the Dead). She said she was honoured to continue the genre her father helped make famous with her debut feature. Set around a heaving nightclub drag event, the film is packed with hilarious characters, bizarrely inventive deaths, and a razor-sharp parody of modern social media culture. Where George Romeroâs zombies shambled through shopping malls, Tinaâs stumble through the self-absorbed, âinfluencerâ online world of the 21st century.
After a short break and chance to browse the Arrow collection table outside and pick up another beverage, next came the Live Drag Monster Show from Sheffieldâs own âlocal legendsâ and drag performance school â Cryptid Queers. What a riot of fun it was! Highlights included a gorgeous homage to Dracula performed to the epic sounds of Annie Lennox by leader and compere King Confuza ("but you can call me Vladdy!") a witchy tribute to Fairuza Balkâs character in The Craft by stage manager Terra Belle (interestingly, the real Miss Balk (at 8 years old) herself appearing the following morning in Return to Oz, the only directorial outing by Apocalypse Now's sound designer Walter Murch); a wild three-person routine exploring the blurred line between desire and revulsion by Folkme Arder, Simple Slimon and Freddie Finn; and a brilliant, clowning tribute to Terrifier by Digustay. The nightâs showstopper, however, came from Jada Love whose poetic, balletic number set to the haunting music from Silent Hill had the crowd spellbound. All the performers were incredible and Sheff Herd will be featuring more about this fantastic group soon...
Next up after a quick drinks break was Dan O'Bannon's (Alien; Dark Star) Return of the Living Dead, and what a treat it was to revisit. Itâs been a few years since Iâd last seen this riotous horror-sci-fi gem, and Iâd almost forgotten just how deliriously entertaining it is. Sick and twisted in all the best ways, it delivers outstanding SFX, gore, nudity, a killer punk and metal soundtrack, and some of the best zombie set pieces of the 1980s. The whole cast is brilliantly theatrical and tongue-in-cheek â and if you missed this screening, do yourself a favour this Halloween: grab some popcorn, crank up the volume, and enjoy this spooky, anarchic cult classic. Brains not included...
This concluded the first night and we left feeling devastated that we couldn't make more of the weekend (next year - we will be there!). However, for those cult film die-hards who stayed, there were some real deep cuts: lush 4K restorations of Tales from the Crypt (1972), directed by UK legend Freddie Francis, from an era when horror was single-handedly propping up the British film industry (alongside the likes of Confessions of a Window Cleaner, of course - "oo-er, missus!"). There was also a 4K restoration of Martyrs (2008), a brutal and brilliant debut from French director Pascal Laugier, later known for Incident in a Ghostland and The Tall Man starring Jessica Biel. And alongside Queens of the Dead, the festival had more UK premieres than ever before, including Alex Ullom's It Ends (winner of the audience Silver Award) and Sean Cisterna's Silver Screamers (winner of the audience Gold Award).
Short film lovers were well served too, with ambitious entries such as the truly horrifying story of a lady who suddenly finds herself paralysed with an unwelcome visitor in The Woman in the Bed (Dir. Victor Mellors). Fans of future cult classics were also catered for, including Mother of Flies, a recent winner at Fantasia Fest thatâs currently making waves in the pages of Fangoria. It was a real coup for Celluloid Screams to host filmmakers John and Lulu Adams for a lively post-screening Q&A.
Altogether, the weekend pointed, with a bony, skeletal finger, to what was yet another brilliantly curated three-day festival from Rob, Polly and the team - full of tender, loving scares. Roll on next year!
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 20th October 2025
On Saturday 25th October 2025, Factory Floor on Burton Street will come alive for a high-energy fundraiser in support of the forthcoming Kelham Jazz Festival, presented in collaboration with Footprints Jazz. From 7:30 pm until late, expect a night packed with incredible live music, infectious rhythms, and the unbeatable sense of community that defines Sheffieldâs music scene.
The evening includes the exciting debut of Yarni Ensemble, featuring Yarni, Frank Von, Nathaniel Short, Lee England, Louie Barclay and James Atashroo.
Theyâll be joined by Kiziah & The Kings, whose infectious blend of reggae, funk, soul, ska and R&B grooves has made them a standout on the local scene. Rounding off the night, Nonna Fab will provide a DJ set, keeping the energy flowing and the dancefloor moving until late.
Profits from the night will help support the launch of the Kelham Jazz Festival: a one-day, thirteen-venue celebration of music, movement and community in Sheffieldâs iconic Kelham Island district. The fundraiser aims to give the festival the momentum it needs to become a key part of the cityâs cultural calendar.
This isnât just another gig: itâs a chance to help shape something new and exciting for Sheffieldâs music community.
17.10.25
SCENE AND HERD DEBUT SINGLE REVIEW: CAN'T GET YOU OUT MY MIND BY SONS OF THE CITY
Written by Richard Wilkinson-Smith
Formed by three members of Section 60, Sons of the City are an exciting new Sheffield indie band. Their debut single, Can't Get You Out My Mind, recorded at Tesla Studios in Heeley, is a bright, punchy three minutes and twenty-one seconds: fittingly brief for a song built around simplicity and clarity.
The opener of their upcoming album, Canât Get You Out My Mind combines the hook-laden drive of early R.E.M. with the sleek energy of The Vaccines. âDonât lose your faith, itâs been such a long time / Sometimes hope is all you need to get across the line,â sings vocalist Chris as the track bursts into full gear.
The instrumental work from Addy and Smitt (Guitars), Nobby (bass) and Dan (drums) is strong and jangly, and with Britpop nostalgia back in the air, the timing of this track couldnât be better for Sons of the City. Lyrics like âThis time things are getting better / Well that remains to be seenâ reveal an optimism tinged with heartbreak, while the sweet backing vocals and shimmering guitars lend a dreamlike, bittersweet glow.
Perfect for a fast country drive, scattering autumn leaves in the rearview, the song never pauses for breath. The sharp solo dives straight back into the chorus, where counterpoint harmonies push toward a rousing finale.
This first single shows Sons of the City are making tender, honest music - no matter how loud they crank their Marshalls, the heart cuts through the noise.
After selling out Guitar Shack for their hometown showcase this summer, the band looks ahead to their next chapter.
Their forthcoming 12 track album The Glue That Holds Us Together promises âlush textures, cinematic warmth, and emotional intensity", with a launch gig at Sidney & Matilda on January 31st 2026 set to kick off whatâs sure to be an exciting new year. This is certainly a band to watch out for.
Links
Can't Get You Out My Head is available to stream from 17th October
đđđđđ
SHEFF HERD
FILM OF THE WEEK
IN ASSOCIATION WITH KELHAM FILM CLUB
W.C. 12th OCTOBER 2025
Sheff Herd is delighted to be sponsoring the fantastic Kelham Film Club - a community cinema night that holds weekly screenings of unique films, with great drinks deals in the welcoming Alder Bar. Each week, we will keep you updated with the events and screenings on offer.
Sunday 19th October @7:30pm (arrive early to make the most of the drinks deals!)
El Año y La Viña (English title: The Year and the Vineyard) is the next film, screened as part of Kelham Island Film Club's ongoing collaboration with the Sheffield Spanish Intercambio group celebrating Spanish Language cinema.
This film is about a Sicilian member of the international Brigades during the Spanish civil war on his way to the front in Guadalajara. He falls through a hole in time onto present day Spain in a small village in the Province of Salamanca, where he befriends the village teacher, has to deal with being confused with an angel, an over enthusiastic priest and the choice of staying in a time where he does not belong or going back to the horrors of war and the woman he loves.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 13th October 2025
The Steel City Beer and Cider Festival is back at Kelham Island Museum from 15thâ18th October, bringing one of Sheffieldâs most-loved traditions to life again. Now in its 49th year, the festival transforms the museumâs cobbled courtyards and industrial halls into a buzzing showcase of brewing talent from across the country. It is entirely run by volunteers from the local CAMRA branch, who pour pints, guide visitors through the beer lists, and keep the atmosphere relaxed and friendly.
This yearâs line-up features more than 200 cask ales, alongside 70-plus KeyKeg beers and a wide range of ciders, perries and meads. The festival layout spreads across several characterful spaces: the Upper Hall with its rows of handpulls, the riverside marquee, a dedicated keg bar in the Stone Garden, and the Millowners Arms pub, which stays open throughout for a quieter sit-down pint. Each area has its own feel with the River Don Engine roaring into life for demonstrations during the day.
Food is part of the fun, too, with stalls serving everything from bratwurst and Caribbean wraps to wood-fired pizza and sweet crepes. Evening sessions often feature live music ranging from brass and blues to rock and soul, giving the place the feel of a city-wide party packed into one corner of Kelham Island.
Admission is pay-on-the-door, with free entry on Wednesday evening. Youâll need a ÂŁ3 festival glass and a few tokens to get started. Tastings and brewery talks add an extra layer for anyone wanting to learn more about how Sheffield earned its reputation as one of Britainâs best beer cities. Cheers!
08.10.25
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: KATIE SPENCER (SUPPORT FROM WATKIN SHARKEY & CHRIS POWELL) @ CAFE #9
Gig photography and words by Chris @kit_35mm_film
Over the last few months, the name Iâve heard most often cited by musicians as their inspiration is Katie Spencer. Iona Lane, for example, names her as a key influence, and together they run a songwriting retreat in Scotland [scroll down to find my interview with Iona Lane].
I was lucky enough to get a ticket to Katieâs sold-out gig at the beautiful CafĂ© #9 in Nether Edge, Sheffield. When I arrived just minutes after the doors opened, the venue was already three-quarters full and I had to find a seat quickly. Katie was there on the left side of the room, seated behind the piano.
Watkin Sharkey, a solo musician from Norfolk, opened the evening, joined by harmonica player Chris Powell. It was my first time hearing Watkin perform, and what struck me immediately was his rich baritone voice. His opening song, a wonderful blend of acoustic guitar and harmonica, and another later in the set both had shades of Noel Gallagher.
Watkin introduced each song with a short story. One, about his longing to have a dog, was especially charming and memorable. For a young artist, he came across as confident and seasoned. Another song came with the story of his decision to pursue a career in music, inspired by one person who believed in him from the beginning.
During the set, he explained how he started out writing rock songs, but after a back injury discovered folk music; crediting Katie Spencer as a major influence. His music hasnât been released yet, but itâs something heâs working on and will definitely be worth hearing when it is.
Next up was the headliner, Katie Spencer, dressed smartly in a suit and opening with the title track from her new album What Is Love, released on 3rd October. Itâs one of those songs I never tire of: whatever your mood, it always feels right. She followed with Come Back and Find Me, the first single from the new record. Itâs easy to see why Katie is held in such high regard by her peers: sheâs a gifted songwriter, singer, and musician.
She played more tracks from the new album, including It Was Then That I Knew Love a a song reflecting on her upbringing - and Goodbye. She also revisited older material such as Hello Sun from her album Milky White. Proudly from Hull, Katie switched between guitars throughout the set. One in particular stood out: a stunning chestnut acoustic made by Tom Sands from 5,000-year-old wood, clearly an instrument she treasures.
One song was inspired by her tours of Canada and Australia, moving from âa mountain of snow to a wall of sun.â She also played a chunky Gibson semi-hollow that produced a clear, powerful sound, and used a small collection of pedals to add a beautiful, atmospheric layer to the closing songs.
Her set was a joy from start to finish, and itâs easy to see why she inspires so many. I took the chance to pick up a copy of her songbook before leaving. Katie is currently midway through her tour of England. If you get the chance to see her live, I highly recommend grabbing a ticket.
Links
Katie Spencer Instagram
Bandcamp Music | Katie Spencer
Tom Watkin Sharkey
Tom Sands Guitars
05.10.25
SCENE AND HERD RETROSPECTIVE: SPIRIT OF INDEPENDENCE 2025 FILM FESTIVAL @ THE LIGHT CINEMA
Written by Charlotte Sometimes
Photography by Jagraj Singh
On the 26th September, the Spirit of Independence Festival returned to a new location in Sheffield - The Light Cinema. The festival showcased an inspiring mix of films from across the spectrum: from seasoned professionals to student filmmakers taking their first steps into the industry.
Curated and hosted by co-directors Dave Holloway and Ben Wilkinson, and short film festival programmer Thomas Webster, the weekend offered an incredible blend of screenings, discussions, and networking opportunities that truly embodied the festivalâs ethos: supporting and uplifting independent voices in all areas of the film industry. Sheff Herd was delighted to attend the whole weekend and here are our reflections on the highlights.
Friday 26th September
Throughout the weekend, each feature film was paired with a supporting short â a great way to showcase the range of talent in independent filmmaking.
The first was Woman in the Bed (Dir. Victor Mellors), a chilling, beautifully acted and unsettling piece about a paralysed elderly woman who senses a presence in her room.
Next came Scratch (Dir. Shay Kuehlmann and Kate Roxburgh), following a man whose obsession with a strange noise in his attic slowly unravels his sanity.
The festival feature films kicked off in style pairing a nostalgic screening of John Carpenterâs The Fog prefaced by the UK premiere of Australian horror Nightfall: A Paranormal Investigation (Dir. Myles McEwen & Ripley Stevens) The latter proved to be a real crowd-pleaser: an atmospheric and tightly paced horror that delivered on both tension and technical craft. The sound design in particular stood out, enveloping the audience in eerie whispers and sudden jolts, while the filmâs practical effects and confident direction made it a memorable opener. The scares were plentiful, but so too was the sense of fun: a perfect tone-setter for the weekend ahead.
Saturday 27th September
Saturday brought the heart of the festival into focus, with much of the day dedicated to short film showcases. Across several categories, audiences were treated to an eclectic mix of genres and styles. Each screening block highlighted the diversity and innovation thriving within the independent scene, with filmmakers in attendance to discuss their creative processes and challenges. Sheff Herd has mentioned some of our favourites below but all of these films were very worthy of their place at the festival.
Youthful Spirit celebrated filmmakers at the very start of their journeys from schools, colleges and universities across the region, bursting with experimentation and raw creativity.
Sheff Herd Picks: University of Hull's The Courage to Stand Up - a documentary about the world of stand up comedy and University of Sheffield's Worm Food - an amusing dialogue rich comedy about trying to make a film.
Rising Spirit highlighted those developing their voice and craft with resourcefulness and resilience.
Sheff Herd Picks: Got Guts (Dir. Georgia Leigh-Taylor) - a funny, brutally true comedy about the perils of IBS and When You Left Me (Dir. Jevan Chowdhury) - a devastating look at the pressures of parenting with an incredible performance from the leads.
Independent Spirit focused on established filmmakers pushing the boundaries of low-budget storytelling.
Sheff Herd Picks: Wool Coat (Dir. Megan Smith) - a superbly acted story of two young girls who enjoy a final carefree day on the family farm after suffering a bereavement.
Northern Spirit shone a spotlight on local talent, offering a proud glimpse of the creativity thriving across Sheffield and the wider region. This was the category that organisers opened up to local aspiring programmers - truly showing their support for all areas of the independent film industry.
Sheff Herd Picks: Do You Want To? (Dir. Andy Berriman) - an amusing portrayal of a couple navigating a bed time attempt to communicate their desires, with truly excellent performances from local actors William Wynn Davies and Ross Cawton (pictured - who was also delightful to spend time with in the audience!). Holding onto Home (Dir. Arash Sedighi) - a story from a Refugee child's perspective about adjusting to a new country.
That evening we were treated to a double bill of feature films, each supported by a short. We began with Bag Ladies, a sharply observed short from Harry Syed thatâs pure joy for fashion enthusiasts. Stylish and witty, it explores image culture with both affection and satire.
The first feature of the night was Nicholas Winterâs The Quiet Ones: a sleek, unsettling drama that fuses psychological tension with biting social commentary. When Charlotte inherits her late fatherâs lavish home - and his crippling debts - she turns to her new friend Danni for help. Together, they devise an online paywall, recruiting ambitious young influencers to create provocative content for paying subscribers. But their plan quickly spirals out of control, blurring the lines between performance, exploitation, and survival. Winter crafts a haunting portrait of desperation in the age of digital hustle: subversive, stylish and quietly devastating.
Next was Undeletable (Dir. Benjamin & Christopher Blaine) - a powerfully performed short piece about the processing of family drama after a death.
Then came one of the weekendâs undisputed highlights: Ciaran Lyonsâ Tummy Monster. The film follows Tales, a self-absorbed tattoo artist living in his studio. When he gets a late-night booking from a mysterious client, he discovers his customer is none other than world-famous musician Tummy. Tales becomes obsessed with getting a selfie to boost his status but when Tummy refuses, a bizarre and increasingly dangerous power struggle begins to unfold. What starts as a dark comedy quickly mutates into something far stranger and more disturbing, pushing both characters - and the audience - into uncomfortable territory. This is a must-see: a visceral, genre-defying work that perfectly embodies the spirit of independence the festival celebrates.
Lyons described Tummy Monster as a film people either âlove or hate,â but its brilliance is that it provokes both reactions at once. It is bold, unpredictable, and impossible to forget â a wild collision of ego, fame, and obsession that lingers long after the credits roll. Despite the filmâs raw energy, Lyons was strikingly humble during the Q&A, even as audience members buzzed with excitement. And rightly so â in the days since, Tummy Monster has earned a Scottish BAFTA nomination, solidifying its place as one of the yearâs most original independent films.
Sunday 28th September
Sunday began on a quietly emotional note with In Another Life (dir. Aaran McKenzie) - a beautifully shot short capturing the final conversation between a couple as they part ways. Both leads delivered deeply affecting performances, and the filmâs raw honesty about love, loss, and letting go struck a chord with the audience.
The feature it accompanied, All This Time (Dir.Rob Worsey), carried that emotional weight into an entirely different register. Trapped inside a gothic mansion and caught in an endless time loop, Grace must uncover the secrets of the house and its mysterious owner if sheâs to find a way back to her normal life â and her young child. Imagine Wuthering Heights colliding with Groundhog Day and youâll have a sense of its tone: haunting, romantic, and disorienting in all the right ways.
Later, the Emerging Spirit shorts category showcased another burst of fresh, inventive filmmaking. It featured the premiere of Lone (Dir. Emma-Jane Heaton), a tense, atmospheric story about a man seeking solitude in the countryside, only to find himself at the mercy of a mysterious woman and something far more menacing... This was a powerful piece developed from a competition winning script.
Next came Isabella Percivalâs Phone a Friend, a sharply written dark comedy about a woman enlisting her sisterâs help to clean up a rather awkward âmessâ - with hilariously grim results.
The programme rounded off with Magpie, an improvised, locally shot gem directed by Frankie Currie and Terri Silver; a funny and gritty film and a fitting showcase for Sheffieldâs homegrown talent.
Next up was the psychological short horror Lennox-Friedkin Tape #4 (dir. Matt Benson) â a chilling found-footage-style film that dares to ask what you might see in the moments before you die.
In a change of tone, following this was the documentary Video Dreams: A VHS Massacre Story - a fascinating and affectionate look at the world of independent filmmaking. Both nostalgic and insightful, it offered a fitting âpeek behind the curtainâ at the passion, struggle, and creativity that keep the indie film scene alive.
Mid afternoon brought the world premiere of Pete Hirstâs Fall to the Top - a lively British gangster film thatâs already been attracting attention, not least for its unexpected casting of childrenâs TV icon Paul Chuckle. Though his screen time was brief, Chuckleâs turn as âThe Jackalâ brought a burst of charisma and wit that the audience clearly loved (especially as he kindly met his audience and posed for photographs afterwards) . The screening played to a packed house, and the filmâs rough-edged energy and unapologetically independent spirit fit perfectly within the festivalâs ethos - a testament to the creative freedom that defines grassroots British cinema.
That evening the Spirit of Independence awards ceremony kicked off: a genuinely heartwarming celebration of the talent on display throughout the weekend. It was wonderful to see filmmakers, actors, and crews receiving the recognition they so clearly deserved, complete with superbly crafted film reel trophies that perfectly captured the festivalâs spirit of creativity and passion.
Winners of the Spirit of Independence Awards
Youthful Spirit - University of Sheffield
Rising Spirit - In Another Life
Independent Spirit - Wool Coat
Northern Spirit - Stella
Feature Film - Tummy Monster
Bester performance in a short film - Beth Bradfield Marionette
Best performance in a feature film - Lorn Macdonald Tummy Monster
The final film of the weekend, Redux Redux (dir. Kevin and Matthew McManus), provided a stunning close to the festival. The 2025 sci-fi thriller follows a woman, played by Michaela McManus, who obsessively and repeatedly kills her daughterâs murderer across parallel universes. Stylish, gripping, and emotionally charged, it was a brilliant ending to a weekend that celebrated bold ideas and fearless independent storytelling.
Overall, the atmosphere was buzzing throughout the weekend, as attendees moved between screenings, Q&As, networking (with the amazing pizza from The Light!) and informal chats in the cinema foyer, all united by a shared passion for storytelling.
Huge praise must go to the Light Venue and their staff and to the festival organisers - especially Dave, Ben and Thomas, whose passion and dedication make the Spirit of Independence festival such a vital platform for emerging voices - true ambassadors for independent film. And a special mention to photographer Jagraj Singh, whose wonderful images throughout the weekend perfectly captured the essence, energy, and emotion of the event.
This festival continues to celebrate creativity, community, and the fearless spirit of independent filmmaking. Roll on 2026!
For more information about any of the films at the festival, visit the links below:
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 6th October 2025
Welsh harpist, composer and sound-experimenter Cerys Hafana brings her mesmerising blend of tradition and innovation to Sheffieldâs Firth Hall on Saturday 11th October.
Renowned for her daring approach to the Welsh triple harp, Hafana reimagines folk material through an experimental lens: blending archival songs, found sounds and electronics with delicate instrumental craft.
Her latest album, Angel, pushes the boundary between tradition and innovation further. Sung largely in Welsh, itâs a haunting exploration of memory, landscape and language.
Expect an evening of shifting moods: ghostly melodies emerging from silence, fragments of folk songs reimagined through modern sound design, and Hafanaâs earthy voice carrying stories that feel both ancient and new.
Firth Hallâs warm acoustic setting makes it an ideal space for this night of intimate, experimental music.
đđđđđ
SHEFF HERD
FILMS OF THE WEEK
IN ASSOCIATION WITH KELHAM FILM CLUB
W.C. 29th SEPTEMBER
Sheff Herd is delighted to be sponsoring the fantastic Kelham Film Club - a community cinema night that holds weekly screenings of unique films, with great drinks deals in the welcoming Alder Bar. Each week, we will keep you updated with the events and screenings on offer.
Thursday 2nd October @8pm (arrive early to make the most of the drinks deals!)
Kicking off the final quarter, a film in celebration of Black History Month. Babylon is a 1980 British drama directed by Franco Rosso. It is an incendiary portrait of racial tension and police Brutality set in Brixton, London. The film is partly based on Bovellâs false imprisonment for running a Jamaican sound system, Suffererâs Hi Fi, in the mid-1970s.
Babylon was filmed on the streets of Deptord and Brixton in London. The story centres on sound system culture and hones in on themes of police brutality, racism, poverty, and disillusionment with lack of opportunities.
Sunday 5th October @7pm (arrive early to make the most of the drinks deals)
The Sheffield DIY Filmmakers have teamed up with KFC to bring you a series of Nostalgic 3D movies from the 2000s.
Spy Kids 3-D: Game Over is a spy action comedy film co-produced, written, shot, edited, composed, and directed by Robert Rodriguez. It is the sequel to Spy Kids 2: The Island of Lost Dreams (2002) and the third instalment in the Spy Kids film series.
It premiered at the Paramount Theatre in Austin, Texas on July 13, 2003, and was released in the United States on July 25, by Dimension Films. Despite mixed reviews from critics, the film grossed over $197 million worldwide against a production budget of $38 million, becoming the highest-grossing film in the series.
3D glasses will be provided.
03.10.25
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW - ZOPP, NEEDLEPOINT & GURANFOE @ NETWORK 3
Gig photography and words by Chris @kit_35mm_film
This promised to be a special night for progressive rock: a fusion of styles, approaches and influences under one roof. On the bill were three bands offering different strands of the genre. Headlining were Needlepoint, a well-established jazz-rock band formed in 2010 and travelling all the way from Norway. ZOPP, predominantly based in Nottingham, ventured to Sheffield for the first time, having already won acclaim for their two albums ZOPP and Dominion. Completing the line-up were Guranfoe from Norwich, another band with two albums to their name (Sum of Erda and Gumbo). On this occasion, circumstances meant the set would be performed by one member of the band alongside a close friend, making for a distinctive and intimate performance.
By the time I reached Matilda Way in the damp autumn evening, a lengthy queue had formed outside the venue. The triple bill had clearly attracted interest.
Inside, the layout was simple: merchandise and seating to the left, more seating along the right wall, and at the back, the brightly lit stage where ZOPP were sound-checking. What immediately struck me was the sheer amount of equipment on stage; this was clearly not going to be a straightforward set-up. The room was already filling, and it was obvious that the audience were dedicated fans. People hadnât come for just one act; they were here to experience all three.
Guranfoe opened the night with an engaging and technically impressive performance. The two guitarists traded lead parts in free-flowing style, demonstrating not just technical ability but an intuitive understanding of each otherâs playing. Their set was captivating, and the audience responded warmly.
ZOPP followed, performing as a full five-piece: singer and keyboard player Ryan Stevenson (check out our recent interview with him below), a drummer, saxophonist, guitarist, and a bassist wielding a headless six-string. They began with âIntuition Made It,â a track also performed at Festival Crescendo in 2024, gradually building as each member joined in. Before The Light from their self-titled debut came next, followed by You from Dominion, one of their signature tracks. Uppmarksamhet and the expansive Endless Decress/Living Man a fifteen-minute piece, rounded out the set to great effect. The audience were deeply absorbed: some dancing, others with eyes closed, simply taking it in.
Finally came Needlepoint. With Bjorn on vocals and guitar, Erland on electric piano, Nikolai on bass and Ola on drums, their set-up required another significant reshuffle on stage. Watching the equipment being moved in and out gave me a new appreciation for the physical side of touring musicianship.
When the Norwegian quartet began, their mix of jazz-rock and psychedelic pop quickly won over the crowd. Among the audience were Norwegians who had come specifically to support them, adding to the celebratory feel. Their set featured songs from their album Remnants of Light, delivered with energy and flair.
By the end of the evening, it was clear that this was more than just three gigs in succession. It was a showcase of the breadth of prog rock today: from free-form guitar interplay to expansive, psychedelic jazz compositions. The atmosphere was consistently positive, and the performances left a strong impression. With nights like this, one can only hope Sheffield continues to welcome more prog rock to its stages.
Links
03.10.25
SCENE AND HERD INTERVIEW AND REVIEW: INTERVIEW WITH ZOPP
By Chris @kit_35mm_film
Image taken from Zopp's social media
Ahead of their Sheffield gig on 27th September (review to follow), we caught up with Ryan from Nottinghamshire band Zopp to tell us more about this up and coming Prog Rock band.
Ryan - can you tell us about ZOPP and what your musical influences are?
The ZOPP project is based on 70s progressive rock in England. I am a huge fan of American composer in rock, classical, jazz music - Frank Zappa, who died in 1993. The bandâs music is rooted in the 70s and we try to give it a modern psychedelic feel. I got into prog rock in my teenage years as I was going through my dadâs records and I fell in love with the 70s. I do think that music chooses you, and prog rock chose me, and this left-field music resonates with me.
Tell us more about the band name ZOPP â where did it come from?
In Nottingham, I used to go to a record store called FOPP all the time. It went away for many years but then it came back. I used to buy CDs all the time, including Frank Zappa who I mentioned at the start, so I just changed the âFâ to a âZâ! I like names that are abstract, where you cannot attach anything to it.
You have been busy playing at festivals in Grimsthorpe, Derbyshire and London: how did they go?
Yes, we played London for the first time on Sunday and that was fantastic â we received very positive reviews. It was a little odd driving three hours to get there, lifting heavy gear, and having a rushed set-up just to play a short gig, but it was really good. We also played in Portugal in May which was an amazing experience.
Have you played in Sheffield before this gig [was on 27th September - interview conducted prior to performance]?
This will be our first time playing in Sheffield, so we are really excited about that. I like Sheffield and I have been there often visiting friends but I have never performed there. The night should be really good as all three bands are a form of progressive rock. Needlepoint, who are from Norway, will be headlining. Guranfoe, who are from Norwich, 1 or 2 of their members will be playing an acoustic set, so we feel it is an important night for prog rock and we will play an hour each.
After Sheffield, what other events do you have coming up?
After Sheffield, we are supporting Giant Walker, a modern progressive metal band, in Nottingham on 4th October at The Chapel, and then we play Nottingham again at Hockley Hustle on 19th October. Next year we play a festival in the West Midlands, Stourport, called Fusion â thatâs all we have booked for now.
Looking at Bandcamp and one thing that stands out is the variety of releases you have; 2 albums, 2 live releases and 2 releases of demo recordings. Tell us more about this?
I donât really have a website and I just put things on Bandcamp, some of which are self-released. Dominion is the second album, released in 2023, and has a psychedelic album cover. We followed this up by releasing a demo version which fans liked as they could hear an early version of the album and hear the creative process. The live releases: one was performed in Nottingham, which was our first ever gig, and the other was at The Musician in Leicester, which is unfortunately now closed. I am currently working on the third studio album.
You are a multi-instrumentalist and there are 5 members in the band. Do you favour certain instruments over others?
I would say that I do like the keys, piano or organ the most. The guitar I can play to quite a good level but I do have a preference for the keys. I always have a keyboard laying around â I can be staying at my sisterâs and I will have a keyboard near me. In the creative process of song writing, ultimately, it is me and the keyboard.
Reading about Dominion, it described how you started to sing, and you have mentioned you are writing your third album. So two questions: how much of the album do you sing, and how far have you got with recording?
The writing side is almost done but I need to send it to the drummer. He is Italian and lives in the Peak District, and I plan to send it to him this winter. Regarding the singing, I do sing on most of the new record. During Dominion I was new to singing and through playing live I think I have found my voice, so I think my vocals on the third album will be different to Dominion as I am exploring new elements. I am just trying to find one last song to make it an album that is close to 45 minutes, as a vinyl has approximately 20 minutes on each side. The album will be a self-release as I have my own recording label. I have decided on the album artwork which I am really pleased with.
OCTOBER 2025
TOP 4
đđđđ
Your guide to the month ahead.
Scroll up for our weekly event recommendations.
01
đ
Sensoria Festival
Sensoria Festival 2025 takes over Sheffield from Thursday 2 October to Sunday 5 October, turning the city into a hub for adventurous film, music and digital arts. The festival begins on Thursday with the opening of the Playground of Sound at the Cole Store (the former John Lewis building), an interactive sound playground open each day from 10:30am to 2:30pm. That evening, the first wave of screenings and performances gets underway, setting the tone for four days of boundary-pushing events that mix live music, experimental film and multimedia installations.
On Friday 3 October, the Showroom Cinema hosts SensoriaPro from 10:00am to 5:30pm, the festivalâs professional development day featuring discussions, networking and panels for artists, filmmakers and creatives. Later that evening, audiences can head to the University Drama Studio for the screening of Burning Bridges: The Story of Paul Burwell, which runs from 5:45pm and explores the life and work of the influential percussionist and performance artist. The day ends with more live performances and pop-up shows across city venues.
The weekend programme balances international names with family-friendly work. On Saturday 4th October, acclaimed electronic composer Kaitlyn Aurelia Smith performs at the Drama Studio, starting at 7:30pm. Sunday 5th October brings the premiere of Concerteenies â The Big Dreaming at Sheffield Town Hall, with two performances at 11am and 12:45pm, perfect for younger audiences and families. That afternoon also features Emergence Collectiveâs installation at Millennium Galleries in the Cadman Room from 2:45pm, rounding off a weekend where experimental sound and storytelling find homes in both traditional venues and reimagined city spaces
02
đ
No Bounds Festival
No Bounds Festival returns from 10â12 October 2025, spreading across Sheffield and Rotherham with its most ambitious programme to date. After years of being anchored at Hope Works, the event now stretches into 16 different venues, including a dozen brand-new spaces that range from warehouses and clubs to galleries and community hubs. The theme for this edition, âGrit & Graft,â reflects both the industrial legacy of the region and the persistence of its creative community, setting the stage for a weekend where music, art and technology intertwine.
The line-up is designed to push boundaries between the dancefloor and experimental performance. Highlights include Joy Orbison bringing his signature blend of UK bass and house, a striking audio-visual show from These New Puritans, and a heavy dub session led by Aba Shanti-I. Sheffieldâs own 96 Back and Lo Shea join the bill alongside names like Silva Bumpa, Big Ang, and Ugandan hip hop force MC Yallah with Debmaster. A standout moment will be the 12-hour dub-techno marathon at Peddler Warehouse, powered by the renowned Sinai Sound System, promising an intense, late-night gathering for electronic music devotees.
Alongside the music, No Bounds 2025 presents a strong arts and ideas strand. Audiences can explore multichannel sound installations, film screenings through a new No Bounds Cinema, and workshops tackling the intersections of technology, culture and community.
On Sunday 12 October, the festival extends into Rotherham with a programme curated by Mark Fell and Rian Treanor, featuring performances from RP Boo, Beatrice Dillon, and Kakuhan with Rai, as well as new dance work and artist talks. This closing chapter underlines the festivalâs commitment to experimentation, collaboration and regional identity, ensuring that No Bounds remains one of the most forward-thinking cultural events in the UK.
03
đ
Off the Shelf Festival
Off the Shelf Festival of Words runs from 10th October to 10th November 2025, offering more than sixty events across Sheffield that range from poetry, talks and fiction to history, science and hybrid performance. The opening night on Friday 10th October presents John Shuttleworth Takes the Biscuit! with Graham Fellows, alongside Oldenland by Roger Clough and Mizuki Tsujimuraâs Lost Souls Meet Under a Full Moon. On Saturday 11th October, youâll find Nigel Planer with Young Once: A Life Less Heavy, Ros Ballasterâs Jane Austenâs Fashion Bible, Simon Bradleyâs survey Bradleyâs Railway Guide: 1825â2025, and Banu Mushtaqâs Heart Lamp.
In the middle weeks the festival brings a mix of big names and local voices. On Sunday 12th October, Lemn Sissay presents Let the Light In. Wednesday 15th October features Simon Armitage reading from Dwell and New Cemetery before performing with his band LYR. The next night, Thursday 16th October, includes Kate Mosse talking through Feminist History for Every Day of the Year and Mick Herron discussing his new thriller Clown Town. Another highlight arrives on Tuesday 14th October, when Helen Mort appears at 6pm at the Millennium Gallery to present A House for Jane: Celebrating Austen 250, a newly commissioned poem reflecting on Jane Austenâs legacy in conversation with Rachel Bower.
As the festival moves into late October, the programme covers a startling variety of topics - from Not So Black and White by Kenan Malik on Sunday 19th October, to workshops, illustrated lectures, literary debates and events exploring identity, place and change. The festival wraps up on Monday 10th November with Lucy Worsley delivering a talk on Bolsover Castle, giving audiences a scholarly closing to a wide-ranging celebration of literature, ideas and voices.
04
đ
Halloween in Steel City
Sheffieldâs Halloween season in 2025 ramps up with a range of events across film, nightlife and seasonal fun. From 23rd to 26th October, the Celluloid Screams Horror Film Festival screens horror and genre films into the evening at the Showroom Cinema, offering a spine-tingling centerpiece for the spooky stretch of the month. On Saturday 25th October, the Vice Press Open House runs from 10am to 5pm at Trafalgar Warehouse, showcasing artists, stalls, prints and vinyl and ties in with a special late screening that evening by way of the festival.
In the lead-up to Halloween, daytime experiences balance out the darker offerings. Whirlow Hall Farm hosts pumpkin-themed activities and seasonal crafts throughout October (times vary per day, typically within daytime hours). At Network Sheffield on Saturday 25th October, the club hosts I Love R&B Spookfest from 3pm to 10pm, offering a mix of music and costume in its daytime slot before the nights get wilder.
When Halloween night arrives, the cityâs club scene takes over. On Friday 31st October, Network Sheffieldâs Halloween Rave kicks off at 10pm and runs until 5am, across two rooms with guest DJs and a full venue takeover (last entry at 2am). Costume and theatricality are central to the experience.
Keep your eyes on our social media for even more spooky fun announcements!
30.09.25
SCENE AND HERD INTERVIEW: MAT HOOK
Written by Charlotte Sometimes
Photography by Edward James
Ahead of his biggest ever solo-gig at Foundry, we catch up with Sheffield musician - ex-Kartica front man Mat Hook to find out all about his musical journey.
You stepped back after Karticaâs 2008â2014 run and then returned with solo material a decade later. What finally tipped you from âmaybe one dayâ to releasing Runaway Road in 2023?
It was all kinda by accident to a degree. I went through some pretty rough times, which Iâll not go on at length here âcause itâs been publicly documented previously, but think births, deaths, and breakups, and the subsequent effect on my mental health during that time, and thatâs kinda the vibe of where I was⊠Nowhere good.
During that time, I think I always had a glimmer of hope in the back of my mind that I might return to music one day. But leaving Kartica absolutely shattered me in many ways, and the emotive connection to that made it difficult to even contemplate being a musician or performer again.
Realistically, it was probably the lockdown that did me the most favours. It gave me time to breathe, to think, and to try and heal a bit. I started doing little videos of coversâYouTube, Facebook, etc. Before long I got an Instagram page going; people were seemingly enjoying them. The big Oasis fan page OasisMania shared some of my covers. That felt like such huge validation againâthat I had something to offer still (sadly they drifted away after some miscommunication).
But anyway, the seeds had been sown. Iâd been back writing, and the songs felt fuelled by my experiences in the wilderness and a perceived redemption arc. Runaway Road really carries that ethos, I feel. It felt the perfect mantra to have as a comeback song.
Both Steve Lamacq (BBC 6 Music) and John Kennedy (Radio X) picked up your solo work, with comparisons to Richard Ashcroft and nods to Oasis/The Verve. Do you embrace those parallels, or do they miss something essential about your sound now?
I grew up on that sound and style. I never have and never will hide away from that influence and era, and what it meant to me, âcause it formed me!
So for me, itâs the highest praise that I can be cross-referenced against those groups. In my teenage years, especially later ones, that music was really the only thing that spoke to me. I was disenfranchised with the world around me a lot at that time, and I listened to those bands like I was the only person on earth who was. So it pretty much guided me through some isolated times.
Obviously, I feel thereâs a uniqueness to my style that veers away from influences, but then Iâve never thought of that scene in the way that itâs perceived generally. For me, what those groups represent is a million miles away from the cartoonish âBritpopâ stereotype. Thereâs depth and beauty in the music that I donât often find elsewhere.
Your latest single 'This Feeling' is out soon: what can you tell us about it? What sparked the song, and what themes or experiences were you drawing on when you wrote it?
Originally I wanted to try and get it released prior to The Foundry gig, but realistically that wouldâve been rushing it too much. So now Iâm relaxing it a bit and will put it out later with a proper schedule for it.
Itâs a feel-good song. Itâs got a Roses vibe to it, I think; itâs almost dancey. A lot of people constantly talk about the struggles of life and, like Iâve mentioned, Iâve been there. But sometimes you wake up and just being alive feels amazing! Or maybe a moment in a day makes you feel that way... This Feeling is about that for me: those amazing moments you get that are life-affirming. Being a loner generally, most of mine are when Iâm on my own (laughs).
The Foundry show is billed as your biggest headline to date, with support from The Tivolis, Revert, and Sons of the City. What stories link you to those bands, and how will they set the tone for your set?
Revert are the newest band to me. Theyâre pretty fresh on the scene, but are genuinely getting raved about. Theyâve got character too. Theyâre young, theyâre new: so who bloody knows where they can go? The skyâs the limit with them.
The Tivolis I first saw when I was a judge at a festival placement competition. I thought straight away they had a good sound and presence. They almost seemed a bit shoegazey in a way on stage, but it suited them. Their profile has since grown, and theyâre now a headline act in their own right, with industry players taking note.
Sons of the City birthed from the ashes of cult Sheffield band Section 60. We go way back together through the Kartica days. Theyâre my musical âbrothers in arms,â so to speak, as so much of our journey has been interlinked. Their new sound is more psychedelic, and theyâve recently recorded a debut album which sounds fantastic from the tracks Iâve heard.
Youâve been revisiting Kartica-era favourites like Dare to Dream, alongside newer solo tracks. How are you weaving old and new into a single narrative for this set?
I love the solo stuff Iâve done. It defines me as much, if not more, as an artist and a person than the Kartica stuff for me now; especially where Iâm at now in life.
However, I feel a duty to keep Karticaâs legacy alive, even if my involvement ended under a cloudâpurely âcause the songs are still great and the impact, though mostly local and relatively small, was so powerful. The band had zero industry direction or assistance, yet we had people getting tattoos of lyrics, driving across the country to gigs, and random fans setting up online forums. The only doors opened were done forcibly through sheer conviction, by the band itself.
That intensity of following was incredible for a band with no industry links. So Iâll always try to incorporate songs from then, as a nod to them and just my youth in general.
It also helps merge things for the crowd. A lot of the Kartica crowd has moved on - families and kids, etc. - but there are still elements that come to gigs who have affection for those songs, whilst the people who mostly know me from where I am now can relate more to the current songs.
Why did you choose The Foundry?
The Foundry for me is possibly the best set-up for a gig in the city. Itâs a big place, which can be daunting as a performer to headline, but it does have staggered layouts which mean you can adjust the capacity, to a degree, to suit the projected crowd pull.
With the situation of The Leadmill closure, itâs now become more vital than ever and probably more publicised, as they have moved a lot of gigs there [Read all about this venue in Herd Hangouts]
I actually played there for a support slot with Kartica for only our fourth or fifth gig, a good 17 years ago, and it always stuck with me how much of a âproperâ venue it is.
The three main headline gigs Iâve done have each comfortably outgrown the one prior (the last one a sold-out 300-cap at Sidney & Matilda!). So to go bigger in a realistic sense, there werenât many places on the circuit to look to.
This is probably the limit though. This is the gig Iâve been building back up to ever since Kartica ended. So it really is a case of ânow or neverâ to catch me at this scale of show.
Do you have any pre-show routines that get you ready for a gig?
Iâm really pretty chill prior to going on. Back when Kartica was in full flow, Iâdâve been necking back drinks like no tomorrow in the hours before - big-time party style! But nowadays Iâm just generally focused, usually in the zone of just making sure everything and everyoneâs ready around me.
But as for my personal routine, thereâs nothing overly particular. Itâs pretty chill. I like the sanctity of backstage, just relaxing. Iâm usually in my element once the gigâs going, so thereâs no great sense of foreboding or needing to psych myself up. In the nicest possible way, once Iâm out on stage, I donât give a flying fuck what the crowd thinks or does. If anything, I just observe it just as much, if not more, than it does me.
Youâve announced former Kartica bandmate Josh Morement on bass for the Foundry show. Whatâs it like rebuilding chemistry with an old teammate in a new solo chapter?
Itâs been an absolute joy having Josh involved. Weâve definitely both grown up a bit and, if anything, actually grown closer than ever over the last four or five months. Josh used to be a straight-up party animal, who might be up for a couple of days straight after a gig, but these days heâs a family man and has approached the task with a mature focus, dedication, and also a self-assuredness. Heâs also been really invested in shouting about and promoting it too, which is a great support!
I plan to have a bit of a break from performing after this gig, so Iâll have time to process everything once itâs done. And I think some of my favourite memories of this moment will be the numerous times weâve gone for a pint together after a rehearsal (often just the two of us) and reminisced and laughed so much over all the old memories.
The hype for this gig has been through the roof, so hopefully it matches up but if not, weâll still live happily ever after!
Outside of the studio and stage, what else are you currently involved in around Sheffield that fans might not know about?
Well, first off musically, Iâll often do acoustic cover gigs, under the radar, to help keep the pennies coming in. So while I may have a heavily promoted and ticketed full-band headline listed for months in advance, donât be surprised to see me pop up during that time, almost unannounced, banging out some indie classics at a random pub/event. I do a little monthly radio show on Gumbo FM too, where I try and shine a spotlight on local acts.
Secondly, away from music, my day-to-day thing is running a menâs 7-a-side amateur football league. Itâs a lot of work and responsibility, but setting it up reinvigorated me and gave me a focus when I was really lost in life. I probably know more people through that than I do music (laughs).
Lastly, as much as I love music, football, and the work I do, the most important thing in my life by a mile is my 13-year-old daughter, Elsa. Sheâs my little bezzie mate and my pride and joy!
Finally - looking at your own listening habits: which bands, venues, or scenes in Sheffield are exciting you right now, and which influences continue to shape the way you write today?
I could list the acts I know personally here, but Iâd end up going on for ages. So without necessarily picking out acts in general, Iâm gonna plump just for two songs that I really like by local acts I donât have any personal connection with. One is M.F.B by Rich Brown. The other is CherryStone by Blue John. I think theyâre two great songs!
I must mention that itâs great to see The Rosadocs starting to really make leaps in the industry, as theyâre great lads with a proper sound!
As far as influences, mine were all the sounds of my youth, as touched upon earlier. Cut me open and those sounds and sentiments would pour out of me. The feeling when I hear Live Forever by Oasis encapsulates all Iâve ever wanted from a song. Iâve come back from a place I didnât think this any of this would be possible. So come Friday, Iâll be ready. Iâve got nothing nothinâ to loseâŠ
Links
3rd October Foundry Tickets are available now here.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 29th September 2025
Mat Hook returns to the spotlight on Friday 3rd October with a headline show at The Foundry that promises to be a standout moment in his solo career. After years fronting Sheffield indie outfit Kartica, Hook has carved out a new path with a sound thatâs more personal, more refined, and still rooted in the anthemic spirit that made his earlier work resonate. This gig marks his biggest to date, and itâs clear heâs bringing everything to the table.
The nightâs support acts reflect the strength of the regionâs music scene. Sons of The City deliver a bold indie rock sound with a live energy thatâs earned them a loyal following. The Tivolis, fresh from a run of local festival slots, bring a youthful swagger and genre-hopping style thatâs as catchy as it is unpredictable. Revert, meanwhile, offer a darker, more atmospheric take on alt-rock, with emotionally charged vocals and a tight, dynamic sound.
Together, the lineup promises a night of big tunes and local pride.
Tickets are available now here.
For more on Matâs journey from Kartica to solo artist, check out our interview in Scene and Herd later this week.
23.09.25
SCENE AND HERD NEWS: FOOTPRINTS ARTIST DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME
Written by Charlotte Sometimes
Footprints Jazz Club is kicking off something big in Sheffield â their brand-new Artist Development Programme.
Built to break down barriers for rising talent, itâs all about giving unsigned and early-career musicians the support, guidance, and industry know-how they need to shine.
In collaboration with Key of She, this fantastic programme champions inclusivity, making sure women and minority genders get the space and opportunities they deserve to thrive.
Those successful applicants will enrol on a 9 month mentorship programme who will have access to the expertise of industry mentors, studio time for rehearsal and recording and workshops.
Three artist-led taster workshops and Footprints jazz jam sessions launch on 9th October at Alder Bar (look out for ticket information on the links below), with applications for the programme opening 6th November.
Your next step is here!
Links
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 22nd September 2025
Written by Chris @kit_35mm_film
On Saturday 27th September, itâs going to be a super night for progressive rock fans with a triple bill at Record Junkee, Sheffield. Zopp are a British act whose music spans jazz-rock, ambient, folk, psychedelic rock and endless heaps of prog. Anticipate intricate, intense fuzzed organ compositions.
Zopp is led by multi-instrumentalist Ryan Stevenson and will be playing new material as well as classics from his two previous critically acclaimed albums. The gig in Sheffield is the last scheduled stop following multiple festival appearances in Grimsthorpe, Derbyshire and London.
Guranfoe are a four-piece psych prog rock band formed in Norwich. Their style combines years of cohesive group playing to produce a live show defined by energetic medleys and intense musical improvisation. They are playing Sheffield following recent shows in Norwich and London and two members will be performing an acoustic set.
The third band are joint headliners Needlepoint, who hail all the way from Norway and this will be their first ever UK tour. Needlepoint released their new album Remnants of Light in October 2024, their seventh since their debut record in 2010. The band started as a purely instrumental orchestra, but through the last four studio recordings - including this one - the vocals have taken on an increasingly prominent role.
Under the same roof will be three of the best bands of progressive rock at the moment so donât miss out!
Record Junkee
7pm til 11pm (Performance starts 7:30pm)
đđđđđ
SHEFF HERD
FILMS OF THE WEEK
IN ASSOCIATION WITH KELHAM FILM CLUB
W.C. 22nd SEPTEMBER
Sheff Herd is delighted to be sponsoring the fantastic Kelham Film Club - a community cinema night that holds weekly screenings of unique films, with great drinks deals in the welcoming Alder Bar. Each week, we will keep you updated with the events and screenings on offer.
Thursday 25th September @8pm (arrive early to make the most of the drinks deals!)
The third screening in the Downstream Darkness series.
Apocalypse Now is a 1979 American psychological epic war film produced and directed by Francis Ford Coppola. The screenplay, co-written by Coppola, John Milius, and Michael Herr, is loosely inspired by the 1899 novella Heart of Darkness by Joseph Conrad, with the setting changed from late 19th-century Congo to the Vietnam War.
The film follows a river journey from South Vietnam into Cambodia undertaken by Captain Willard (Martin Sheen), who is on a secret mission to assassinate Colonel Kurtz (Marlon Brando), a renegade Special Forces officer who is accused of murder and presumed insane and who sees himself as a god.
Sunday 28th September @8pm (arrive early to make the most of the drinks deals)
The Sheffield DIY Filmmakers have teamed up with KFC to bring you a series of Nostalgic 3D movies from the 2000s. The second instalment of the series is Journey to the Center of the Earth - a 3D science fantasy action-adventure film directed by Eric Brevig and starring Brendan Fraser in the main role, Josh Hutcherson, and Anita Briem. It is an adaptation of Jules Verne's 1864 novel (which had previously been adapted multiple times, most notably in the 1959 film of the same name) and was released in 3D theatres on July 11, 2008.
On a quest to find out what happened to his missing brother, a scientist, his nephew and their mountain guide discover a fantastic and dangerous lost world in the center of the earth.
3D glasses will be provided.
19.09.25
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW - NETHER EDGE FESTIVAL
Photography and words by Chris @kit_35mm_film
In the run-up to Nether Edge Festival (13thâ21st September), itâs been impossible to miss the buzz - whether strolling through the neighbourhood or scrolling online, the excitement has been everywhere. And no wonder: this isnât just a weekend affair, itâs nine whole days of activities, events, and performances. Putting something of this scale together clearly takes an incredible amount of organisation and, more impressively, the dedication of a huge team of volunteers.
I couldnât resist seeing it for myself, so on Sunday 14th September, I went exploring.
The festival offered everything from crazy golf and yoga to art trails, hidden history tours, and live music at CafĂ© #9. My eye, however, was firmly on two things: the Musical Instrument Makersâ Open Workshop (something Iâd been curious about for a while) and the famous Yard Sale Trail, which seemed to be in full swing that day.
As I walked down Montgomery Avenue towards the workshop, the street was already buzzing with life. Stalls lined the road, with locals selling everything from books to bric-a-brac, and plenty of early-bird bargain hunters browsing before 10am. The atmosphere was infectious. At one stall I struck gold â two rolls of 35mm film, a perfect find since Iâd planned to shoot some film anyway. What you will see here is a selection from that film.
Inside the Musical Instrument Makersâ Workshop, things felt completely different: calm, focused, and fascinating. Askeide and Alina, two of the three craftspeople there, explained how the workshop isnât usually open to the public. Each of the four makers has their own speciality â Askeide handcrafts acoustic guitars, while Alina focuses on bowed instruments. Listening to them talk about their craft was inspiring; the patience and skill involved in shaping raw wood into instruments of such beauty really shone through.
From there, I headed to Nether Edge Farmersâ Market. Officially it started at noon, but by 11am it was already buzzing. The market stretched across three streets in a T-shaped layout and offered an incredible mix: bakeries, confectioners, coffee stands, hot food, handmade ornaments, clothing, accessories â you name it. While I browsed, a brass band struck up, filling the air with music and smiles. Later, a group of dancers took to the street, and their performance lifted the energy even higher. Kids started joining in, spinning and twirling to the beat â a lovely moment that really captured the festival spirit.
After a while of wandering (and shopping), I circled back to the Yard Sale Trail, then decided to pause at the Nether Edge Bowling Club. The neighbouring cake stall tempted me first (absolutely worth it), before I settled inside with a drink. It was the perfect chance to rest my feet and take in everything Iâd seen so far.
By the end of the day, I felt like Iâd only scratched the surface of what the festival had to offer. The range of events is so broad that whatever your interests - music, art, food, history, or simply a good rummage at a yard sale - thereâs something for you. Iâll definitely be back for more, and if youâre anywhere near Nether Edge during festival week, Iâd wholeheartedly recommend you dive in.
Netheredge Festival continues to run until September 21st. Check out what's on here.
19.09.25
SCENE AND HERD SINGLE REVIEW: BIG WOW! BY SPOOK MUZIEK
Written by Richard Wilkinson-Smith
âIâd be ghosting the grievers / Haunting disbelievers,â boasts the brilliant Spook Muziek, aka Adam Follett, on his new single Big Wow! - and yes, the title is completely ironic.
Spook, following up his excellent EP Pop Culture, which he dropped just before this summer (check out our review here), has crammed energy and invention into three minutes and 33 seconds of electro post-punk with a twist. While it carries some of the deadpan art-rock vocal delivery of his recent Extended Player, Spook also shows off sharp singing ability with memorable harmonies, alongside a few nods to 80s indie legends. The opening line, with its sly reference to The Smiths - âThere is a light that never goes onâŠâ - replaces Morrisseyâs wistfulness with deadpan nihilism. Yet Big Wow! is pushed forward by the razor-edged electronics of early Noughties artists like Peaches, LCD Soundsystem and Beth Ditto.
Still, to call Big Wow! a straight homage to the bright, electro-funk-tinged post-millennial era would be to do Spook Muziek a disservice. Midway through, the track swerves into a drum nâ bass alt-rock breakdown that could have slipped onto David Bowieâs underrated 90s cult classic Earthling, when he filtered the likes of Goldie through his glittering machine. Spook, however, takes the experiment further â sending the genre through the escape hatch on a jet plane and letting it plummet to the ground, kamikaze style.
More importantly, the single is not just a fun listening experience but also a self-deprecating battle cry against consumerism and âlook at meâ internet culture. Its ending - a chaotic mix of jungle beats, synth stabs, and electronic bleeps and bloops - sounds like a drunken maniac in a wine bar, fed up with societyâs ills. In the words of Peter Finch in the Oscar-winning Network: âAs mad as hell and⊠not gonna take it anymore!â
Check out the lyric video here
16.09.25
SCENE AND HERD INTERVIEW & PREVIEW: IZZY YARDLEY @ CAFE #9
Gig photography and words by Chris @kit_35mm_film
I first heard about Izzie Yardley while attending another gig at Café #9. People spoke so fondly about her that I decided to take a chance and buy a ticket for her show at the same venue.
To prepare, I picked up her new CD From the Wool Hall, which features a beautiful cover photograph by double bassist Nick Pini. Despite her busy schedule, Izzie kindly agreed to an interview before the gig:
Hi Izzie, thank you for taking the time for the interview. Can you tell me about your musical influences?
Well, in terms of classic songwriters, Carole King, Nick Drake and John Martyn. For more contemporary songwriters, Big Thief, who are an American indie folk band, and Madison Cunningham, an American singer, songwriter and guitarist.
Your newest release, From The Wool Hall, came out only a few weeks ago. Can you tell me about it?
That was recorded in a studio in Somerset. Itâs a renowned studio owned by Tears for Fears, and Joni Mitchell has played there. My friend Luke Potashnick, who is a producer, has also recorded there. He used to be in the band The Temperance Movement, and we play together now.
The CD is a selection of songs that are more stripped back compared with my previous release - acoustic versions closer to how they were originally written. Choosing which songs to include was very deliberate. One of 6 is an old song that has always stuck with me, so I felt it deserved a place.
On YouTube, thereâs also a new recording of Picture in a Frame (a Tom Waits cover) by me and Nick Pini.
Regarding artwork, I noticed you created the cover art for the Pull Back The Sea EP?
Yes, that was an oil-on-canvas painting, something I did just for fun. Iâve not been trained at art schoolâI just see and hear colour, and I donât follow any rules. Music will always come first, but I have a second passion for being creative. For the Imposter EP, I made a zine: a handmade lyric book with drawings and studio photographs.
Youâre on the second date of your tour â how has it gone so far?
This is a small acoustic tour. Yesterday I was in London, which was really good. Iâm travelling with a small family, including my seven-month-old baby, so this tour feels differentâIâm touring as a mum and seeing how that is.
Have you played in Sheffield before, and what made you choose it again?
Yes, I played here at CafĂ© #9 in 2023, I think. This place is gorgeousâone of those rare rooms thatâs warm and intimate, which really suits me. I also have a patron community, and some of them are based around the Midlands, so Sheffield felt like a great choice.
Gig Review â 3rd September 2025
The audience at CafĂ© #9 were in buoyant spirits when Izzie opened with Hazy from her EP Pull Back The Sea. The song encourages listeners to âplace your hands upon the times worth savingâ - a reminder that even in dark times, you can still find the light.
She told us Sheffield was the second stop on her tour and spoke warmly about revisiting favourite places, sharing music, and adjusting to life on the road as a mum. She also announced her new single Strange Times, due out later this month, and revealed her debut album will be released in July 2026. Fans were treated to an exclusive preview of Strange Times and it sounded brilliant.
Next came One of 6, a song written during an online songwriting retreat, where she was given the title as a prompt. She followed with new material, including I Donât Want to Talk, a vocally powerful piece. Between songs, she shared stories of playing at festivals, weaving personal experiences into her set in a way that the audience clearly loved.
Her performance balanced elegance with power. Midway through, she moved to the piano, offering what felt like a second concert within the first.
What impressed me most was her ease and spontaneity: forgetting her set list, running fun competitions for fans, and adapting on the spot. The Garden, an upbeat piano number with a universal feel, stood out. It was also the first time Iâd seen a musician at CafĂ© #9 play more than one instrument, highlighting her talent.
As the set drew to a close, she asked for requests and joked that she might have already played one that had been suggested on social media. Graciously thanking the crowd, she mentioned that some would be seeing her again at her next stop in Leamington Spa.
For her finale, she returned to acoustic guitarâunamplifiedâfor The Reckoner. It was intimate, heartfelt, and the perfect way to end the night. I was so moved that I decided that I would attend her Liverpool show two days later (also a superb gig!) The audience left with everything they could have hoped for and more.
Links:
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 15th September 2025
As part of Castlegate Festival, on September 20th f0ur venues offer a packed day of music that blends headline acts, local talent, and community performances.
The Exchange Street Street Party kicks off from 2pm, featuring a lively Main Stage lineup including COCO, Franz Von, Aziza Jaye & Kyla C, Dave Haslam, Jay Carder, Nora, Reptile B, Sister Wives, and many more. TRACKS will also be representing young voices and artists (fresh from their first collaborative track and a performance with Ed Sheeran earlier in the year). Expect to hear RnB, hip-hop, gospel and more.
As the day turns to night, the festival continues across venues such as PlotâŻ22, Panke Social, Delicious Clam, and Harmony Works, Sadacca and Harmony Works with late-night DJs and after-parties keeping the energy high well into the early hours of Sunday.
14.09.25
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: WILLOW FEST @ LUGHOLE
Gig photography and words by Chris @kit_35mm_film
Lughole is somewhat of an underground venue, with admissions largely membership based. A volunteer-run DIY gig space, itâs very much âfor the punks, by the punks.â On Friday 12th September it hosted Willow Fest 2025, a charity event organised by Meisha and the good people at Willow Fest in honour of Willow Goodwin. All proceeds went to SAYiT: a youth organisation providing support and social opportunities for LGBTQ+ young people in Sheffield.
I had looked forward to this event for weeks. Doors opened at 6pm and by the time I arrived, the queue already stretched outside. Meisha was there at the entrance, communicating with attendees and handling queries. At 6:20, I could hear the live music was underway, and once inside I caught Mannequins mid-performance.
Mannequins, a five-member band with lead vocals shared between two female singers, had stepped in as one of the replacement acts and offered a raw, punk introduction to the stacked bill. Iâd guess they were the youngest band of the night, a fact later acknowledged by Anxiety States, who commended their bravery and talent.
Next up were Skint Knees, a Sheffield Riot Grrl Punk three-piece, all female, who kept the punk energy burning. A snare issue caused a brief pause, but the bass player handled it smoothly, engaging the crowd while things were fixed. Both openers were stylish, confident, and excellent: the perfect start to the evening.
54KG followed, a five-piece all-male rock band from Sheffield clad almost entirely in black leather jackets. They brought more of a rock presence to Willowfest and were also a replacement act. While Mannequins had already drawn a solid crowd, by 54KGâs set the audience had swelled all the way to the bar at the far end of the room. You could sense the venue was about to be fully packed.
Then came Endorsee, a two-piece described as âdark, sludgy riff with danceable drum breaks.â Despite only being two members, they commanded the stage with huge presence. The moshpit was in full swing by this point, the atmosphere still good-natured even as I took the hit of a particularly heavy flailing arm (he apologised; I only really wanted to avoid shin-kicks!). Later in the night, Endorseeâs guitarist would also provide extended technical support to Bumwaveâs guitarist: a kind and generous gesture.
The flow of the evening was seamless, with little downtime between sets. Flags decorated the venue, and each band sounded punchy and distinct. Bumwave, billed as âpunk noise with a motive,â took the intensity up another level. Their lead singer commanded the centre of the stage, flanked by guitar and bass like flying wingers. At one point, the guitaristâs strap ripped early in the set, but impressively he powered through and played the rest without it.
Face Off, a hardcore punk band from Wakefield, stormed the stage next. To borrow an old NME description of early Idlewild, they were âa flight of stairs falling down a flight of stairsâ: youthful, chaotic, and gloriously loud. Their lead singer repeatedly dove into the moshpit, raising the energy bar even higher.
Then headliners Anxiety States, Sheffieldâs own hardcore punk force, closed the night. By now, the atmosphere was electric. People ducked outside between sets for air, but the room remained crammed to the bar. Up front, I couldnât even gauge the crowdâs size; only that it was heaving. The heavy riffs kicked in and dancing erupted again at full force. The lead singer hurled himself into the crowd, soon joined by the mohawk-sporting bassist who somehow managed to charge straight through the pit. In the chaos, a front speaker was even knocked off stage. Mid-set, the singer paid tribute to Willow Goodwin, the organisers, and Lughole itself, urging everyone to support.
Seeing Meisha later in the moshpit, she admitted the turnout was much bigger than expected which is great testament to Sheffieldâs music scene. The night was a complete success for the charity too, raising ÂŁ1,400 for Say It. Everyone involved - organisers, venue, musicians, and attendees - deserves credit for making Willowfest 2025 a brilliant, unforgettable night of local punk rock.
Links:
14.09.25
SCENE AND HERD PREVIEW: SEVEN HILLS WHISKY FESTIVAL @ STEAMWORKS
Written by Charlotte Sometimes
Whisky isnât just a drink. With roots stretching back to the 15th century in Scotland and Ireland, this golden spirit has aged through centuries of tradition, mystery, and craft. What makes whisky truly magical is its uniqueness: no two barrels mature the same way, so every dram offers a new character waiting to be discovered.
That sense of adventure is exactly what the Seven Hills Whisky Festival is all about. Returning to Sheffield on Saturday 18 October 2025, this spirited celebration takes place at The Steamworks and runs across two sessions: an afternoon slot from 12pm to 4pm, and an evening slot from 6pm to 9.30pm.
Following the sell-out success of its debut last year, the festival will return on a larger scale with over 350 whiskies from 44 distilleries and independent bottlers. Attendees can explore a huge range of flavours, from iconic Scottish distilleries such as Lagavulin, Caol Ila, The Dalmore and GlenAllachie, to bold American names including Sazerac, Woodford Reserve and Rittenhouse. International favourites from Ireland and Japan will also be featured.
The official retail partner of the festival is a Sheffield treasure - Mitchells Wine Merchants. On the day of the festival, they will have an onsite shop so you can take home souvenirs from the day including the exclusive Lindores x Mitchellâs Wines 90th Anniversary Cask, specially bottled to mark a milestone for one of the cityâs most respected wine and spirit merchants. The spirit, beer and tobacco specialist is currently offering a series of tasting events at their store at Meadowhead so check them out here.
Sheffieldâs best street food traders will be on hand with dishes designed to pair beautifully with your drams, with vegetarian options available. New for 2025, Forge Coffee Roasters will keep guests refreshed throughout the day, whether with a simple brew or an indulgent Irish coffee. Those who want to go even further can book into expert-led masterclasses, covering whisky history, production, and advanced tasting skills. Spaces are limited, so early booking is recommended.
Last yearâs stand-out moment was the chance to taste The Singleton of Glen Ord 40-Year-Old, a rare bottle valued at ÂŁ3,200. This yearâs Dream Dram line-up promises to be even more extraordinary, with a wider selection of remarkable whiskies available to explore.
The experience will be rounded off with DJs and live music from Sheffield favourites The Steel Rivers String Band who will be playing every hour.
Each ticket includes:
- 350+ whiskies from around the world, with brand ambassadors on hand to guide tastings and share stories.
- An exclusive Seven Hills Whisky Festival Glencairn glass to use during the event
and take home. - A âDream Dramâ token, redeemable for a taste of an ultra-premium whisky worth ÂŁ200 or more â with even more Dream Dram options than last year.
- A Highball Token, for a refreshing whisky highball crafted with premium Franklin & Sons mixers.
Tickets are on sale here, and with last yearâs event selling out well in advance, demand is expected to be high once again. Book now to secure your place at Sheffieldâs biggest celebration of the "water of life".
Follow Seven Hills Whisky Festival Instagram for updates
11.09.25
SCENE AND HERD INTERVIEW & PREVIEW: SPIRIT OF INDEPENDENCE 2025 FILM FESTIVAL @ THE LIGHT CINEMA
Written by Charlotte Sometimes
Images courtesy of Spirit of Independence Festival (Jacob Flannery Photo)
From 26th to 28th September, The Light Cinema in Sheffield will host the Spirit of Independence Film Festival â a celebration of raw, passionate filmmaking that champions emerging voices and cult classics alike. With a programme packed with shorts, features, industry talks, and networking events, the festival offers a platform for brave, boundary-pushing storytelling.
We caught up with the festivalâs co-directors Dave Holloway and Ben Wilkinson to learn more about this yearâs highlights, the ethos behind the event, and how it continues to inspire the next generation of filmmakers.
How would you describe the identity of the festival?
Dave: Spirit of Independence has two very distinct aims; we want to give up and coming and underrepresented filmmakers a forum for their work to be seen, and to give audiences the chance to see films that would otherwise be likely unavailable to them. We want to provide opportunities for filmmakers to get on the first rung of the screening or distribution ladder whilst reminding audiences that there is so much talent and quality which exists outside of conventional cinema. Ultimately, we're fans of the really bold and interesting films and filmmakers that exist on the fringes of what is conventionally known as 'independent' and we want to open them up to as many opportunities and audiences as possible.
Whatâs the story behind how the festival started?
Ben: Sheffield has some really great established film festivals - ShAFF, DocFest, Celluloid Screams, but we never had a purely narrative film festival which felt like a real gap in the market. SO I started the festival with ÂŁ100, just looking for films shot on a micro-budget (features made for under ÂŁ150k, shorts made for under ÂŁ3k) as I wanted to support filmmakers who may struggle to find a platform for their films in traditionally bigger festivals. This helped establish our identity as a breeding ground for grass roots filmmaking, which still carries through to this day. We had a few great years at the Abbeydale Picturehouse, but we realised we needed to grow the festival, so we repositioned ourselves, removing the budget limitations we had and moved to the Showroom cinema after the Picturehouse closed. Since then we've grown each year, establishing a core audience-base and looking towards what could be our most successful event at The Light this year.
How do you decide which films to feature each year?
Ben: Programming is a mix of getting that balance across a variety of voices, themes, genres and countries. You need to always go back to that base mindset of 'what journey can I take my audience on', can I make them laugh, cry, scare them and make them excited acros a single block of films? It's no easy task, especially with so many great films coming through each year. We also want to be representative of a filmmaker's journey, so we look to screen those shorts shot for a few hundred pounds, up the films like 'Redux Redux' from established directors that have won multiple awards. So we throw all those into the equation and see how we can ensure we're covering those bases to form our programing approach.
What do you hope audiences will take away from the festival? Anything youâre particularly looking forward to this year?
Dave: We hope that audiences will take away with them the knowledge that there is a whole culture of filmmakers working with small crews, limited resources and extremely low budgets who are creating work on a par with anything getting conventional distribution. Making a film is a challenge undo itself, but equally difficult is getting that film seen - taking a gamble on something new, different or unknown can really pay off.
We have a really strong collection of films this year and there is something for all tastes - our big world premiere is the British gangster movie Fall to the Top starring writer/director Pete Hirst and children's TV favourite Paul Chuckle as a hitman; that promises to be a really raucous screening. We've got a terrific film called Tummy Monster which is a very tense two hander between a narcissistic tattoo artist and a celebrity he is trying to get a selfie with which has done really well at regional screening across the country. Our shorts programme is full of witty, profound, creative and innovative work from young filmmakers across the region, country and world, and that is really humbling to see. There is something for everyone.
In what ways does the festival support independent filmmakers?
Ben: We always look to put on talks, Q and As and networking that we can add value to any filmmaker who attends, we really want everyone who attends to go away having learnt something new. This year we're doing talks on producing short films, as well as a detailed discussion on the state of the UK film industry, as well as having dedicated networking time for people to get to meet each other and make those valuable connections. A few years ago we also launched the Emerging Spirit competition where we gave an emerging filmmaker money and resources to go out and make this film. This produced great results with our first two films that we supported, 'Dead Skin' and 'Black Dog' playing at such festivals as Frightfest, Aesthetica and Leeds International. This year we're hosting the world premiere of our latest winner, 'Lone' which we're really excited for.
Tell us a bit about the choice of the Light Cinema venue
Dave: We're big fans of the Light Cinema and big fans of the audiences who attend their screenings. It manages a perfect mix of indie sensibilities and mainstream appeal, which is really what we aim to be, and their crowd are always willing to embrace something new. They've been playing our trailer on the big screen for a while now and the films look so good up on their screens, plus they're a real pleasure to work with. We have been doing a series of monthly cult screenings with them for the past 6 months and they have been really open to our ideas, so we can't wait to run the event at what is a really great venue (and serves great pizza!).
What do you think makes an effective short film?
Ben: For me, short films generally fall into two approaches. Some, often the shorter ones, build toward a punchline or hook. When the payoff works, those films can be incredibly memorable and linger long after youâve seen them. A great example from this yearâs lineup is 'Woman in the Bed', which executes this style beautifully.
The other approach is when a short feels like a window into a larger narrative world. These films spark questionsâhow did the character get here, what might happen nextâand in doing so, they show real care in world-building. That depth allows us to invest more fully in the characters and imagine the story continuing beyond the screen.
Finally - what future projects / events does the festival have in the pipeline Dave
Dave: First off, we're looking forward to a really big break. Running a film festival is a great deal of work and is pretty much a full time job for several months, so some time off is definitely our first action. After that, we'll start looking forward to 2026 and begin the submissions and scouting period all over again. We encourage filmmakers from all walks of life and budgets to send us their films and that takes a lot of work to scout for them. We're exploring a series of exclusive cult and premiere screenings across early 2026 and we're very excited by the opportunities that these films present from this wonderful creative world we find ourselves in.
Tickets for Spirit of Independence Film Festival are selling fast. To get yours, click here
For more updates about the festival, visit the website here and follow Spirit of Independence on Instagram
07.09.25
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: KIZIAH & THE KINGS @ YELLOW ARCH STUDIOS
Gig photography and words by Chris @kit_35mm_film
When talking about the great bands Sheffield has produced, one name thatâs been steadily rising and now feels on the brink of something big is Kiziah & The Kings. Longtime readers will know that Sheff Herd has been following this genre-blending, brass-fuelled powerhouse for a while - we even reviewed their Live at the Dorothy Pax EP not long ago. Saturdayâs launch of their brand-new EP Get Up or Get Out felt like the next step in their journey, and where better to host it than the place where the record was born: Yellow Arch Studios.
From the off, you just knew it was going to be a colourful night of ska, reggae, Latin, and indie energy - and it didnât disappoint.
As I walked into the venue, Kiziah herself was on the door checking names with her trademark warmth and glowing personality. That set the tone: this wasnât going to be a detached performance, it was a celebration.
The room was already buzzing as the first support act, The Curfew Band, took the stage. A sharp three-piece from Mansfield, they mixed originals with covers from The Libertines, Franz Ferdinand, and Green Day, playing with infectious enthusiasm that instantly won the crowd over.
Next up were Amba, a seven-piece with Latin-inspired rhythms that had the audience moving forward and dancing within minutes. Their set was tight, vibrant, and joyful; the perfect gear shift before the main act. And while the supports were on, Kiziah wasnât hiding backstage; she was front and centre, dancing with the crowd, partying as hard as anyone. There was no conserving energy for later - she was already in celebration mode.
Then it was time. The band filed onto the luminous yellow-lit stage, instruments in hand, before Kiziah herself appeared in a striking black-and-gold dress. The roar that greeted her was electric, and within moments the room lifted. Her powerful voice, commanding stage presence, and natural charisma had the crowd in the palm of her hand.
A third of the way into the set, she ducked off stage and re-emerged in a simpler black dress, hair tied up - a switch that seemed to free her up to go fully into party mode, which was needed in the heat of the venue. At one point she was down in the crowd, dancing and singing with fans, while the saxophonist climbed on top of a speaker to blast his solos above the sea of bouncing bodies. From front to back, the room was alive â if there was a livelier place in Sheffield that night, Iâd like to know where.
By the time the final notes rang out, it was clear why Kiziah & The Kings have such a dedicated following. The set was a storm of brass, rhythm, and personality, but more than that, it felt like a moment. Sometimes you canât quite explain it - you just feel it. This was a band whoâve been on a journey, and with Get Up or Get Out, it feels like everything is falling into place.
Sheffield has produced yet another band on the rise, and if Saturday night was anything to go by, Kiziah & The Kings are ready to step onto an even bigger stage.
Get Up or Get Out is available to stream everywhere
07.09.25
SCENE AND HERD INTERVIEW WITH LORI
Gig photography and words by Chris @kit_35mm_film
LORI is a rising local star: a solo musician who writes and performs nostalgic, alternative pop music. Earlier this month, I saw her perform at The Washington, where she blew the crowd away with her music, energy, and style. Ahead of the release of her debut album THIS IS MY HAUS on 26th September and launch shows (including Sidney and Matilda on 11th October), Sheff Herd caught up with her for a chat about her sound, influences, and whatâs next.
How would you describe your music?
I would say itâs hyper-pop with brat girl attitude â this is the type of music I listen to. I like music thatâs bopping and has a euphoric feel. When I go to a gig, I want to enjoy myself, and I want to forget about the electricity bill.
What are your musical influences?
I like Charli XCX, Addison Rae, Lady Gaga, and K-pop. I listen to a lot of rap too, like Eminem. I tend to like things that are theatrical.
Tell me about your debut album THIS IS MY HAUS.
Itâs an album I wrote quite quickly, around a year ago. It reflects my experiences of going to lots of house parties and illegal raves at 3 a.m., but itâs divided into different topics. In a similar way to how Lou Reed divides his songwriting. I want my music to be groovy and fun.
I understand you have an album release gig on 11th October?
Yes, Iâll be playing at Sidney & Matilda, which Iâm really looking forward to. I DJed there recently and that went really well. I also performed there once a few years ago, but back then I was playing different music - now Iâm performing the kind of music I listen to myself.
Iâll also be DJing at The Alder in late September, which Iâm excited about. Beyond that, Iâll be touring in Kent, London, and Brighton, places I have connections to, but Sheffield is really home for me. Iâve lived here for 10 years now, and I consider it my base.
You can support artists in reaching the charts by pre-ordering. THIS IS MY HAUS is available for pre-order now via physical and digital release:
Lori âThis Is My Hausâ â Criminal Records Shop
For updates about Lori, follow her social media here
07.09.25
SCENE AND HERD
REVIEW: TAUT ANGLES @ SIDNEY & MATILDA 22.08.25
By Mark Rezzano
Photography by Abigail Biggs & Jac Fossett
Taut Angles - an experimental four-piece post-punk outfit -delivered an outstanding gig at Sidney & Matilda this August, ahead of their upcoming single and album releases.
The night opened with three terrific local acts: alternative punk artist Jarg Armani, the brooding alternative sounds of Gloom, and the acoustic/electric duo Scarlett & Dan. All three were engaging, but Jarg Armani in particular stood out with a tremendous set â one Iâll definitely be looking out for again.
Since making their debut in March 2024, Taut Angles have steadily built a reputation as a formidable live band, and based on tonightâs evidence, itâs easy to see why. Their sound is already sharply honed. Drummer Joe Wade is unflappable, providing the ballast that gives their music its sheer force. Heâs flanked by guitarist Leon Lockley, whose Rickenbacker seems like an extension of his body, while Andrew Pearse alternates between guitar and bass, propelling the sound into hypnotic, melodic, and tense rhythms, his face locked in intense focus.
The songs themselves carry a brooding intensity reminiscent of The Doors, before erupting into feral assaults with the incendiary energy of Idles or Fugazi. Itâs an intoxicating blend that has the crowd in raptures. At the front, Lee Pearse is a compelling presence. Channelling the electricity in the room, he writhes as he spits out lyrics with venomous ferocity. The words themselves convey an urgent desire for genuine human connection, a call to break free from insularity, to embrace vulnerability and compassion.
During Fake A Fall, Lee urges the crowd to hold hands in unison, reinforcing that spirit of togetherness. And one song in particular captures this ethos perfectly: the forthcoming debut single We Are Delicate. More than just a track, it feels like the bandâs manifesto. The crowd lap it up, responding with loud yelps of approval, and it was this clarion call still ringing in my ears as I made my way home.
Links
06.09.25
SCENE AND HERD INTERVIEW AND REVIEW: FOOTPRINTS JAZZ CLUB FOUNDER DAVE SHEARD AND JAZZ JAM @ HAGGLERS (AUGUST)
Photography and words by Chris @kit_35mm_film
I own a few jazz records - Pharoah Sanders, the Miles Davis Quintet, and John Coltrane - but my experience with the genre hasnât gone much further than that. Since writing for Sheff Herd, Iâd often seen Footprints Jazz Club pop up on social media, though I wasnât entirely sure what it was.
Was it an event? A party? A band? Could anyone join in? Where did it happen, and how often? Did Sheffield even have a jazz scene?
With those questions in mind (and with a growing interest in jazz but little education to go with it) I sat down with the man behind it all: Dave Sheard.
Tell me about yourself and Footprints Jazz Club.
Iâve been a musician all my life. I studied in Sheffield and graduated from university in 2018. I started out running parties as a DJ and producer â one of them being Apricot Ballroom, a monthly night.
But due to personal circumstances, I began to listen to music differently, which led me to jazz. I noticed that no one was booking young, progressive musicians, so I decided to start Footprints Jazz Club.
It began as a Facebook group during Covid, where DJs were sharing electronic â and often obscure â music. The focus was always on supporting grassroots talent. From there, I started putting on gigs at Sidney and Matilda. Typically, Iâd book two bands â one more experienced and one newer. My aim was to showcase musicians from Sheffield and other northern acts.
So who else is in Footprints Jazz Club?
Itâs just me! Iâm the founder and, until recently, I was doing everything myself. Iâve now brought in a Social Media Manager to help.
We run monthly events, including:
Jazz Jam â every second Thursday at The Alder
All-female & experimental session â every third Thursday, with a focus on texture and space - at Hagglers Corner
Jazz Jam at Hagglers Corner â every fourth Thursday
The magic lies in bringing together musicians from different backgrounds whoâve never played together before â the spontaneity creates something really special. Recently, weâve also expanded to venues like The Foundry.
I understand youâve been on tour?
Yes, Iâm just wrapping up my first solo live tour under the stage name Nonna Fab. Iâve been travelling and playing three venues a week â itâs been brilliant. My final stop is Liverpool.
Do you have any other plans for Sheffield?
Yes! The Kelham Jazz Festival will launch on 21st March 2026, taking place across 13 venues. Weâve received Arts Council funding and set up the Footprints Artist Development Program, which will run for 6â8 months. Itâs designed to mentor unsigned bands by offering live gig opportunities, free studio time â whatever they need to grow. Applications open on 6th November.
Weâre also hosting a Kelham Festival Fundraiser on Saturday 25th October, featuring Yarni Ensemble and Kiziah at The Kings at Factory Floor.
Review of Jazz Jam at Hagglers Corner (28.08.2025)
The day after my interview with Dave, I headed down to Hagglers Corner on Queens Road to catch the August session.
The first surprise was the size of the venue. The Jazz Jam had its own upstairs room, but Hagglers also had several other spaces for chilling, chatting, or listening to music.
Climbing the stairs, I felt nervous, not knowing what to expect. At the back of the bright, window-lined room, a group of musicians were already deep in a free-flowing jam. Unlike rock, there was no count-in of â1, 2, 3, 4!â â just music unfolding naturally.
Nearby, saxophone and clarinet players sat waiting, occasionally joining in. Soon the room filled up. A couple took seats nearby â they turned out to be singers. After one jam ended, one of them called across the room, âI wanna jam with that bass player!â Her wish was quickly granted, and she joined in. I was amazed at how effortlessly the group sounded tight, despite never having practiced together.
Afterwards, the organiser â standing in for Dave, who was DJing in Liverpool â stepped up with a pen and paper: âOK, whoâs next?â Musicians swapped out: new guitar, new bass, new drummer, new saxophone. The rotation kept things fresh, and the room buzzed with anticipation.
By then, the space was packed â people standing behind me, either soaking up the music or adding their names to the list. I stayed for hours, watching strangers form instant bands. The organiser encouraged fairness, reminding everyone: âParticularly if anyone who hasnât had a go yet wants to, please put your name down".
Leaving that night, I felt like Iâd learned more about jazz in 48 hours than in years of listening on my own. With all of Footprints Jazz Clubâs upcoming plans â from the jams to the festivals â Sheffieldâs jazz scene feels more alive than ever.
Links
06.09.25
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: FERGUS QUILL @ LESCAR
Photography and words by Chris @kit_35mm_film
Fergus Quill is one of the UKâs most inspirational musicians and bass players. At The Lescar, he performed alongside members of Fergâs Imaginary Big Band, and I went along to experience both his music and the venue itself.
The Lescar is a charming public house with beautiful dĂ©cor, offering both comfort and quality. The customer service was excellent, and I noticed some beautifully presented dishes being served to the tables. The live music takes place in a separate room at the back of the venue. While I was queuing, a regular commented on the consistently high quality of the acts, the low entry fee, and praised the organiser, Jez, as âthe nicest man in jazzâ.
When the doors opened, I stepped into a rectangular-shaped room with the stage at the far end. Velvet curtains and 1970s-style lighting gave the space a vintage atmosphere, almost like stepping out of everyday life. The stage was bathed in orange light, with The Lescar lit up in bold white letters above, adding a touch of showbiz flair. The room felt both intimate and luxurious, with plenty of tables, ample legroom, and even the option to reserve seats.
The venue was close to full capacity when Jez introduced Fergus Quill, and the music began instantly. The six-member band delivered a dramatic entrance â while some musicians were already on stage, two trumpet players entered through the front door, and a baritone saxophonist came in through the fire exit. This unexpected staging created a surround-sound effect that immediately drew the audience in.
The music itself was free-flowing, experimental, and rooted in improvisation. The crowd was clearly passionate and knowledgeable about jazz, applauding at just the right moments mid-song. Every musician was outstanding, but Fergus stood out as a true bandleader. After the first set, Jez kindly introduced me to Fergus, who was warm and approachable. He explained some of the unusual devices used by his bandmate Hamish, officially called âNoise.â From my perspective, it looked like a suitcase filled with two quirky devices â one resembling a retro kidsâ computer toy, another a wooden box topped with a dinosaur that doubled as a horn and moved around during songs. These contraptions produced unusual sound effects, making the name Noise feel perfect.
During the interval, a lighthearted raffle engaged the audience and kept the atmosphere upbeat. The second set carried on with the same raw energy as the first. Fergus remarked that he plays at many jazz venues, but The Lescar is one of his favourites. The audience proved why â lively, passionate, and engaged in a way thatâs rare at seated gigs.
The night ended with a standing ovation and rapturous applause, with fans calling out for Fergus to return soon.
I left a new fan of Fergus Quill. He struck me as the kind of person anyone would be lucky to play in a band with. Between the comfortable, characterful venue, the outstanding musicianship, and the low entry fee, The Lescar feels like the perfect place to take a chance on live music. Iâd highly recommend going down and experiencing it for yourself.
Links
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 8th September 2025
This weekend, Nether Edge opens its 11th community festival, running from the 13th to the 21st September. Across nine days there will be a mix of music, food, talks, walks, art, and family activities spread throughout local venues, gardens, and parks.
The festival begins with a family-friendly day at Common Ground, featuring bouncy castles, crafts, face painting, and a shared meal from Ammiâs Kitchen. Over the opening weekend, visitors can browse the popular farmersâ market, take part in a yard sale trail, and explore an art trail showcasing work from local residents.
Music and performance play a central role, with opportunities to join a ceilidh, hear live concerts in the Lantern Theatre, and enjoy street and park performances. Workshops from instrument makers and artists will give insight into local craft and design. For those looking for something quieter, there are yoga sessions and a guided mindfulness walk in the General Cemetery.
Talks and walks highlight the areaâs history, from geological rambles to stories of Sheffieldâs âLittle Mesterâ tradition. Food is also a key feature, with community lunches and a cocktail-and-small-plates evening among the events on offer.
The festival ends with the free Party in the Park at Chelsea Park, which brings together live music, circus skills, games, food stalls, and performances from local groups. Itâs designed as a celebration for all ages and a way to bring the neighbourhood together.
SEPTEMBER 2025
TOP 4
đđđđ
Your guide to the month ahead.
Scroll up for our weekly event recommendations.
01
đ
Spirit of Independence Film Festival
Sheffieldâs indie film scene comes alive this September with the return of Spirit of Independence, running from Friday 26th to Sunday 28th at The Light Cinema.
The festival opening night features a special 45th anniversary screening of John Carpenter's classic 'The Fog'
Spirit of Independence celebrates bold, creative voices in independent filmmaking, featuring a vibrant mix of shorts, feature films, Q&As, and opportunities to meet filmmakers from across the UK.
Whether youâre drawn to experimental storytelling or raw, authentic drama, this festival is a must-visit.
Tickets for individual screenings and weekend passes are available here
02
đ
Float Along Festival
On Saturday 27th September, the Float Along Festival fills several Sheffield city centre venues, including Corporation, The Washington, and the Hallamshire Hotel.
Known for its eclectic lineup, the festival brings together emerging indie and alternative artists alongside Sheffieldâs thriving music community.
Expect a day full of fresh sounds, energetic performances, and a welcoming atmosphere for music lovers.
03
đ
Lick of Paint Street Art Festival
On 6th and 7th September, Sheffieldâs streets will burst with colour and creativity during the Lick of Paint Street Art Festival.
Artists from across the UK and Europe will create striking murals and interactive artworks in areas including Kelham Island, Castlegate, and throughout Sheffield city centre.
Visitors can watch the art unfold live, join guided tours, and take part in workshops led by the artists. This free, family-friendly event invites everyone to experience the cityâs urban spaces in a fresh and inspiring way.
04
đ
Rockin' the Bowl Festival
For fans of hard-hitting rock and metal, Rockinâ the Bowl takes place on Saturday 6th September at the FORGE Warehouse, featuring a powerhouse lineup of local and touring bands delivering heavy riffs and high energy. Highlights include Doncasterâs Circle of Origin, the Herd reviewed Ace of Kings and other standout acts ready to bring the noise.
Kicking off the weekend, donât miss the warm-up gig on Friday 5th September at the Hallamshire Hotel (doors open 7pm). This special night supports CALM (Campaign Against Living Miserably), a suicide prevention charity close to the hearts of the RTB team and performing bands. The line-up features Circle of Origin, a one-off set from the newly formed band The Awakening, and Nottinghamâs genre-bending outfit Confyde. Expect a night of raw, passionate performancesâall profits go directly to CALM.
18.08.25
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: SHEFFIELD FESTIVAL OF REGGAE @ NETWORK
Written by Richard Wilkinson-Smith
The Sheffield Festival of Reggae returned to Sheffield's Network venue on Saturday 16th August and brought a full day of music, culture, and unity. From early afternoon until well past dark, the venue was transformed into a vibrant hub of rhythm and soul, hosting some of the biggest and most beloved names in reggae in several spaces.
The organisers had put a lot of work into this almost sold out event. Austin Grant, guiding light of the Sheffield reggae and roots scene who passed away just under a year ago, was honoured today in the best way possible: through live music on a stage dedicated to his name. The Austin Grant Stage was packed with a lineup of musical gems and it is here that Sheff Herd spent our day...
The Toots and the Maytals Experience opened the day with real fire. Their frontman, channelling Tootsâ charisma with hips wiggling and arms aloft, had the willing Sheffield crowd instantly hooked with Rasta Man and a call-and-response routine. Monkey Man and Higher and Higher followed. It's easy to forget Toots and the Maytals cultural influence here in the UK - overshadowed at times by Marleyâs rise to take his crown in the â70s. However, when you observe the four different generations (especially those who grew up in the '60s) throwing some terrific dance moves to Pressure Drop, 54-46 Was My Number and Sweet and Dandy, you need no further reminder of their impact. Hopefully the band returns soon; their set left many wanting more.
Next came the brilliant Sylvia Tella. The former Boney M singer turned Lovers Rock icon reminded everyone why her timeless romantic anthems endure: âWeâre gonna stay in the â80s, âcause this is the era where I had hit after hit!â she laughed, before soaring through absolute stone classics Spell and Happy Home which sounded even better than the record. Credit, too, to the sound engineer at Network for the crisply mixed bass and perfect echo that lifted her supreme voice to another level.
âYou guys are making me feel famous!â Sylvia grinned mid-set, as the audience sang back lines from her songs. She even tweaked a lyric to shout out Sheffield directly, earning a roar from the Network crowd. Before closing with the majestic single Special Way, she reflected warmly on the love sheâs received in the North: âThey say you donât always get love where youâre from, but Manchester, Sheffield, Leeds [the odd audience boo!], Huddersfield, Birmingham⊠I get nothing but love!â The audience doubled it right back.
Then it was time to soak up the ambience in the courtyard: clothes and jewellery stalls, friendly faces, and - thankfully - food, as hunger had well and truly set in. The weather had dropped darker, and let's face it - Sheffield isnât exactly Kingston, but weâd enjoyed patches of blue sky earlier and, crucially, it didn't rain! The food queues were quite large but worth the wait as the various vendors - such as Wi Jammin Carribean Takeaway and Marleys jerk shack - served up solid, appropriate rice based dishes which helped to soak up the very reasonably priced drinks at Network. There was a real buzz and sense of community, even aside from the music. Another shout out to the fantastic staff and security for their friendliness and for keeping people moving safely.
Back inside, it was time for a treat for the dub and roots connoisseurs; a set for the hardcore fans of the pinnacle of the Dub and Roots reggae Golden Age: Big Youth, aka Manley Augustus Buchanan. A stripped-back, soulful cover of Marvin Gaye's Whatâs Going On made this classic relevant to now as the 76-year-old lamented issues such as âkilling the childrenâ a stark reminder of the social conscience that this music can also deliver.
Big Youthâs energy was boundless: jacket off, bouncing around the stage,with intoxicating energy. The set had foundations in classics from many genres. Big Youth is equally at home in songs drenched in dub skank, bass, and piercing guitar as he is riffing through classics like Ray Charles Hit the Road Jack (cue a mass singalong). During a crowd pleasing surprise performance of Three Blind Mice Big Youth brought a cheeky comedy, accusing the mice of being disreputable characters before quipping that it was time to move on: âthis is Sheffield, not Schofield!".
The dub was pure during He Was a Rasta and he toasted part of what would become hip hop in the 1980s. The harmonies on Diana Ross' Touch me in the Morning were simply tremendous. The whole set was such a smorgasbord of reggae delights; I loved every second.
Towards the end of the evening, Iration Steppas and Musical Youth rounded out the lineup in fine style. Steppasâ festival reputation is renowned nationwide, but in an acknowledgement of the more intimate setting of Network, their set leaned on less gritty, more recent material. The sound was still heavy enough for me, but the eagle-eared dub faithful noticed the shift in atmosphere a little bit from the booming sound system songs they are known for. Even at their smoothest, Iration Steppas remain a cut above many of their peers in the genre.
Musical Youthâs set, delivered solo by lead singer Dennis Seaton, was equally crowd-pleasing. Armed with a laptop; occasionally pressing the wrong buttons during track changes and turning it all into part of the showâSeaton charmed with his playful stage presence and the slick vocals that have earned his group a worldwide loyal fanbase.
Sixteen was an early highlight, glowing with the smooth grooves and unmistakable 80s reggae flair. But it was the covers - John Holtâs Tell Me Why and Aswadâs Donât Turn Around (the latter played Sheffield Reggae Festival last year) - that really got the crowd grooving. Seaton also dipped into early influences with Never Gonna Give You Up from the bandâs classic early-80s album The Youth of Today, and the crowd's response was a reminder that Musical Youth remain so beloved.
Our headliner today was Maxi Priest - one of the most successful voices of smooth, commercial Lovers Rock during reggaeâs late-80s and 90s breakthrough in the UK, alongside groups like UB40. Unfortunately he was delayed in getting to the stage. For myself, and many others travelling in from outside the city, this meant dashing off early to catch last buses and trains and not getting to see his set.
A consummate showman, Priest is known worldwide for getting festival crowds jumping to hits like the Billboard #1 Close to You. Like many artists who appeared at Network today, he also crossed over into the pop charts with a coverâCat Stevensâ Wild Worldâand has built a catalogue of sweet, crowd-pleasing favourites. If technical delays were ironed out, his set would have undoubtedly been a fitting finale to a tremendous day.
In the meantime, as we waited, Glasgowâs superb Mungoâs Hi-Fi Sound System kept spirits high with a heavyweight selection of reggae-pop classics, wrapping up a brilliant day where people of all ages and backgrounds came together to celebrate pure reggae in all its forms.
The Sheffield Festival of Reggae was a true tribute to the Northern reggae scene. Massive respect to Networkâs fair ticket and drink prices which added to the good vibes and made the festival feel that bit more inclusive. A truly great event; all signs point to the festival returning next year.
16.08.25
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: IMAGINARY FRIENDS, PSYLOCIN AND MAISIE JEAN @ HALLAMSHIRE HOTEL
Photography and words by Chris @kit_35mm_film
On a busy Saturday night in Sheffield city centre, with plenty of options on offer, my main draw was to see Imaginary Friends, a fuzz-infused psych-punk band Iâve been following closely. I was also intrigued to check out Psylocin, a shoegaze, grunge and metalcore band from Barnsley.
The Hallamshire Hotel on West Street - arguably the busiest nightlife street in the city - is a venue with a strong reputation. Sheff Herd has previously featured it as a Herd Hangout and itâs a name I often hear mentioned at other gigs. They offer an array of music in several spaces and this night were even hosting a free set in their downstairs from world renowned DJ Lazy Boy; testament to how valued this venue is by artists that someone of his calibre would perform for free.
I was instantly met by welcoming staff at the door. The stage is tucked upstairs, and itâs one of the best Iâve seen in Sheffield for independent acts: elevated, spacious, with varied lighting that gives bands plenty of presence.
Maisie Jean
The evening began with an unexpected twist. Earlier that day at 12pm, Imaginary Friends had put out a call on social media for a last-minute opener, and Sheffieldâs Maisie Jean - just 18 years old - stepped up. A solo singer-songwriter, Maisie spoke beforehand about her debut album Fluorescent Girl and the support sheâs felt from the Sheffield scene. She looked completely at home on the big stage, delivering a confident, elegant set.
My highlight was Uphill, a piece based on a poem and her sisterâs favourite song, which she joked about while also celebrating her recent B grade in English Literature (well done Maisie!)
Though not the kind of act youâd expect on a punk/metal bill, Maisie won the crowd over with ease and left to warm applause. You can read more about Maisie on my previous Scene and Herd gig review of her Washington performance.
Psylocin
Next up were Psylocin, a four-piece from Barnsley. I didnât recognise any of the faces, but they were clearly well supported by the crowd.
They took the stage quietly, almost politely, before unleashing their heavier side. Mid-set, the singer asked: âCan I do some screaming?â - the crowdâs immediate âyes!â was all the encouragement he needed. Headbanging, two-stepping and heaving dancing erupted as the band tore into their songs. At one point, the guitarist leapt offstage and played half a track from the floor, adding to the energy.
Despite the chaos, the band showed versatility, dropping into a slower, more chilled number before kicking back into high gear. Songs from their EP Pleasure and Agony were highlights, with sections of the audience singing along word for word. Clearly, Psylocin are already making waves - and rightfully so.
Imaginary Friends
Then it was time for Imaginary Friends. Full disclaimer: I am a fan of this band. They were headlining back-to-back weekends - last week at Sidney & Matilda, this week at the Hallamshire Hotel.
The trioâMarc (vocals, from Italy), Jack (drums, Sheffield) and Jack (bass, Scunthorpe)âlooked sharp in sunglasses and ready for the evening. It was also a bittersweet night, as this marked bassist Jackâs final show with the band (best wishes, Jack!). They launched into Unpresentable and Critical, instantly getting the crowd moving. Marc bunny-hopped across the stage while fans danced right up at the front.
Midway through came Brainwaves, one of their newer tracks, followed by Fleabag, which recently turned one year old and in an age where music videos are rarer, this song has a brilliant one worth seeking out. They closed with Elevator/Shake, pure punk-metal energy, before returning for an encore: Lovely. A slower, more subtle piece, it felt like one of those hidden tracks youâd stumble upon minutes after the final song on a CD: an intimate way to end a high-energy set.
In the short time Iâve followed Imaginary Friends, their growth has been clear, and tonightâs show was further proof of that.
With Maisie Jean, Psylocin, and Imaginary Friends, the Hallamshire offered something for everyone: powerful songwriting, heavy chaos, and psych-punk brilliance. For anyone willing to support new and local music, these are artists well worth listening to.
Links
16.08.25
SCENE AND HERD GIG PREVIEW: DEAF ROMEO (PLUS SUPPORT FROM THE METRONICS AND APT.28) @ SHAKESPEARES
By Charlotte Sometimes
On Wednesday 20th August, Sheffieldâs legendary pub and live music haven Shakespeares plays host to a night of fuzzed-out riffs, pounding rhythms, and pure chaos.
Headlining are Deaf Romero, a cartoony celebration of 90s alt-rock with a dash of synth wizardry, drawing inspiration from bad movies, breakfast food, and the occult; expect hooks, humour, and raw energy from start to finish.
Theyâre joined by The Metronics, pioneers of all things glibcore, and Apt. 28, who deliver heavy-hitting riffs, pulsing rhythms, and lyrics that linger.
Doors open at 7, show starts 7.30.
Tickets are ÂŁ5 in advance or ÂŁ10 on the door and available here
16.08.25
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: MAISIE JEAN @ THE WASHINGTON
Photography and words by Chris @kit_35mm_film
Maisie Jean is an emerging 18 year old indie-pop singer/songwriter from Sheffield, with influences ranging from Lola Young and Luvcat to Charli XCX and Mitski. With her career still in its early stages, I was curious to see what she would bring to a live setting. On Thursday 7th August, I headed to The Washington to find out.
Arriving half an hour before the show, I noticed the stage was unusually bare: just a single microphone, a stark contrast to the full bands Iâd seen perform at The Washington previously.
Maisie moved easily between the bar and the stage as she prepared for her set. With no instruments in sight, it became clear she would be performing solo, using her phone plugged into the sound system to provide the backing tracks. After a quick sound check, there was a quiet assurance about the way she carried herself that suggested she was ready to own the stage.
As the room filled, Maisie opened her set. Her voice immediately made an impact; raspy, powerful, and full of emotion. Each song carried a sense of intimacy, as though drawn directly from lived experience. More than just a singer-songwriter, she proved to be a performer too, shifting her stance and angles to command the stage with presence and charisma.
Between songs, Maisie kept the atmosphere light and conversational, talking about her upcoming shows at venues like the Green Room and the Porter Brook. She also spoke candidly about entering a Battle of the Bands competition with a ÂŁ10k prize, joking with disarming honesty: âI ainât gunna lie; I need that money!â
Her set was varied and engaging; sometimes theatrical, sometimes introspective, with a mix of indie and electronic textures. Tracks like Apples, Making Conversation, Get Pissed, Boots, Youâve Got His Eyes, and In Ecstasy highlighted both her range and her ability to balance high-energy moments with more reflective, emotional ones.
By the end of the night, the audience had clearly been won over. Maisie Jeanâs performance felt like the exciting first chapter of a career with much more to come. With her debut album Fluorescent Girl (released August 2025) now available in both digital and physical formats, Sheffield may well have another rising star on its hands.
15.08.25
SCENE AND HERD
PREVIEW: TAUT ANGLES @ SIDNEY & MATILDA 22.08.25 (PLUS SUPPORT)
By Charlotte Sometimes
Taut Angles are an experimental post-punk four-piece who have been previously described as creating âtightly wound guitar rhythmsâ that deliver âdanceable noiseâ and âenergetic live performancesâ. Born out of completely improvised sessions, their music moves between slow-building, hypnotic soundscapes and bursts of explosive energy.
With We Are Delicate - their upcoming first single release and an album on the horizon, now is the time to catch them live as Jarred Up present their upcoming gig at Sidney & Matilda on 22nd August. Add in the fact that itâll be frontman Leeâs birthday, and you can expect an extra shot of celebration in the air.
Theyâll be joined by a killer line-up of Sheffield talent: Jarg Armani bringing alternative punk rock bite, Gloom delivering brooding alternative sounds, and Scarlett and Dan - a duo who blend acoustic and electric guitar in a unique, engaging style.
The gig starts at 7:30 and advance tickets are ÂŁ10 and available here
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 18th August 2025
On 22nd August, Peddler Warehouse will host Emergence Collective - a ten-piece folk ensemble performing music that blurs the lines between tradition and experiment.
Featuring some of the most inventive improvisers from across the North, the orchestra blends instruments from centuries past with contemporary ones, creating a living dialogue between old and new.
Drawing from deep roots in folk, classical, early music, electronic soundscapes, and free improvisation, the group weaves shifting layers of melody and rhythm. The band have released three acclaimed albums, including their recent Chapel, recorded in the Samuel Worth Chapel at Sheffield General Cemetery and have been praised for their âbeautifully subtle yet hypnoticâ minimalism. No two performances are the same and this one will be delivered in the round.
The night will be made even more special by a set from the captivating Sheffield based cellist and composer Liz Hanks who has worked with a huge range of big artists, including Pulp, Richard Hawley and Liam Gallagher. Her debut album Land has been well received and draws inspiration from her local landscape.
This Peddler Warehouse show promises to be an immersive highlight event of the summer. Grab your tickets here
10.08.25
SCENE AND HERD GIG REVIEW: BLACKWATER LIGHTSHIP EP LAUNCH SUPPORTED BY FREEZER & OSPREY @ SIDNEY & MATILDA
Written by Charlotte Sometimes
Gig photography by Russell Jones-Davies
It was fitting that the release of Blackwater Lightshipâs superb EP Last Night I Saw the Leaves Fall (read review on previous post) was celebrated at one of the cityâs best independent music venues; Sidney & Matilda, as it was here that Blackwater Lightship performed their first official support gig - so it is a special place for them. The nightâs line-up was rounded out by the formidable local rock duo Osprey and âglam-psych-kitchen-sink rockâ band Freezer. The gig had completely sold out; testament to the quality of music on offer this evening.
The room at Sidney and Matilda is intimate but the sound is big: walls of colour and texture reverberating around its low-lit corners. Thereâs an immediacy here; you feel connected to the performers in a way that makes every note land harder.
First up were Freezer. These are talented musicians who blend genres and take the audience on a rich, kaleidoscopic journey through psych, funk, indie, rock, and Floyd-esque vocal territory. Dean Bargh, a charismatic frontman sporting flares, a colourful shirt and a vibrant purple beard, had the crowd eating out of his hand from the first moments - challenging them to a staring contest, coaxing everyone closer to the stage, and ultimately getting them to move and dance. His between-song banter and playful giveaways (free stickers and badges) added to the joy of this performance.
The set included their Beatles-inspired single Everybody Wants to Be Happy, full of Rubber Soul/Sgt Pepper melodic flourishes and a buoyant groove that shimmered in the room. This was followed by Elizabeth III, a love song that broke down mid-way into a delicate folk section before building back into soaring psychedelia. The bandâs musical chemistry was undeniable - tight rhythms, inventive arrangements, and drumming that snapped and swung with precision. Special mention must go to the backing vocals, which soared with Great Gig in the Sky-style abandon, sending shivers down the spine. This band really showcased their musical might on this night.
After a short break, local rock duo Osprey took to the stage. Sheff Herd has seen this band perform before and knew we were in for something special. Even though there are only two membersâthe âAndrewsâ (Oxley and Swift)âthey create a massive sound. Oxleyâs guitar playing is clever, his phrasing and use of tone so deft you donât even miss the bass. Swift is a drummer who commands attention, every hit measured but full of force. Vocally, while Oxley takes the lead, thereâs a distinct melodic symbiosis in their delivery that gives the songs a genuine emotional weight.
Their set leaned into the heavier side of their repertoire early on, with single Empty Chair showcasing fierce metal shreds. Elsewhere, they pulled in post-grunge textures reminiscent of early 2000s American bands like 3 Doors Down: particularly in their performance of The Mystery, which had that same brooding, soaring energy. They closed with a Black Sabbath mash-up (RIP Ozzy) that was met with huge cheers, proving their ability to blend reverence with creativity. Osprey are a band of real substance and skill: genuinely one to watch out for.
One final reset of the stage and it was time for the main act: the celebration of Blackwater Lightshipâs new EP Last Night I Saw the Leaves Fall. Seeing the music we had previously reviewed was a completely different experience live.
The first half of the set served as an introduction to the bandâs breadth and versatility before they moved into the EP tracks. Early songs carried a post-punk pulse with echoes of Joy Division and The Smiths - angular yet melodic, with a rich undercurrent of emotion. The sound was incredibly tight, and the chemistry between the two members was instantly engaging. Lockley, ever the warm and playful frontman, had the audience cheering for âHyper Tomâ on drums, and both musicians were visibly energised by the response: grinning throughout, feeding off the roomâs enthusiasm.
They then shifted gears, with Lockley continuing the tradition passed down from the Byrds to Big Star to Teenage Fanclub and swapping to a Rickenbacker for the jangling, shimmer of Trapped in Dreams: a tonal change that showed another facet of their songwriting.
Before the official EP launch portion began, Lockley explained that the release isnât yet on the big streaming platforms because, in his words, âthe billionaires can waitâ. And indeed, this performance was something entirely separate from the studio versions. With no extra band members or production layering, the live renditions took on a more organic form; raw and immediate, yet no less compelling.
The EP tracks unfolded in a way that highlighted the deep creative rapport between the two musicians, each one enhancing the otherâs sound. The opening track City Lights rang out with a big, cinematic sweep; the second track Evening Star was adapted for a live audience with whistles, giving it an earthy, folk-inflected charm. The third track Over & Out had a personal backstory - written by Lockley a decade ago during a songwriting course, inspired by people who help lift you from dark places. The Standing Man, penned by Roberts when he was just 17, kept its titular figure shrouded in mystery, adding an intriguing edge.
One of the most poignant moments of the night came with the final EP track (also a single) The Places Where We Go dedicated to Lockley and his wifeâs beloved dog, Ted, who sadly passed away very recently. This was a really moving moment and the crowd clearly felt the resonance of this.
The song itself, Lockley introduced as about creativity and dreaming - âWe donât sleep, our bodies doâ - and the performance built in crescendo with the primal cries of Lockley and the fierce rhythm of Roberts the expression of joy at the culmination of all the hard work that has gone into producing this EP and show.
The closing song The Last Sea swelled into an anthemic crescendo, the crowd erupting into riotous applause at the finale. There was a lot of love for these two in the room this evening and it was completely deserved.
Overall, the night was a glorious blend of craft and connection - a sold-out and joyful celebration of creativity. And as ever, the musicians highlighted the power of live music and the importance of supporting venues like Sidney and Matilda.
Blackwater Lightship have not only delivered a superb EP but have proved, beyond doubt, that their live presence is every bit as vital. An absolute triumph.
Links
Blackwater Lightship
Listen to Blackwater Lightship's
Last Night I Saw the Leaves Fall EP here
Freezer
Osprey
Photography: Russell Jones-Davies
09.08.25
SCENE AND HERD
EP REVIEW: BLACKWATER LIGHTSHIP LAST NIGHT I SAW THE LEAVES FALL
Written by Richard Wilkinson-Smith
Sheffield alternative-indie duo Leon Lockley and Tom Roberts of Blackwater Lightship describe themselves as âIndie meets grunge meets folk rock.â This weekend, they celebrated the release of their new EP Last Night I Saw The Leaves Fall (created at Broadcast Recordings and released on 7th August) with a launch show at Sidney & Matilda.
Before we get to the live review (next post), letâs talk about the EP itself, track by track which we thoroughly enjoyed.
The production across the entirety of the EP has a strong appeal; where the separation and tenderness of each instrument is valued over the slick sheen of the modern trends of production. Blackwater Lightship are taut and crisp, but off-kilter "mistakes" are quite rightly kept in throughout.
City Lights
âWaiting for the sun to rise,/Get a coffee / And one atomized life to goâ
This opening track, Roberts shared bravely, is about active addiction (now from a place of recovery - huge respect for this). The song itself blends jangly guitars, hand-claps, darkly poetic lyrics and tight, simple shuffling drums - a sound that recalls the 1980s heyday of indie pop and rock, from The Go-Betweens to early R.E.M. Lockley delivers the chorus line with passionate abandon, leaving the song on a deliciously bittersweet tone.
Evening Star
âWhy are things the way they are?/ The morning sun always seems so far./As we gaze upon the evening starâŠâ
This second track drops the pace with some gentle, retro guitar stabs and relaxed, skipping beats. There feels like a strong influence from the City Slang label here: bands like Lambchop and Calexico fuelled their early music with darkness, heart and a beautifully structured ambience and so do our Sheffield boys.
Over and Out
âMy buzzing blood was too ill fated/ I think youâve for the worst of meâ
This third track seemingly leans towards alternative territory with a riff nodding to Radiohead's Street Spirit (Fade Out) - but, before we even get a hint that it could be a little predictable, it shimmies and shuffles into a keyboard driven piece, with Robertsâ rough, aggressive crash symbols and Lockleyâs gritty guitars offsetting the slick shakers and a well-structured vocal. A dark, sinister coda closes the track to an atmospheric ending.
The Standing Man
âJust forget your inhibitions and donât make any plans / Just go outside into the rain and wait for The Standing Man.â
The penultimate track offers a gentler but no less powerful indie moment; a sense of relief after the unsettled mood of the previous track. Lockley plays with understated grace in the verses before opening into an epic chorus; his voice remains soulful and tender throughout. The songâs emotional weight comes from its rawness, not any glossy studio trickery. Musical gravitas is not substituted for sheen, even on this ballad - and it's all the better for it.
Places Where We Go
"The perfect line. / You always had a way of reaching me"
This closing track (and previously released single) feels monumental; reminiscent of the deeply passionate aggression of late â80s/Blixa era Nick Cave and the Bad Seeds and the sweeping, epic tenderness of Mercury Revâs Jonathan. Lockleyâs lead vocal becomes a primal howl on the chorus while Robertsâ tribal drumming, taut bass, and razor-sharp guitar push the music to the brink and pull it back again. An incredible finale.
Last Night I Saw the Leaves Fall is a serious contender for Sheffieldâs short-form indie release of the year - a superb accomplishment indeed.
You can listen to the EP here and why not spend a mere ÂŁ9 to support these superb local artists.
07.08.25
SCENE AND HERD PREVIEW & INTERVIEW: HYUK NAMKOONG
Written by Chris @kit_35mm_film
UK-based Korean classical pianist Hyuk Namkoong was trained at two of the worldâs most prestigious institutions; the Royal Academy of Music in London (2015), and the Royal Conservatoire of Scotland in Glasgow (2017). With a career shaped by the rigour and artistry of these elite academies, this brilliant pianist brings both technical brilliance and deep musical sensitivity to every performance. His playing captivates audiences with a rare blend of precision, passion, and expressive storytelling.
Hyuk Namkoong returns to Café #9 in Nether Edge on Sunday 10th August. With the performance just days away, I caught up with him to talk about his musical journey, recent projects, and what keeps drawing him back to Sheffield.
What brings you back to Café No.9?
I first went there for coffee with my wife. I could see it was a music venue and through conversations with the owner, I play there a few times a year. The venue is different to a typical setting for classical music; the vintage-style timber, and the fact that itâs an intimate venue where youâre very close to the audience. Itâs a unique experience for me, and I enjoy it very much.
Youâve also been working with the University of Sheffield Concert Orchestra. How did that come about?
I am a pianist, and in late 2024, I developed my interest in conducting. There was an opportunity to gain experience with a band, which I really enjoyed. Iâm still with the group.
Earlier this year, you performed with Classical Sheffield. What was that experience like?
Classical Sheffield is like a centralised hub connecting local musicians. I think they run a couple of concerts a year. It was a good experience and I need to renew my membership!
Who would you say are your musical influences?
In terms of a role model, itâs very hard for me to name one, and many of them are historic. But I admire the qualities of musicians in general, regardless of who they are. In terms of lifestyle, I would say Arturo Benedetti Michelangeli.
Your performances are very expressive; how do you experience music while performing?
I try to feel as involved as much as possible. The music must have an impact on me, otherwise I canât imagine it would have an impact on the audience. Itâs not something I am trying to control; it just comes out. Itâs how I feel.
Your Instagram posts often reflect your personal thoughts and musical struggles which is maybe a little different to how some musicians use the platform. How do you approach using social media?
I think musicians are quite self-critical. We all go through something similar. But I suppose some people use Instagram for marketing, and I use it more as a diary.
Youâve also served in the Korean army. How did that time affect your musical career?
I studied in the UK, but I had to go back to Korea to serve two years in the army. In that time, I didnât practice; not for a year and eight months anyway. Only in the last few months, I bought a cheap electric piano, but I only got that because I was applying to perform at a talent show. I finished army service in 2019 and came back to the UK.
Finally, other than Cafe#9, do you have any other upcoming performances you're excited about?
This week, Iâm playing at Beverley Cathedral and then next week I have two dates at the Edinburgh Fringe.
Links
Tickets to Hyuk Namkoong 10th August at 7:30pm at Cafe #9
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 11th August 2025
Sheffield will come alive this August as the Festival of Reggae 2025 brings a full day of music, culture, and unity to Network. From early afternoon until well past dark, the venue will be transformed into a vibrant hub of rhythm and soul, hosting some of the biggest and most beloved names in reggae. With three stages - including a lively outdoor courtyard - this yearâs festival is set to be one of the most dynamic celebrations of the genre the city has ever seen.
Headlining the event is Maxi Priest, whose smooth blend of reggae and R&B made him an international icon. His presence promises a set full of timeless hits and irresistible grooves. Also joining the bill is Big Youth, a true pioneer of Jamaican music whose toasting style helped shape the sound of reggae in the 1970s. For those who grew up with reggae in the charts, Musical Youth will deliver a dose of joyful nostalgia with the infectious energy that made âPass the Dutchieâ a global anthem.
The festival also welcomes Sylvia Tella, known for her rich, emotive vocals that have made her a standout figure in lovers rock, and Carroll Thompson, the undisputed queen of the genre. On the heavier side of the spectrum, Iration Steppas will bring their powerful dub sound system to shake the walls and move the crowd with deep, hypnotic basslines. Mungoâs Hi-Fi, known for fusing classic roots with UK bass culture, will deliver a high-energy set that bridges generations and styles.
Adding to the mix is a tribute to the legendary Toots and the Maytals, bringing timeless ska and rocksteady to life with soulful flair, as well as fresh energy from rising stars like Trojan Explosion, who represent the evolving future of dancehall and reggae in the UK.
Beyond the music, the festival will feature Caribbean food, local art, and community vibes throughout the day. Itâs a space to dance, to connect, and to celebrate reggae not just as a sound, but as a movement rooted in resistance, rhythm, and togetherness.
Whether youâre there for the heavy dub, the sweet harmonies of lovers rock, or the raw energy of classic reggae, this will be a true highlight of Sheffieldâs summer calendar.
đđđđđ
SHEFF HERD
FILM OF THE WEEK
IN ASSOCIATION WITH KELHAM FILM CLUB W.C. 11th August
Sheff Herd is delighted to be sponsoring the fantastic Kelham Film Club - a community cinema night that holds weekly screenings of unique films, with great drinks deals in the welcoming Alder Bar. Each week, we will keep you updated with the events and screenings on offer.
Tuesday 12th August @6:30pm (arrive early to make the most of the drinks deals!)
Secret Cinema - we know no more about this image than the image provides; how exciting! Also this event is FREE - even more exciting! More money to spend on the brilliant drinks deals in the bar (just show your ticket).
06.08.25
SCENE AND HERD: FOUNDRY 'THEN AND NOW' & WET LEG REVIEW
Words and Photography by Chris @kit_35mm_film
Following the recent and devastating closure of The Leadmill - in many ways an irreplaceable part of the cityâs music scene - live music fans are now wondering where larger events will be held. Many of The Leadmillâs scheduled shows and club nights have since been relocated to The Foundry. These include The Lemonheads, Martha Wainwright, Corella, New Model Army and Wheatus.
The Foundry opened in 1994 at The University of Sheffield Studentsâ Union, in a space formerly known as the Lower Refectory. Nowadays, it has generally dropped the 'The' and is also known as Foundry SU. It has a capacity of 1,065.
Although always popular, Foundry has arguably remained more under-the-radar than past flagship venues like the O2 Academy or The Leadmill - despite surprisingly boasting a larger capacity than the latter.
After recently attending a relocated Leadmill gig, I started thinking about my own experiences of the venue and of live music in our city over the years.
ThenâŠ
Does anyone recall what The Foundry was like 30 years ago? Share your stories with us if so and if youâre too young to remember, read on.
Sunday, 15th October 1995. My sister took me (under supervision, of course) to my very first concert at The Foundry in Sheffield. I had no idea what to expect, but I took a camera with me (a bold move back then, considering cameras were strictly prohibited; unless you were on the other side of the barrier, that is).
I remember The Foundry being on the lower floor, with tables and chairs stacked to one side like a forgotten spare room. Iâm fairly sure the stage was on the left as I walked through the double doors. The band? Sleeper; a Britpop band from London that originally formed in 1992 and reunited in 2017.
The crowd was lively. There were chants, mostly good-natured but definitely of a kind you wouldnât hear today, directed toward lead singer Louise Wener. The mosh pit was hot, packed, and totally unpredictable. I wish I could tell you more details, but I was too busy just trying to keep up and mimic everyone else around me. I was having a great time.
Soon after that, some notable names played The Foundry: Pavement, Fun Lovinâ Criminals, and Northern Uproar among them.
At the Northern Uproar gig, I met a relative of a very famous musician. He had a pint in one hand and a cigarette in the other. He had a mod hairstyle with a sizeable fringe. The room was hot, and it looked like heâd been there a while. I donât remember how we got introduced, but just as we were about to shake hands, I remember him looking at his left and right hand, deciding whether to drop the cigarette or the beer; I won't say which he opted for.
Back then, it was all about cassettes and CDs. The Leadmill was the undisputed flagship venue for live music in Sheffield and continued to be until it closed on 28th June 2025. A sad day for music fans.
NowâŠ
Thursday, 23rd July 2025. I returned to Foundry for the first time in decades to see Wet Leg, the brilliant indie rock band from the Isle of Wight.
In the thirty years between my visits, I mightâve only returned to Foundry a handful of times - all around 1996 - before The Octagon became the go-to university venue. But this time, it happened to be graduation week. Students in gowns, parents dressed up and proud; it added to the good atmosphere.
This event was superbly put together by the good folks at Bear Tree Records - an independent record shop based at The Forum. You couldnât buy a ticket for the gig without also buying the album (clever move), and it clearly worked. Congrats to Wet Leg on beating Oasis to Number 1 in the album charts!
Foundry is still on the lower floor, but the space has evolved. It now feels like a proper venue, not just a makeshift room. There are now additional spaces - Studio and Fusion. The stage in Foundry is now on the right as you walk in, but the room retains that familiar atmospheric darkness I remembered.
Bear Tree had warned Instagram followers about intense strobe lighting and wow, they werenât joking. The band opened with Catch These Fists, and between Rhianâs presence, the lighting, and the sound, it was the most electrifying opening to a concert Iâve ever seen. The energy was unreal. Rhian had the crowd in the palm of her hand; teasing, playful, magnetic.
At the front barrier, a guy held a vinyl record, hoping for lead singer Rhian Teasdale to sign it. It struck me how the priorities have changed - the signed vinyl is now the prize, while 30 years ago we were just trying to catch Louiseâs eye while she performed. Iâm still figuring out what that shift says about us.
There was no support act, no encore; just a tight, rock & roll set. Wet Leg has serious style and a catalogue full of bangers. And Foundry's stage and sound undoubtedly enhanced this experience.
So whatâs next?
No one really knows what the future landscape of live music in Sheffield will look like. The Leadmillâs website also lists relocated shows at a variety of great venues including Sidney & Matilda, Network, Record Junkee, The Steamworks, Yellow Arch Studios, Crookes Social Club and the Hallamshire Hotel. We have a wealth of fantastic smaller and grassroots venues in the city all deserving of our attention.
But in this time of change, Foundry is already stepping up as more of a flagship venue and certainly gigs like Wet Leg showcase its potential. With its history, size, and recent successes, maybe Foundry is not just filling a music venue gap; perhaps itâs ready to define the next chapter.
Watch this space...
04.08.25
SCENE AND HERD INTERVIEW AND GIG REVIEW: IONA LANE @ CAFE #9
Words and Photography by Chris @kit_35mm_film
Highlands-based folk songwriter Iona Lane returned to Café No.9 in Nether Edge, Sheffield, a venue that clearly holds a special place in her heart. I met with Iona during her soundcheck for a chat about her latest work, collaborations, and the final stop on her extensive European tour.
Thank you for taking time just before the gig- what brought you back to Café #9?
The people! The people that run it are very lovely. The place, the atmosphere that this venue invites people to be a part of, is really special. Itâs always very cosy, very warm and friendly; itâs one of my favourites. Itâs good to be back!
Who are some of your musical influences?
At the moment, songwriting-wise, Karine Polwart, Rachel Sermanni, Joshua Burnside, and my friend Katie Spencerâsheâs played here many times and I find her music really inspiring. But I love other types of music too: heavy music, rock, some jazz, even electronic.
I noticed how poetic your lyrics are. Are there any literary influences behind them?
Thank you! Strangely, not a huge amount. Most of my inspiration comes from specific stories or research. I guess my lyrics come from a place of science, which might seem counterintuitive for writing words. Iâm fascinated by the point where the sea meets the land: every time the tides go out and come back in, the coast is never the same. I find that endlessly inspiring.
Your new album Swilkie includes a second disc of live recordings in location. Can you tell me about that collaboration process?
A lot of the music I co-wrote with Malin Lewis, and others contributed parts. The first disc is studio recordings; the second is a series of live takes recorded in locations that inspired the songs. I wanted to collaborate with musicians from those places: itâs always fun to see what others can bring.
Youâve just wrapped up a European tourâhowâs it been, and whatâs next?
Itâs been amazing to play to so many people and hear how they connect with the music. Next? I need to write new music! Iâll be taking a bit of time off, but I plan to tour Canada next year. Katie and I also run a songwriting retreat, so Iâll be working on that and planning potential new releases. Thereâs lots to be done, so Iâll definitely be busy!
Gig Review
This show was a rescheduled date from June, which ended up being the last stop of Ionaâs European tour; what a fitting way to close it.
I had arrived early to conduct the interview, and there was already a buzz and some people had travelled quite a distance.
At 7pm the doors opened, and I finally got to experience CafĂ© #9 as a music venue. Itâs small, warm, and welcoming. I grabbed a cappuccino and carrot cake (delicious! When was the last time you had cake at a gig?), and soaked up the atmosphere. Read more about this Herd Hangout here
Word spread that Ionaâs parents were in attendance, which added a subtle sense of occasion. Iona herself moved through the room, modest and friendly, wearing a CafĂ© No.9 T-shirt: a lovely nod to the place.
Michelle Laverick opened the evening with a heartfelt set, including âThe Mercyâ and âThe Reckoning.â She shared how performing at CafĂ© #9 had been a dream of hers and that she had previously attended the songwriting retreat run by Iona and Katie Spencer - bringing the evening full circle.
Then it was Ionaâs turn.
She opened with âBig Skiesâ, the first track on Swilkie, and welcomed the audience warmly. She spoke of growing up in Settle, North Yorkshire, and now living on the remote Isle of Eigg. Between songs, Iona spoke with humour and a self-described âslightly nerdyâ passion; like when introducing âTorusâ, a song about basking sharks and our relationship with them.
Her performance was captivating. She has a calm confidence, gently engaging the audience, glancing around the room with a sense of connection.
One of the standout moments was âWild Things Growâ, a personal favourite, also featured in a special version with Eigg Primary School on the second disc of Swilkie. She recalled how honest children can be - âbrutally honestâ - nd said that collaboration remains one of her proudest achievements as a musician.
She introduced another song inspired by three women from the 1700s, including Grace Darling, who were unofficial lighthouse keepers. She warned us she would âgo nicheâ and did, diving into her fascination with lichen and fungi, and asking: âWe see the big things like the sky, but why donât we see the smaller things, like moss?â - echoing what she had told me earlier about science being the root of her creativity.
Audience participation became a highlight. Iona invited us to sing harmonies during a couple of songs, and the room responded beautifully. It was clear that CafĂ© No.9 encourages that kind of intimacy, and as Iona said in the interview: âThe place invites the people to be a part of it".
She closed with âFeed The Seaâ, ending the night with the poignant question: âIf the sea feeds us, why donât we feed the sea?â A simple yet powerful sentiment to take home.
Weâre lucky to have venues like CafĂ© #9 and artists like Iona Lane who fill them with musical meaning. With just forty people (full capacity) in the room, it felt as if she connected with every single one of them.
Links
Iona Lane â Website Instagram
Michelle Laverick - Instagram
Katie Spencer - Instagram
04.08.25
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: CELLULOID SCREAMS 35MM MYSTERY MOVIE MARATHON @ SHOWROOM CINEMA
By Charlotte Sometimes
As part of the Sheffield Film Festivalâs packed and genre-spanning August programme at Showroom Cinema, Celluloid Screams delivered an absolute treat for horror lovers: an all-day 35mm mystery movie marathon. From cult sci-fi to surrealist masterpieces and all-out horror-comedy chaos, the day was a pure celebration of physical film and shared cinematic joy with films only revealed at the point of the classification card; a touch which elicited a lot of anticipation and joy from the audience.
For those unfamiliar, 35mm film means movies shown on actual celluloid reels rather than digital files- projected through traditional machines that flicker in a way that instantly feels special. Itâs not always seamless: during the opening film, we even saw a reel burn on screen- an old-school glitch that, rather than spoiling anything, added to the fun. The little jumps and visual quirks are part of the charm. They make you feel like youâre not just watching a film, but participating in an authentic moviegoing experience.
And what a lineup it was. Things kicked off with King Kong (1933), the pre-Code monster movie that still holds up in shocking ways. The stop-motion effects are iconic for a reason. Kongâs jerky, unnatural movements are weirdly haunting, and the Skull Island sequences still carry an eerie, dreamlike power. Thereâs something genuinely unsettling about it all, especially when seen on a crisp and beautifully preserved 35mm print. As a start to the day, it was perfect: atmospheric, legendary, and full of that raw cinematic energy.
After the first screening came a welcome break for food and hats off to the Showroom CafĂ© Bar, which never disappoints. Their mac and cheese and the fish finger sandwich were standouts, and the option to pre-order meant no scrambling between films. Itâs a small thing, but being able to relax and actually enjoy a proper meal between reels made the whole day feel that much smoother.
Next up was The Hidden (1987), a sci-fi horror gem thatâs built a well-deserved cult following over the years. It kicks off with a bang - literally: a quiet bank turns into an explosive car chase, and things spiral fast into body-hopping alien chaos. Equal parts action-packed, weirdly funny, and creepy, itâs a wild ride anchored by Kyle MacLachlan playing an FBI agent who may not be what he seems. Sleek, smart, and full of that perfect â80s VHS-era vibe, it was a fantastic and slightly offbeat choice.
Then came one of the true heavy-hitters of the day: Santa Sangre (1989) by Alejandro Jodorowsky. This one isnât just a horror film: itâs a fever dream of colour, trauma, violence, and surrealism that hits like a cinematic slap to the senses. Following the life of a young man raised in a circus and haunted by early trauma (amongst other things), the film blends psychodrama, body horror, and religious symbolism in a way thatâs both disturbing and hypnotically beautiful.
The 35mm print only enhanced its lush visuals; every frame bursts with colour, texture, and madness. The performances are raw and intense, the imagery unforgettable, and the whole thing pulses with emotion and strangeness.
A lovely bonus between each film was the inclusion of vintage trailers and adverts, including a standout (and oddly memorable) spot for schnapps that claimed it could turn any beer into âan occasion.â These little interludes were the cherry on top, bringing a warm, nostalgic glow to an already magical event.
Following another short break, the audience was treated to a surprise closing talk by Robert Nevitt, one of the team behind Celluloid Screams. He spoke about his upcoming directorial project with Craig Ian Mann: a new documentary titled Survivors: The Spectre of Threads, which explores the cultural legacy of the harrowing 1984 Sheffield-set nuclear war film Threads. Fittingly, Survivors will make its world premiere at The Showroom on August 30th as the closing film of this yearâs festival: a must-see for local film lovers and horror-history fans alike.
And then, to round it all off, the marathon ended on an absolute high: Army of Darkness (1992), Sam Raimiâs third entry in the Evil Dead series. Equal parts sword-and-sorcery fantasy, slapstick comedy, and horror mayhem, itâs Bruce Campbell at his wisecracking best: armed with a chainsaw hand, a boomstick, and a never-ending supply of sarcastic one-liners. This one brought pure joy to the room; it was the perfect sendoff, full of laughs, iconic moments, and crowd-pleasing madness.
In the end, this 35mm marathon was more than just a showcase of horror classics; it was a celebration of the unique thrill of seeing films how they were originally meant to be seen. And the programming was a masterclass in ordering films for audiences and taking us on a journey. As a warm-up for Celluloid Screamsâ 17th annual horror film festival (returning 23rdâ26th October), it was picture-perfect.
Follow Celluloid Screams for updates
Visit Showroom Cinema's website for more on the Sheffield Film Festival
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 4th August 2025
Sheffieldâs midweek just got louder. Kicking off this Wednesday at 5pm, The Greenhouse at at Corporation offers a brand new community night for alternative music. Hosted by Implied Noise, this weekly event blends sharp-edged playlists with interactive games and a big nod to the local scene.
Expect a mix of heavy hitters and emo anthems - think Bring Me the Horizon, Neck Deep, Paramore - alongside rising names from Sheffieldâs own alt underground. Got a favourite track youâre dying to hear? Song requests are open, and Sheffield bands can slide into the DMs to get themselves on the weekly playlist.
Interactive elements keep things fun: ÂŁ1 gets your team into the alt music quiz and the song bingo, where matching tunes can win you everything from free shots to band merch from local acts. All this along with great drinks offers. Itâs low cost, high energy, and tailor-made for fans who want more from a night out than just standing by the bar.
Whether youâre a lifelong scene kid or just down for the riffs and rewards, this is shaping up to be the kind of Wednesday tradition that sticks.
AUGUST 2025
TOP 4
đđđđ
Your guide to the month ahead.
Scroll up for our weekly event recommendations.
01
đ
Sheffield Film Festival
Taking place throughout August at Showroom Cinema and other Sheffield venues, the Sheffield Film Festival returns with a full month of cinema events celebrating both local and international storytelling. It opens on 1st August with Sheffield on Film, a curated screening from the Yorkshire Film Archive tracing nearly a century of the city on screen.
For horror fans, there is the SFF x Celluloid Screams 35mm four film Mystery Marathon on 2nd August
August 9th brings a When Saturday Comes screening plus Q&A and for those fans of Documentary, Doc Fest brings some short films on the 12th August.
Some female-led collaborations are on the bill with FFS Shef presenting Motherboard plus a Q&A on the 19th August and Film Girls Galore present a classic Lost in Translation on 24th August.
Sheff Herd sponsored Kelham Film Club bring Andrei Tarkovsky's masterpiece Nostalghia on 29th August.
Family-friendly screenings include anniversary editions of Babe (23rd August) and more.
The closing highlight is the world premiere of Survivors: The Spectre of Threads, paired with a Q&A on 30th - 31st August.
Tickets and programme details are available here
02
đ
Rock N Roll Circus
Got post-Tramlines blues? You won't have to wait for long before the next major Sheffield music festival as bank-holiday begins well with five nights at Don Valley Bowl from 27th - 31st August.
The successful festival returns bigger and better than ever. Major names like Queens of the Stone Age, Bryan Adams, Reverend & The Makers, and James headline an eclectic mix of music, circus acts, fire performances, and quirky stages.
Amid the music youâll find food vendors, a real sense of community, and enough theatricality to keep everyone entertained.
Tickets are selling fast (some nights are already sold out)- grab them here.
03
đ
The Moor Classic Car Show
On 17th August, The Moor becomes a car loverâs paradise, filled with over 100 vintage vehicles ranging from classic Fords and MGs to rare collectibles.
Running from around 10:30âŻa.m. until mid-afternoon, this free event invites the public to admire automotive history and enjoy light entertainment, face painting, balloon art, costumed characters, and more.
Donations support local charitable causes, and the atmosphere is as welcoming for families as it is for petrolheads.
04
đ
Graves Park Food Festival
Debuting on 30th - 31st August in the gorgeous Graves Park setting (Sheffield's largest park), this new festival brings together a mouthwatering mix of streetâfood traders, artisan producers, live cooking demos, and local drink vendors.
Alongside music and entertainment, families can enjoy fun fair attractions, roaming performers, educational farms and kidsâ zones.
The festival runs late into the evening on Saturday with a slightly shorter Sunday schedule.
Advance purchase is required - get your tickets here
31.07.25
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: TRAMLINES VERSUS FRINGE ROUNDUP
Words and Photography by Chris @kit_35mm_film
I would love to be a superhuman so I could experience both Tramlines and The Fringe in full - simultaneously bouncing between Hillsborough Park and a vast selection of city-centre venues, but (sadly) Iâm not. Still, having sampled both in some capacity, Iâll try to offer some comparison of what each brings to the table.
Planning and Layout
When it comes to planning, Tramlines of course is a slick operation. Everything - from food and merch stalls to the main stages and bars - is contained within the boundaries of Hillsborough Park. You can cover the whole site in ten minutes. The Fringe, on the other hand, is sprawling: venues scattered across Kelham Island, the city centre, and beyond. It requires more navigation and you need to be on the ball, or you might miss something.
Friday â The Fringe
I started my weekend early at Yellow Arch Studios and enjoyed soaking in the atmosphere. The staff were welcoming and they serve excellent pizzas. The area is not overflowing with food spots so take note of a good one! The stage was elevated and nicely lit.
Musically, Yellow Arch tends to lean into heavier guitar sounds, and Friday showed that. Empty State delivered a tight, emotive set full of gritty energy, crisp drums and riffs that will appeal to fans of pop punk and heavier emo - the kind of band that look and sound like theyâve been gigging solidly for years despite being a relatively new outfit.
From there, I headed across Burton Road to Neepsend Social Club & Canteen, a venue that feels more like a friendly community hub than a music space with an impressive social media presence. Swallowtail gave a strong performance with ethereal vocals and a post-punk edge, whilst Marvinâs Revenge, up from Nottingham, brought a heavier sound to the room.
A quick stop at The Alder for some great photos (the venue looks so good!), gave me just enough time to catch a few songs from Soaper, who delivered some great grunge sounds. Three venues on one road - Fringe logistics at their most convenient!
Saturday â The Fringe
Today was all about The Fringe and I spent my time at Record Junkee, one of the best grassroots venues in Sheffield. Nestled conveniently just off The Moor, itâs also a record store, with a great selection of vinyl, and crate-diggers can quietly thumb through vinyl ten feet away with a enhanced view of the stage - perfect for me taking some 35mm photos.
I watched a lot of artists but standouts were Jawbone (gritty Sheffield alt-rock outfit), Steep Incline (jagged riffs and charismatic delivery with a vocalist reminiscent of a melodic Courtney Love), James Ashe (a talented young indie/ lo-fi musician), and Imaginary Friends (playful psych punk Sheffield band).
What stood out for me here was the sense of generosity - from the artists, the venues, the volunteers, and the crowd. The Fringe is undoubtedly giving an important platform to artists and helping to support our city venues. The Sheffield music scene is very much alive, but only if we continue to show up for it more regularly.
Sunday â Tramlines
Today I swapped DIY venues for the big stages and headed to Tramlines. The difference is instant: security checks, wristbands, stewards in high-vis. The park is impressively well-run; a big shout to the organisers and volunteers. Thereâs something to be said for a festival that makes a safe space for all ages, without watering down the musical line-up.
I headed straight to the main Sarah Nulty Stage, where Sundress opened the day. They played at The Fringe last year, and their upward trajectory is obvious. Polished, confident, and genuinely pleased to be there.
Later, Scouting for Girls brought their full pop-rock showmanship to the stage - say what you want, but they know exactly how to work a crowd.
Over at The Other Stage, I caught CMAT. The tent - big, but maybe not big enough - was packed. CMAT twirled, the audience twirled, and even the lighting felt like it was in on the drama. It was a solid performance that seemed to go down well.
So: Tramlines or The Fringe?
Iâd compare this to two groups on a night out: one in casual jeans and trainers; the other in wild fancy dress. And both having a brilliant time.
Tramlines is polished, safe, well-structured - a place to see big names with high production value, all without leaving the park. The Fringe is messy, DIY, unpredictable - but also intimate, full of surprises, and where youâre most likely to see something you werenât expecting to love.
Personally, Iâll always want a bit of both. I just wish I had that superhuman powerâŠ
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 28th July 2025
Our fifteenth century ancestors may have clashed over thrones during the War of the Roses, but theyâd likely have had a better time at this event of the week: battling it out for who brews a better beer - but will it be Lancashire or Yorkshire?
From Thursday 31st July to Sunday 3rd August 2025, Abbeydale Road in Sheffield transforms into a lively craft beer trail celebrating this iconic rivalry. Fourteen breweries (seven from each county) will showcase their finest brews across twelve independent venues along this bustling street.
A handy stamp card encourages visitors to explore every venue, and when you hand it in at Coles Corner, youâll receive a limited-edition print by local artist Cam Tribes to commemorate your journey.
Venues include The Bear, Dead Donkey Bar, Turnerâs Bottle Shop, Abbeydale Tap, Over the Yardarm, Two Thirds Beer Co., Rum Keg, The Gin Bar, and The Broadfield among others
Participating breweries include Yorkshireâs Abbeydale Brewery, Triple Point, and Turning Point, alongside Lancashireâs Pomona Island, Weekend Project and Cloudwater and many more.
Whether youâre a dedicated craft beer lover, a rose war aficionado or just looking for a fun summer outing, this Abbeydale Road Beer Festival promises a spirited celebration.
23.07.25
REVIEW: CHANCE TO DANCE FESTIVAL
By Nat Up North
The people of Sheffield need little (to no) excuse to put on their dancing shoes, and this weekend was no exception.
Undeterred by torrential downpours, this yearâs Chance to Dance festival relocated to the Sheffield Winter Garden, where local dance groups showcased their moves and encouraged the crowds to move their tiger feet.
Celebrating its 25th anniversary last Saturday, Chance to Dance is a one-day event held each July, giving around 30 Sheffield-based groups the opportunity to perform, wow audiences, and even lead mini workshops to inspire new dancers.
The range of dance styles was as diverse as ever: from line dancing (naturally, I was there for that) to Zumba, Bollywood to Street.
Usually spread across the city centre, this yearâs much-needed but poorly timed rain forced a last-minute venue change for safety reasons. As a result, all performances were moved into the Winter Garden, with shorter slots for each group.
Still, the energy and support from the people of Sheffield were as vibrant as ever. From Charlestons to Cha Chas, belly dance to Broadway, South African rhythms to salsa, the crowd was treated to a rich showcase of talent, celebrating the cityâs wide-ranging dance community for all ages.
With fingers crossed for sunnier, brighter weather in 2026, one thingâs for sure: Sheffield will never miss a Chance to Dance.
Follow here for more information
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 21st July 2025
Tramlines weekend is always a highlight of Sheffieldâs summer calendar, but beyond the official festival gates, thereâs a rich and vibrant citywide celebration that you must check out. From Kelham Island to Abbeydale Road; Heeley to the city centre, fringe events this weekend (25th to 27th July) will offer an abundance of live music, community spirit, and creativity.
Itâs more important than ever that we support these spaces and the performers who keep the soul of Sheffieldâs music scene alive. There are so many Fringe events, we simply canât list them all but here is a roundup of some of the places you might want to spend some time and some of the artists to look out for!
Starting on Thursday and running to Saturday, head down to Clamlines 2025 at Delicious Clam - a celebration of some of the quirkiest, most diverse music around. Featuring music by more established bands such as 'Baroque and Roll' Mock Tudors (who always draw a crowd), psychadelic pop-punk Knorke and the return of Sheffield legends Best Friends along with new music like local punk outfit The xoxos; you can expect a whole lot of exciting new music... and probably the (in)famous Clamaoke after.
Sidney & Matilda are bringing their A game with an incredible line up of alternative music 25th - 27th July. Featuring artists ranging from Sheffield female fronted prog-rock folk Sister Wives (Friday), post-punk, jagged rock Dearthworms (Friday), punk soloist Mickey Nomimono (Friday), indie outfit I Set the Sea on Fire (Saturday) to club night DJs Sailor Jessie (Friday) and Nightowls (Saturday) - there are plenty of reasons to try 'The Other Festival'.
For a completely different vibe, over at Mandala Cafe, on Saturday 26th and Sunday 27th, things are turning into a full-blown micro-festival with Mandalafest returning once again to celebrate their third birthday with a fundraiser to support the cafe. Expect a welcoming comminity atmosphere, acoustic music from acts such as Straw Boss, The Domino Effect and Sheffield's favourite pop/funk band Sonoriffics.
One of our Herd Hangouts, the delightful Hallamshire Hotel is offering a weekend of free music Friday - Sunday. We have our eyes on Friday's fuzzy alt-rock Floodhounds, rising grunge stars Atakarma, Saturday's jazz-fusion We Hate the Sharkman and the funky sounds of Bonk! and Sunday's atmospheric and vocally gorgeous Junk along with the needs-no-introduction The Bowie Contingent. This is an incredible line up you won't want to miss.
For an All-dayer festival, the legendary Honey Bee Blues Club is putting on a fantastic show on Saturday July 26th at Neepsend Social Club. The lineup features some real diversity - from punk to jazz, to country to metal from 4pm. We recommend the gritty blues sounds of TC & The Hoodoo Shakers, power trio Lightning Threads and Americana sounds of Ash Gray.
Finally, on Friday 25th and Saturday 26th Alder Bar are offering a range of different musical genres - all for free. Friday offers headliners experimental punk SLAP RASH, math rockers Soaper and shoe-gaze inspired indie punk Plum Jr. Saturday promises to have a more jazz focused day with contemporary jazz septet Cosmic Puppet who will perform an outdoor set, along with Sheffield based Jazz and Funk outfit Montuno offering two sets - one latin and one deep funk, experimental Amon Ra Collective, legendary Nonna Fab with an electronic live set and a fully improvised set from Floral Pattern.
There are so many things to see this Tramlines Fringe - so get your favourites in your Clash Finder and keep an eye on Sheff Herd socials for even more choices!
đđđđđ
SHEFF HERD
FILMS OF THE WEEK
IN ASSOCIATION WITH KELHAM FILM CLUB W.C. 21st July
Sheff Herd is delighted to be sponsoring the fantastic Kelham Film Club - a community cinema night that holds weekly screenings of unique films, with great drinks deals in the welcoming Alder Bar. Each week, we will keep you updated with the events and screenings on offer.
Tuesday 22nd July @6:30pm (arrive early to make the most of the drinks deals!)
Secret Cinema - we know no more about this image than the image provides; how exciting! Also this event is FREE - even more exciting! More money to spend on the brilliant drinks deals in the bar (just show your ticket).
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 14th July 2025
We Love What Youâve Done With the Place is a bold and unfiltered celebration of Sheffieldâs creative spirit, running from Friday 18th July to Saturday 26th July at Soho Yard in Kelham Island. The opening night is 7pm - 10pm but then is open daily 11am-5pm. Free to attend, this exhibition pulls together an electric mix of contemporary artists, many of whom are making waves far beyond the cityâs borders. Expect a riot of murals, sculptures, photography, and installations that reflect the humour, struggle, identity, and raw energy.
This isnât your typical gallery show. Itâs a DIY-led, artist-run space where walls are filled with colour, politics, wit, and weirdness. Itâs curated by artist Kieran Flynn, whose own spray-paint street scenes evoke isolation and urban change. Flynn wanted to build a space that celebrates the creativity that doesnât usually get shown in Sheffieldâs more traditional venues. Itâs loud, proud, and doesnât ask permission.
One of the standout contributors is Ethan Lemon, a Kelham-based street artist known for vibrant, abstract portraits set against graffiti-tagged backdrops. His work feature bold palettes that grab attention across any surface. Alongside him is Sara Prinsloo, a multi-talented artist whose work incorporates mental health themes, punk aesthetics, and humour with a sharp, working-class feminist voice.
Also featured is Kate Burden, whose surreal collages made from old toys and strange cut-outs tread the line between comedy and discomfort. Her work is playful and nostalgic but also weirdly haunting. Street art icons Kid Acne and Rust make appearances, bringing their signature graphic styles and playful defacement to the mix, reinforcing the DIY legacy of Sheffieldâs graffiti scene.
What makes this event special isnât just the art- itâs the atmosphere. Itâs a celebration of the messy, joyful, political and creative chaos that makes Sheffield what it is. Donât come expecting silence and polite claps - this is more like a party than a private view.
Whether youâre already deep in Sheffieldâs underground art world or just curious to see something real and unfiltered, this exhibition is worth carving out time for.
đđđđđ
SHEFF HERD
FILMS OF THE WEEK
IN ASSOCIATION WITH KELHAM FILM CLUB
W.C. 14th July
Sheff Herd is delighted to be sponsoring the fantastic Kelham Film Club - a community cinema night that holds weekly screenings of unique films, with great drinks deals in the welcoming Alder Bar. Each week, we will keep you updated with the events and screenings on offer.
Thursday 11h July @8pm (arrive early to make the most of the drinks deals!)
Downstream Darkness: Aguirre, The Wrath of God Dir. Werner Herzog, 2973
The first screening in the Downstream Darkness series, curated by Pete.
Aguirre, the Wrath of God is a 1972 epic historical drama film produced, written and directed by Werner Herzog. Starring Klaus Kinski who appears in many of Herzogâs films.
In the 16th century, the ruthless and insane Spanish soldier Lope de Aguirre leads a group of conquistadores down the Amazon River in South America in search of the legendary city of gold, El Dorado.
The accompanying soundtrack was composed and performed by kosmische musik band Popol Vuh. The film is an international co-production between West Germany, Mexico and Peru.
Sunday 20th July @7:30pm (arrive early to make the most of the drinks deals!)
Thursday 11h June @8pm (arrive early to make the most of the drinks deals!)
Los amantes pasajeros Dir. Pedro Almodovar, 2013
Part of Kelham Film Club's ongoing collaboration with the Sheffield Spanish Intercambio group, celebrating Spanish language cinema.
Iâm So Excited! is a Spanish comedy film written and directed by Pedro AlmodĂłvar, and starring Javier CĂĄmara, Cecilia Roth, Lola Dueñas, and RaĂșl ArĂ©valo. Its original Spanish title, Los amantes pasajeros, has the double meaning of "The fleeting lovers" and "The passenger lovers". AlmodĂłvar describes it as "a light, very light comedy".
The narrative is set almost entirely on an airplane. When it appears as though the end is in sight, the pilots, flight crew, and passengers of a plane heading to Mexico City look to forget the anguish of the moment and face the greatest danger, which we carry within ourselves.
10.07.25
PREVIEW:
BLACKWATER LIGHTSHIP EP LAUNCH @ SIDNEY & MATILDA + OSPREY AND FREEZER
By Charlotte Sometimes
BlackWater Lightship are about to let loose a storm of sound at Sidney & Matilda, one of Sheffieldâs most beloved grassroots venues on Friday 8th August (7:45pm) and itâs not one to miss.
The alt-rock duo - Leon Lockley and Tom Roberts - have spent the last two years crafting a sound thatâs as expansive as it is intimate. Think R.E.M. jamming with Nirvana, add some PJ Harvey grit, a layer of Radiohead-esque melancholy, and sprinkle it with the hushed emotion of Nick Drake and Elliott Smith. The result? A raw, genre-blurring blend of indie rock, grunge, folk and alt-country.
Fresh from the release of their debut single The Places Where We Go on July 8th - a brooding, anthemic track that swells into a heart-punching crescendo; the band is ready to unveil their debut EP Last Night I Saw the Leaves Fall. If Interpolâs Turn On The Bright Lights raised you, this show will feel like coming home.
Before the big night, we caught up with the band to talk about the EP, the gig, and whatâs made this journey possible.
What can we expect from the upcoming EP?
BWL: These are five tracks weâve poured ourselves into - emotionally, creatively, and technically. The lyrics are incredibly personal, and we spent a lot of time building up layers with guitars, percussion, and backing vocals. Itâs taken real dedication to reach the sound we had in our heads. Itâs been a challenge, but the end result feels honest and powerful.
What are you most looking forward to about the launch gig? And why this venue?
BWL: This is our chance to bring these songs to life in front of a room full of people â some we know, some we hope to connect with for the first time. Translating the layered studio sound to the stage has been exciting. Sidney & Matilda is close to our hearts - our first proper support slot was here, and theyâve been behind us ever since. It feels right to return for our first proper headline show.
Youâve got two great support acts â tell us about them.
BWL: Weâve got Freezer opening - Leon has done audiovisual work for them before, and thereâs a real sonic synergy between our sounds. They bring a textured, atmospheric vibe that complements what we do. Then thereâs Osprey, who weâre big fans of - they have this early Manic Street Preachers energy we love, especially from their first EP. [Sheff Herd has previously reviewed this band and we can confirm, they are excellent!] Itâs a solid, exciting lineup.
Tell us more about the process of making the EP.
BWL: Honestly, we wouldnât have got this far without the support of Matt and Lucy at Broadcast Recordings (aka Pale Blue Eyes). Their guidance, studio expertise, and encouragement helped us elevate every track. And getting the legendary Dean Honer to master the EP was a dream - his touch really brought everything together. Hearing the finished versions was emotional for both of us. It finally felt real.
Whether youâre a longtime fan of Sheffieldâs alt-rock scene or just want to discover your new favourite sound, this is your invitation to experience a band on the rise. See you down the front!
Follow the bands:
BlackWater Lightship - also can listen to the new single via the link in their bio
07.07.25
PREVIEW:
KELHAM FILM CLUB FUNDRAISER
By Charlotte Sometimes
On Friday 1st August, Kelham Film Club is inviting film lovers and local supporters to a special evening that celebrates everything this vibrant community cinema stands for â with a touch of fun, friendly competition. This exciting fundraiser, at its home at Alder, is about helping to ensure the future of this brilliant community cinema club.
Doors open at 7pm and for just ÂŁ3 per person, attendees can take part in a lively film quiz from 8pm - crafted by Connor and loosely inspired by the many films the club has screened. Whether you're a seasoned film buff or just in it for the fun, it promises to be a good laugh with prizes up for grabs. The ticket price also includes a raffle entry for the chance to some great prizes, plus a free pint of the specially brewed Kelham Film Club Pale, with drinks discounts available all night.
The night isnât just about the quiz, though. Film fans can pick up a piece of cinema history as the club sells off its DVD collection, or grab some exclusive merch like T-shirts and tote bags. Thereâll also be the official launch of the clubâs brand-new membership scheme - perfect for regular attendees or anyone keen to support independent film in the city.
More than just a night out, this fundraiser is a celebration of the creativity and community that make Kelham Film Club such an important part of the local cultural scene. It's your chance to show some love to a grassroots club thatâs brought loads of memorable screenings to the neighbourhood.
Tickets are limited and just ÂŁ3 per person (all quizzers need a ticket each), so round up a team, come thirsty, and get ready for a brilliant evening in support of Kelham Film Club
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 7th July 2025
Sheffieldâs in for a serious party on Friday 11th July as Crookes Social Club gets taken over by a stacked lineup of homegrown talent for the launch of Kiziah & The Kingsâ brand new single Back to Me. Sheff Herd has previously reviewed their fantastic Dorothy Pax love letter EP here.
On the night, expect a wild mix of funk, reggae, ska, soul and full-tilt rock energy â this band doesnât just play gigs, they spark full-blown dancefloor meltdowns. Itâs the latest stop on their Charge of the Kavalry tour, and if previous shows are anything to go by, the roofâs coming off.
The Bad Actors are on the bill too, and if you like your riffs heavy and your grooves tight, youâre in for a treat. Theyâre a funk-rock two-piece with the swagger of Hendrix and the raw energy of early Chili Peppers - total chemistry, huge sound, no filler. Theyâve already opened for the likes of Huey Morgan, and youâll see why within 30 seconds of their set starting.
Opening the night is Harri Larkin with a rare solo set. Sheâs one of Sheffieldâs brightest indie-pop voices, known for razor-sharp choruses and tunes that get stuck in your head for days. Her solo EPâs been all over BBC Introducing, and she always delivers.
And once the bands wrap up, Sheffield Dub Club take over with a heavy selection of reggae and dub to keep the vibe flowing straight through to closing time.
Tickets are only ÂŁ10 (+fee)advance here / ÂŁ13 OTD and with a lineup this good, they wonât hang around. If youâre after rhythm, soul, sweat and serious local talent, this is the gig of the week.
05.07.25
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW:
PAWS ON THE CATWALK
By Charlotte Sometimes
Photography by Rachel Rawson Photography, JJ Media Fox Studio and Kevin Blake Photography
It's been a week since Paws on the Catwalk at Hillsborough Arena and what an event this was! It was more than a charity fashion show - it was a heartfelt celebration of creativity, community, and cats. Held in loving memory of Bear, a much-beloved feline companion who sadly passed away in 2023, organiser Louise Teather channelled her grief into something truly remarkable. The event not only raised vital funds for the Cats Protection League, but it offered so much more. It was a joyful, sparkling showcase of local talent, personality, and passion - a true love letter to fashion, grassroots performance art and community.
Hosted by the fabulous, up-and-coming (ahem!) drag artist Connie Dom, who served as compĂšre, comedienne, singer, and dancer, the evening began with a gravity defying bang! Local dancers of all ages opened the night with reimagined scenes from Wicked, adding plenty of twists and sass - Connie herself showing her multifaceted talent and charisma in her playful lip-syncs and choreography. It was a delightful way to set the tone.
Then came the main event: the fashion show, split across the two halves of the event and thoughtfully structured around different themes. The show featured student designers and showcased a lot of local talent. With looks that ranged from Vivienne Westwood-inspired punk couture to upcycled treasures sourced from St Lukeâs charity shop, the runway was a celebration of style, sustainability, and sheer imagination.
The models were also phenomenal. This wasn't a robotic stroll downstage: every model was given the opportunity to showcase their diverse personalities and looks in their catwalk moment which made for a very engaging and entertaining show. One of the most impressive moments came when three fearless models tackled some jaw-droppingly avant-garde footwear. Not only did they manage to strut confidently, but they also turned a challenging walk into quite a talking point amongst audience members!
The first half closed with a feel-good performance of Kitty Kat, the infectious new track by local musician (who was also modelling this evening) Jax Valentine. This fun and energetic performance had everyone dancing in their seats.
At the interval, various local stalls sold locally produced cat themed merchandise and there were also representatives from The Cats Protection league. The arena's bar provided a great service with proceeds going towards the night's cause.
After the break, the energy returned full throttle with a medley of Lady Gaga hits, led by Connie and delivered through stunning choreography that had the audience buzzing. A special shout-out goes to Faith Skelland, a charismatic young performer who lit up the stage with natural flair and boundless energy - definitely someone to watch. But all the performers were incredible and it was clear how much work had gone into creating such a gorgeous spectacle.
But perhaps the most beautiful part of Paws on the Catwalk was how it truly embodied the spirit of community. When minor mishaps happened (as they always do in live shows), they were met with laughter, improvisation, and even the supportive help of proud families in the audience. It was all handled with good humour - adding charm rather than distraction, and reminding everyone that live performance is about joy, not perfection.
And whatâs a feel-good event without a bit of karaoke? A spontaneous Adele sing-off (naturally, I was on the winning team) added another layer of gleeful chaos and fun to a night already overflowing with heart.
Behind the scenes, the event ran superbly well thanks to the tireless work of organiser Louise, whose coordination ensured everything from sound to spotlight hit its mark. Kudos to the sound engineer and co-organiser Leo, photographers, bar staff, and volunteer backstage heroesâyou all played your part in creating something genuinely special.
In total, the event raised ÂŁ1, 197.46 (at time of publishing) for the Cats Protection League, but the true value extended far beyond the funds. Paws on the Catwalk gave emerging performers a platform, celebrated creative expression, and brought together a community with laughter, music, and a shared love of felines and fashion.
Weâll be keeping our eyes peeled for next yearâs event (hereâs hoping!) and eagerly following the future work of the standout performers - especially Miss Connie Dom, who already has another show in the works. Trust us, youâll want to follow!
The legacy of much missed companions like Bear lived on this evening. Well done to Louise and all involved for delivering a truly excellent eventâand proof, if any were needed, that our city shines brightest when its people come together for something good.
You can continue to donate here
Check out the work of Cats Protection League here
04.07.25
SCENE AND HERD:
DOC FEST 2025 RETROSPECTIVE
By Charlotte Sometimes
All images courtesy of DocFest
The 32nd Sheffield DocFest took over the city two weeks ago with six days of bold, curious, and deeply human storytelling. The festivalâs reach extended far beyond the screen, blending film with live performance, immersive art, and audio events that reimagined what documentary can be. Venues across Sheffield buzzed with energy as audiences moved between screenings, conversations, and installations.
Everyone â from the organisers, the film makers and crews, the journalists, the venue staff and the incredible volunteers â shared the same vision: showcasing powerful voices and perspectives, creatively assembled over even decades, and we in the audience appreciated their tireless work promoting reflective, engaging conversation on a range of topics.
Over the week, Sheff Herd attended a wide mix of eventsâfrom screenings and filmmaker Q&As to interactive exhibits and talks. What follows here is a round-up of what we experienced: an edit of the work that particularly lingered, surprised, or shifted how we think about documentary in all its forms.
Still Pushing Pineapples (Dir. Kim Hopkins, UK, 2025) â seen at The Crucible Theatre on Wednesday 18th June 2025
Hosted at Sheffieldâs iconic Crucible theatre venue and introduced by the incredible director Kim Hopkins (whose mime of playing snooker really went down well with the local audience!), Still Pushing Pineapples enjoyed its world premiere at DocFest.
Still Pushing Pineapples is the kind of documentary that quietly sneaks up on you. What looks at first like a whimsical curiosity â the ageing âAgadooâ pop star Dene Michael still chasing spotlights - turns into a deeply affectionate portrait of persistence, family, and the strange afterlife of fame. Director Kim Hopkins doesnât go in for sentimentality or cynicism; instead, she lets the story unfold through subtle glances, cramped van interiors, and the small dramas of everyday life.
A standout moment comes in a sparsely attended gig at a working menâs club. The crowd is distracted, sipping cheap lager, the lighting is harsh, and the room is too cold. But Dene still throws himself into the performanceâarms raised, hips moving, selling the song like heâs headlining Glastonbury. Thereâs something both funny and noble in his refusal to phone it in. Itâs not about clinging to a dream of stardom, but about honouring the promise of performance, even when no oneâs really watching.
The most affecting scenes are the quietest: Dene making a sandwich for his elderly mother (who herself provides some of the filmâs biggest laughs). Thereâs a tenderness there that never feels manufactured. The film doesnât frame this relationship with any heavy-handed narrativeâit just lets it exist, and itâs all the more moving for that restraint.
Hopkinsâ camera is patient. It doesnât cut away when moments get awkward or slow. That decision creates space for the audience to feel not just empathy, but complicityâweâre passengers, not just observers. And thatâs where the film gains its emotional heft. Dene isnât a punchline. Heâs not a relic. Heâs a man whoâs kept going, in love with music, maybe a bit in denial (arenât we all?), but also fully aware of where he stands. The documentary trusts us to sit with all that complexity.
What sets Still Pushing Pineapples apart is its refusal to push an arc. Thereâs no great revelation or triumphant comeback. The film ends much as it begins: with Dene on the road, uncertain of the destination but moving forward anyway. Itâs not a rise-and-fall story. Itâs a story about staying in motion. About showing up. About shaking the tree. And that, in its own quiet way, is heroic. A real highlight of the festival.
Heston: My Life With Bipolar (Dir. Joe Myerscough, UK, 2025) â seen at Showroom Cinema on Wednesday 18th June 2025
Heston: My Life With Bipolar is not a celebrity profile. Itâs a slow, open-ended unfolding of a man trying to make sense of something that nearly broke him. The world premiere of this documentary had Heston Blumenthal himself and the director present. The documentary holds a mirror to the chaos, confusion, and quiet reckoning that has followed Blumenthalâs late-in-life diagnosis of bipolar disorder.
Thereâs no polish here. The film allows for gaps, for long silences, for the messy way someone speaks when theyâre trying not to fall apart. It charts Hestonâs post-diagnosis landscapeâhow it upended his sense of self, his relationships, his creativity. He doesnât wrap it up in neat metaphors. This isnât the genius chef alchemizing struggle into invention. Itâs a man, disoriented, trying to understand the terrain of his own mind after years of not knowing.
The most powerful moments are deeply human, not performative. Heston sits with his son, Jack, and they speak with the frankness of two people who love each other but have been hurt by silence. No grand declarations. Just a son saying, quietly, âIt was hard,â and a father trying to meet that truth.
The documentary doesnât shy away from showing the more disconcerting sides of mania - racing thoughts, risky impulses, emotional volatility - but it also doesnât demonize it. Heston reflects, with some pain, on the possibility that parts of his creativity were wrapped up in that intensity. Thereâs a vulnerability in the way he admits fearing his medication, even as he acknowledges the damage being undiagnosed caused.
When Heston appeared at the screening, he made it clear: this is still unfolding. Heâs still figuring it out. The version of him in the film is not the final one. That honesty - raw, imperfect, unresolved - is what gives the documentary its weight. And the Q&A certainly got the audience talking: sharing their experiences of the film and their own personal journeys with bi-polar; an incredibly powerful event that fit the spirit of this boundary pushing festival.
A Century in Sound (Dir. Tu Neill and Nick Dwyer , Japan, 2024) â seen at The Light Cinema on Thursday 19th June 2025
A Century in Sound is an ode to the act of listening itself. This UK premiere was held at The Light, the screening featured the first three episodes of a six-part series exploring Tokyoâs unique âkissaâ cafĂ©s; spaces where records are played with near-religious reverence and at times silence is the rule, not the exception.
Each cafĂ© featured becomes a portal into a different moment of Japanâs cultural and sonic evolution. All episodes feature shots of significant vinyl moments. The first episode centers on âLion Cafeâ a classical venue where the staff handle LPs like sacred texts. The sound systemâbuilt decades agoâis treated with quiet awe.
The second café leans into the influence of jazz on American society and the story of a couple and their beloved mascot cat. A livelier tale of love, of hope and of the changing landscape of Japan.
The third episode steps into the haze of rock. The tone shifts but the devotion remains. Here, music is memory, rebellion, comfort. The episode features the stories of regulars who come together to share their passion but also need the space this cafe occupies.
The direction is intentionally slow, the pacing deliberate. Long shots linger on styluses lowering onto records, or on the faces of patrons mid-listen. Thereâs no voiceover, no analysis, just a feeling: that these cafĂ©s are not simply relics of a fading culture, but places where something vital still happens. They arenât curated museumsâtheyâre living, breathing rooms where vinyl and memory loop endlessly.
Watching these first three episodes, it becomes clear that the series isnât telling the story of music in Japan but of the importance of moments of true human connection. This really is a series for music lovers and we really hope that the next three episodes will be exhibited soon.
Come See Me In the Good Light (Dir. Ryan White, USA, 2025) â seen at Showroom cinema on Thursday 19th June 2025
Come See Me in the Good Light is a sharp, honest, and at times unexpectedly funny film. It follows poet Andrea Gibson and their partner Megan Falley through a period shaped by a serious cancer diagnosisâbut it avoids the familiar tone of a âhealth journeyâ documentary. Instead, itâs something far more grounded: a clear-eyed look at love, daily life, and what it means to keep living and creating.
Thereâs no false drama or over-explaining. The film trusts its audience to pick up on what matters. The dynamic between Andrea and Megan is the anchor - full of dry humour, quiet frustration, and care thatâs steady, not sentimental. Itâs rare to see a couple filmed with this much honesty. Theyâre not performing closeness; they just are together, even when things are fractured.
Poetry runs through the film, but itâs not treated as decoration. Andreaâs work is part of their lifeâit comes out in conversation, in voiceover, in moments when language feels like the only thing that still makes sense. But itâs never overplayed. The poetry feels lived-in and direct, not lofty. Indeed Andrea jokes that they "only know five words".
What makes the film so strong is its refusal to separate humour from seriousness. One minute theyâre talking about treatment, the next theyâre laughing at something ridiculous. Thereâs a running gag about a mailbox getting destroyed by a snowplow that says more about how they handle pressure than any big emotional speech could.
This is a brilliant celebration of love, of life, and of poetry - not in a grand or overly emotional way, but in the small, real ways those things show up in everyday moments. The film is careful, but never precious. It knows when to give space, when to hold back, and when to let something land.
By the end, youâre not left with a neat message. Youâre left with the sense that these two people have managed to turn something incredibly hard into something worth paying close attention to. That alone makes the film feel important.
Professor Brian Cox in Conversation at Crucible Theatre on Thursday 19th June 2025
Sheff Herd was delighted to see Professor Brian Cox who took the Crucible stage for a Q&A. The conversation that followed was a captivating mix of science, storytelling, and personal insight. Throughout the session, clips from some of his most memorable work over the years were shown, adding vivid context and sparking moments of reflection and awe.
Cox spoke with passion about the challenges and joys of bringing complex scientific ideas to a wide audience, making the vastness of the universe feel both accessible and deeply inspiring. His warmth and humor created a genuine connection with the audience, delivering an engaging celebration of curiosity and discovery.
On a side note - accessibility was thoughtfully considered, with live captions and sign language interpretation from two people ensuring everyone could join in. The evening perfectly captured the spirit of DocFest, weaving together science and storytelling to bring people together around the wonders of the cosmos.
Redlight to Limelight (Dir. Bipuljit Basu, India/Finland/Latvia, 2025) â seen at The Light cinema on Thursday 19th June 2025
Redlight to Limelight is a moving documentary that spotlights the lives of sex workers and their children living in Kolkataâs Kalighat red-light district. Instead of just observing, the film shows how these individuals take control of their own stories by learning to make films themselves. Guided by director Bipuljit Basu, they form a small film collective, using creativity as a way to challenge the stigma surrounding their community.
The documentary follows their journey as they produce a short fiction film blending their real experiences with imagined tales. Despite facing social pressures and resistance, their determination to rewrite their narrative and create new opportunities through filmmaking is inspiring.
The film beautifully captures their resilience and hope, demonstrating how art can be a powerful force for change and self-expression. Itâs a testament to the strength found in owning oneâs story and the desire to build a different future.
Sheffield on Film at Crucible Theatre on Sunday 22nd June 2025
The final show of DocFest for us brought us full circle, back to the Crucible Theatre, where Sheffield on Film offered a captivating look at the cityâs story through nearly a century of moving images. Presented by the Yorkshire Film Archive, a vital regional group dedicated to preserving the areaâs rich film heritage, the archive is known for providing footage to various feature filmsâincluding the recently released 28 Years Later.
The program opened with a stunning clip of Queen Victoriaâs procession through Sheffield, immediately transporting the audience back in time. We then enjoyed some early cinematic trickery in a charming fictional piece about a house burglary. As the footage progressed, we witnessed remarkable scenes from Sheffieldâs wartime efforts and found humour in a 1960s driving school film that tried to encourage more female drivers by comparing car controls to household appliances much to the audienceâs amusement. Ever noticed how much a gear stick looks like a broom? No? Neither did we! The footage also offered sharp social commentary, with clips from a less-than-stellar Sheffield derby (no comment on current form!) and lively RAG week footage capturing university students in full swing.
The event was brought to life by an engaging speaker who expertly wove context and stories around the visuals, leaving everyone with a renewed pride and affection for Sheffield. It was more than a screening â it was a heartfelt celebration of the cityâs unique character and history, beautifully preserved and presented.
Overall, we loved our experiences at Sheffield DocFest. It remains one of the true jewels in the cityâs cultural crown, and weâre already excited to see what 2026 has in store.
For more information about any of the films and the Doc Fest, click here.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 30th June 2025
Crossed Wires, Sheffieldâs ground-breaking podcast festival, returns for its second edition from July 4th to 6thâand itâs bigger, bolder and packed with audio icons. Set across iconic city-centre venues like Sheffield City Hall, the Crucible Theatre, and a reimagined fringe hub at Barkerâs Pool, the festival brings together a unique mix of comedy, current affairs, culture, sport, storytelling and family programmingâall live and in person.
Kicking things off on Friday, BBC stalwarts Adam Fleming and Chris Mason bring Newscast to the stage, while football fans can enjoy Football Daily featuring commentary legends John Murray and Ian Dennis. That same day sees Pod Save the UK: Sheffield Special with guest Gary Stevenson, as well as Yoto Daily with Jake Harris for younger audiences. One of the biggest highlights is sure to be Nobody Expects The Michael Palin Podcast!, where the Monty Python legend joins festival creative director Greg James for a one-off live event presented by Audible.
Saturday shifts into high gear with a stacked comedy line-up including BudPod with Phil Wang and Pierre Novellie, the cult crime-solving comedy Drunk Women Solving Crime (joined by Pulp legend Nick Banks), and Help I Sexted My Boss with William Hanson and Jordan North (already sold out). Frank Skinner appears twice with his new show One Person Found This Helpful, while Sara Cox hosts a special Radio 2 Book Club featuring best-selling author David Nicholls.
Sunday keeps the energy high with Evil Genius: Live hosted by Russell Kane, an appearance by BBC Radioâs Gardenersâ Question Time led by Kathy Clugston, and the return of Tailenders for cricket and comedy fans alike. Younger listeners and their families can join the fun with Fun Kids Science Weekly, and deep-dive lovers wonât want to miss the panel discussion The Power of Storytelling featuring Gabriel Gatehouse, Chloe Hadjimatheou and Georgia Catt.
The heart of the festival is the BBC Sounds Fringe, held in the former John Lewis building at Barkerâs Pool. This free daytime programme includes live podcast recordings, meet-the-creator sessions, and intimate performances. Right outside, the BBC Sounds Garden offers food, drinks, deckchairs and DJsâcreating a casual, welcoming space to hang out between shows.
With all venues within walking distance and a programme that balances major headline events with free, accessible fringe content, Crossed Wires 2025 offers a truly immersive weekend of ideas, laughs, and shared listening. Whether youâre into sport, storytelling, satire or science, thereâs something for everyoneâand for podcast fans, itâs shaping up to be the UKâs unmissable audio event of the summer.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 23rd June 2025
Migration Matters Festival, which began on 20 June, hits its stride this week with vibrant events across Sheffield that spotlight migration, identity, and community through food, performance, film, and conversation.
On Monday, food takes centre stage starting with the Cultural Cooking Club (2pm & 4pm, Cambridge Street Collective) which invites people with lived experience of forced migration together to cook and eat together, using shared recipes to connect across cultures.
Later, Chinese Parents Donât Say I Love You (5:30, Utopia Theatre) sees journalist Candice Chung reflect on the way that love is shown through food.
The evening wraps up at the Crucible with the Comedy Night (7:30), where Fatiha ElâGhorri, EstherâŻManito, and SeetaâŻWrightson bring wit and insight to themes of culture and identity.
On Tuesday 24th June, the festival continues with Film Beyond Borders (6pm, Showroom Cinema), a selection of short films made with local diaspora communities, exploring themes of home, memory, and resilience. Later, Poetry and Pot Luck: A Taste of Home (7pm, Nomad Maison) combines food and spoken word, inviting audiences to bring a dish, share a poem, or simply listen and eat.
On Wednesday 25th June, the festival turns toward collective storytelling and reimagining place. MAP OF SHEFFIELD (4pm, Nomad Maison) is a participatory project where attendees map their migration journeys within the city. That evening, Asian Dub Foundation (7pm, Foundry) brings its signature blend of dub, jungle, and South Asian rhythms in a high-energy 30th anniversary gig. This is also the last day to book your Ammi's kitchen takeaway for Friday night (Common Ground Community Centre) before it sells out.
On Thursday 26th June, Routes to Roots arrives at the Montgomery theatre (5pm) and delivering a powerful, multi-arts performance exploring themes of heritage and identity.Finish the night at Yellow Arch Studios, checking out 25 year old Zimbabwean rapper and DJ Meduulla.
On Friday 27th June, Samuel Worth Chapel offers a relaxed afternoon of creative nature to collaborate on a group installation to be showcased at the Migration Matters Festival. Two music offerings will guarantee you a great Friday night. First up, Mercury Prize nominated songwriter and musician Nadine Shah, with support from Zawaddee, appears at Foundry (7pm). Over at Haggler's Corner from 9pm is Disoriental - Beats from a Borderless world - a special party featuring some of Sheffield's top DJs.
On Saturday 28th June, why not attend Among Good People X Stand and Be Counted theatre - a football shirt customising workshop at The Montgomery (12pm). Later, In the Cut is a pop-up Black barbershop and hairdressers to celebrate the healing spaces of these salons and raise awareness of Black mental health. Finally, you won't want to miss the closing party, held at SADACCA (7pm) and featuring award winning Refugee artist MoYah and The Zawose Queens.
Each of these events offers a window into different lived experiences, turning Sheffield into a stage for connection, celebration, and critical reflection throughout the week.
Read more about Migration Matters Festival here
đđđđđ
SHEFF HERD
FILMS OF THE WEEK
IN ASSOCIATION WITH KELHAM FILM CLUB
W.C. 23rd June
Sheff Herd is delighted to be sponsoring the fantastic Kelham Film Club - a community cinema night that holds weekly screenings of unique films, with great drinks deals in the welcoming Alder Bar.
This month, Kelham Film Club has been screening some superbly curated events in collaboration with Kelham Pride to celebrate Pride month. There has been five screenings across the month of amazing LGBTQ+ films and the final film is this week - tickets are here.
Thursday 26th June @8pm (arrive early to make the most of the drinks deals!)
Portrait of a Lady on Fire (French: Portrait de la jeune fille en feu, lit.â'Portrait of the Young Lady on Fire') is a French historical romantic drama film written and directed by CĂ©line Sciamma, starring NoĂ©mie Merlant and AdĂšle Haenel.
Set in France in the late 18th century, the film tells the story of a brief affair between two young women: an aristocrat and a painter commissioned to paint her portrait. It was Haenel's final film role before she retired from the French film industry in 2023.
Portrait of a Lady on Fire was selected to compete for the Palme d'Or at the 2019 Cannes Film Festival. The film won the Queer Palm at Cannes, becoming the first film directed by a woman to win the award. Sciamma also won the award for Best Screenplay at Cannes.
Sunday 29th June @7:30pm (arrive early to make the most of the drinks deals!)
In addition to the Pride screenings, Kelham Film Club also collaborates with the Sheffield Spanish Intercambio group, celebrating Spanish language cinema.
El laberinto del fauno is a Spanish-Mexican dark fantasy film directed and co-produced by Guillermo del Toro. The film has been influenced by fairy tales and is set against the backdrop of 1944 Spain. It is about a girl who has been sent to live with her ruthless stepfather but during the night, meets some magical beings and must survive some gruesome tasks. This 2006 film was the recipient of a 22 minute long standing ovation at the Cannes Film Festival. Come down and see why...
16.06.25
SCENE AND HERD PREVIEW:
PAWS ON THE CATWALK
By Charlotte Sometimes
Cats are special creaturesâthe kind that quietly change your world without asking for anything more than care and love.
Two of the great loves of my life were cats: Basil and Lionel. Basil, a sleek black shorthair, was clever, dependable, and quietly funnyâthe kind of cat who always seemed to be one step ahead, with a dry wit in his eyes. Lionel was the opposite: a wild mass of black fluff with no regard for typical cat behaviour. He was eccentric, chaotic, and utterly endearingâmore like an unpredictable house spirit than a pet. Together, they taught me how much joy, comfort, and absurdity cats bring into our lives, simply by being themselves.
That deep connection between humans and their feline companions is exactly what Paws on the Catwalk is all about. This heartfelt charity fashion show was created by Louise Teather in memory of her beloved cat, Bear. After Bearâs sudden passing in a road accident, Louise wanted to honour the love he gave her by helping other cats find the homes and care they deserve. What began as a personal tribute has grown into a celebration of compassion, community, and the quiet magic of cats.
Hosted by the fabulous drag queen Connie Dom, Paws on the Catwalk brings together fashion, performance, and purpose. Taking place on Saturday 28 June at Hillsborough Arena in Sheffield from 7â10pm, the evening promises runway fashion, live entertainment, and heartfelt moments. Thereâll be local models showcasing curated looks, exclusive Bear-inspired merchandise, and a raffle packed with brilliant prizes donated by supportive local businesses. Every ticket sold helps raise vital funds for Cats Protection, the UKâs leading feline welfare charity, whose mission is to care for, protect, and rehome cats in need.
Itâs set to be a night full of style, spirit, and shared love for our feline friends.
Book your ticket here: Paws on the Catwalk â Eventbrite
Canât attend? You can still support the cause and donate in Bearâs memory: JustGiving â Paws on the Catwalk
14.06.25
SCENE AND HERD PREVIEW:
RYAN CHRYS AND THE ROUGH CUTS @ NETWORK 3 SUPPORTED BY BUFFALO GHOST AND NOISEMAKERS' GUILD
By Charlotte Sometimes & Richard Wilkinson-Smith
Hailing from Denver, Colorado, Ryan Chrys & The Rough Cuts have carved out a bold space where country meets rock with grit, energy, and attitude. Blending classic western themes with driving guitars and a hard-touring work ethic, their sound straddles the line between tradition and rebellion - think cowboy boots on a festival stage, with just enough distortion to rattle the saloon doors. Their music pays tribute to legends such as Waylon Jennings and Willie Nelson while charging forward with modern fire.
Weâre genuinely excited theyâre bringing that fire to Sheffield as part of their One Wheel Off European tour. They are playing on 21st June at Network 3, where theyâll be joined by two exciting acts Sheff Herd previously reviewed and loved: Buffalo Ghost and Noisemakersâ Guild.
Buffalo Ghost, a Sheffield-based band, deliver rich, emotionally driven alt-country with cinematic flair. Their songs echo with heartfelt lyrics, layered guitars, and a sense of space and atmosphere that sets them apart. With roots in Americana and indie, they strike a beautiful balance between melancholy and momentum, and their live shows are always compelling.
Also on the bill are Noisemakersâ Guild, a band with strong links to Sheffield whose sound mixes soulful post-punk with sharp-edged indie-rock. Their songs are rich with character, full of dynamic shifts and lyrical bite. Known for putting on a consistently entertaining set, theyâre a welcome addition to this exciting evening of music.
The Sheffield show promises a night of high-energy performances from three bands who each bring something different to the stage.
Ahead of the tour, we caught up with Ryan Chrys to find out more about his music, life on the road, and whatâs in store for UK audiencesâŠ
Hi Ryan! Welcome to the Sheff Herd interview. Are you excited to be in the UK again and more importantly the North of England, for the first time?
We are all incredibly excited to return to the UK and very excited to go to the North of England before heading into Scotland. Itâs like fairytale and folklore to us.
Tell us about your current lineup and what they bring to the stage for you?
Our current lineup is Michael Jochum on drums, Susan Phelan on bass and Glenn Taylor on pedal steel guitar. They are all incredible musicians, professional, and experienced beyond words. Michael was the drummer for rock and alternative legends like Jackson Browne and Korn and has an incredible rĂ©sumĂ©. He is a true rock star. Glenn has been playing pedal steel his entire life, and likewise Susan with her bass and was at one point professional womenâs wrestler!
Wow what a big mix of experiences and styles that is! You've clearly played lots in your home state of Colorado - how does it compare to England and say, Belgium, where you are back performing festival shows? Do you feel just as comfortable up on stage in Europe or is there a difference?
We play each and every show with passion, but it is special in the UK and in Europe as it is very different for us, and we want to be at our very best and to honour the differences in culture. And more importantly, bring joy and for the people in the audience to realise how grateful we are to be there.
Are you looking forward to trying out any Sheffield delicacies, food or drink wise?
I am always looking forward to trying out local delicacies and beer and definitely in Sheffield. I want to drink all the beer! Ha ha ha.
We recommend Henderson's relish on your fries! And we love Abbeydale brewery beer! Finally - if you were to describe the sound of Ryan Chrys and the Rough Cuts to modern outlaw country and rock fans, in three words, what would they be?
In. Your. Face!
Catch Ryan Chrys & the Rough Cuts, supported by Buffalo Ghost and Noisemakers' Guild on 21st June at Network 3. 8pm start.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 16th June 2025
Heeley Festival returns to Heeley City Farm on Saturday 21st June with a full day of music, creativity and family-friendly fun to celebrate Learning Disability Week. Running from 12pm to 8pm, the festival is held in proud association with Learning Disability Week 2025, whose theme âDo You See Me?â highlights visibility, respect and inclusion for people with learning disabilities. The festival is supported by ArtWorks South Yorkshire, who champion creative opportunities for learning-disabled artists, and their presence will include arts and crafts stalls and an opportunity to connect with their work.
Throughout the day, festivalgoers can enjoy a packed line-up of live music. Local favourites Sonorifics, No World Order, Juke, Sheffield Samba Band, Emma Saville and Band, Malachite and Spinning Penny will take to the stage, offering everything from soulful grooves to upbeat percussion and indie energy. Thereâll also be DJ sets from Tribute to Cosmic Andy and Pete Dangerous, alongside involvement from local DJ collective and community station Gumbo FM, bringing even more rhythm and good vibes to the day.
Alongside the music, thereâll be food and drink from local vendors, face painting and creative activities to keep younger visitors entertained, making it a perfect afternoon out for families and friends alike. Entry is free, though donations are encouraged to help raise funds for Heeley City Farmâa cornerstone of the Sheffield community since 1981.
Heeley City Farm isnât just a green oasis in the cityâitâs a working farm, education centre and charity that runs inclusive training and activity sessions for people of all ages and abilities. With more than 40 weekly sessions and vital support programmes for adults with learning disabilities, as well as educational workshops for hundreds of schoolchildren every year, the farmâs impact goes far beyond its gates. Attending the festival means celebrating community, music and creativity, while also helping sustain one of Sheffieldâs most beloved venues.
Read more about Heeley City Farm
Read more about Artworks South Yorkshire and Learning Disability Week, including other events
09.06.25
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW
KIZIAH AND THE KINGS: LIVE AT THE DOROTHY PAX
By Richard Wilkinson-Smith
Kiziah and The Kings have been reigning over the Yorkshire music scene for quite some time. Most recently, the band delivered a barn-storming set at Factory Floor for Swings & Roundaboutsâan event featuring various artists performing in aid of Roundabout Youth Homeless Charity. The night was a tremendous success, and everyone who attended clearly had a party to remember!
But Kiziah and the Kings arenât just lending their undeniable stage presence to worthy causes; theyâve also got the musical chops to back it up. Back in December 2024, they played a show at the iconic Dorothy Pax venue, which sadly closed its doors earlier this year. On June 7th, Kiziah & The Kings have kept its legacy alive with the release of their new EP Live at the Dorothy Pax: a âlove letterâ to Richard Hendersonâs much-missed canal-side cultural hub and to their fans â affectionately known as the âKavalryâ. The result? A five-track blast of genre-blending, soul lifting groove that we at Sheff Herd are excited to review.
Live at Dorothy Pax EP
The album is a five track musical journey, best enjoyed in order to fully immerse yourself in the live experience.
The opening track Talk Like That is a sharp feminist ode, with front-woman Kiziah Ann Watsonâs semi-rap vocal delivery evoking the boldness of Debbie Harry and the soul-stirring power of Mavis Staples. She testifies to a clearly delighted crowd over a groovy bassline and loose punk-funk bounce, which erupts into bluesy swagger and stabbing brass from the talented King James Wells on trumpet. The Kavalryâs whoops and cheers are an audible reminder of just how deeply this band connects with their audience.
Next up, Ainât No Breaking Me rides a Trojan Dub waveââAinât no breaking me, no-no shaking me,â Kiziah declares, locking into a fierce call-and-response before brother King Dane Watsonâs guitar steps up with funky, strutting authority.
A standout track on the EP, Power of You shifts the vibe, showing the bandâs ease with good-time boogie rock ânâ roll as much as with their rootsy influences. Smooth, soulful sax lines from Benjamin Ten-Bruggencate start the song then Kiziah channels full Tina Turner energy in a vocal showdown with a BB King-inspired male counterpoint from drummer Wez Brown. The track barrels toward a fiery, feel-good climax.
Back to Me plunges into roots reggae, with Kiziahâs seductive, shamanic vocalâarguably the most vocally gymnastic on the recordâfloating over swirling, effects-heavy guitar from Dane. Meanwhile, Wez Brown and Callum Hall lock into a tight, deep groove, creating a rock-solid foundation as Kiziah proclaims, âI have no time / To make all your wrongs right.â Funk-laced guitar licks heighten the trackâs dynamic push and pull, taking listeners on a powerful ride.
Final track Kings & Queens dives into post-punk waters. A bassline worthy of Gang of Four, a riff straight out of The Jamâs âPrecious,â and a yelping, urgent vocal reminiscent of Ari Up (The Slits) cut through a haze of early-â70s trippy funk. Itâs fierce, itâs commandingâand the perfect full stop to a set that proves Kiziah & The Kings are on another level. âLay me out on a stretcher!â cries Kiziah, and it sounds like she means every word.
The EP as a whole is a vibrant showcase of spontaneous performance and tight mixing (produced by King Callum Hall and tracked by Matt Jasper). This live recording captures the spirit of those beloved nights at the dearly missed Dorothy Pax with warmth, grit, and soul.
And as Kiziahâs triumphant âHe loooovvveees meâ rings outâwhoâs really going to argue?
Live at the Dorothy Pax is available now here
You can join the Kavalry! See Kiziah and The Kings live this summer across the UK. Sheff Herd can reveal that they have a big headline release show on 11th July at Crookes Social Club (support from The Bad Actors and more TBA) and the EP Release on 30th August at Yellow Arch Studios (support from ĂĄmba plus more TBA). Other local highlights include performances at Tramlines (two venues) on July 26th and Whitwell Festival in Chesterfield on September 6th.
Further afield, catch them at Nah Then Festival in Nottingham on July 25th and Out Out Festival in Scunthorpe on August 16th.
Follow them on their socials for more exciting announcements!
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 9th June 2025
On Saturday 14th June, raise a glass to summer at this laid-back afternoon gathering in one of Sheffieldâs most atmospheric spaces. Set in the historic Samuel Worth Chapel, this unique fundraiser brings together craft beer, live music, wood-fired food, and cosmic curiosityâall in support of the Sheffield General Cemetery Trust.
The event runs from 2-8pm. Expect a handpicked selection of beers from the much-loved Abbeydale Brewery, renowned for its fresh, hop-forward brews and inventive styles. Entry includes your first drink (beer or soft), and from there the taps will keep flowing.
Live sets from Sheff Herd previously reviewed and recommended Blue 7 Jazz will soundtrack the afternoon with smooth, soulful vibes, while Unbeatable Energy brings vibrant African drumming into the mix. Sunshine Pizza will also be serving up artisan pizza from their mobile wood-fired oven.
And for something a little differentâtake a turn skyward with Sheffield Astronomical Society, whoâll be on hand with solar telescopes for a bit of safe afternoon sungazing (weather permitting).
Tickets are just ÂŁ5 (plus booking), with all proceeds supporting the conservation work of the Cemetery Trust. Whether youâre a beer connoisseur or just after a chilled community day out, this is one not to miss.
đđđđđ
SHEFF HERD
FILMS OF THE WEEK
IN ASSOCIATION WITH KELHAM FILM CLUB
8th - 15th June
Sheff Herd is delighted to be sponsoring the fantastic Kelham Film Club - a community cinema night that holds weekly screenings of unique films, with great drinks deals in the welcoming Alder Bar.
This month, Kelham Film Club will be screening some superbly curated events in collaboration with Kelham Pride to celebrate Pride month. There will be six screenings across the month of amazing LGBTQ+ films and tickets to all are here.
Sunday 8th June at 6:30pm
In response to a community call out for LGBTQ+ themed shorts, the Kelham Film Club has received some excellent content to screen ahead of main features. The first of these is the short film 'Do You Want To?' which tells the story of Connor and Jake's domestic bliss being put to the test between the sheets in this heartwarming rom com short.
Following this will be feature length film Swan Song; a 2021 American drama, written, directed, and produced by Todd Stephens starring Udo Kier, Jennifer Coolidge, Linda Evans, Michael Urie, Ira Hawkins, and Stephanie McVay.
A formerly flamboyant hairdresser takes a long walk across a small town to style a dead woman's hair.
Monday 9th June at 6:30pm (but arrive early to get a drink)
Orlando, My Political Biography is a 2023 French documentary directed by Paul B. Preciado. Preciado brings together 26 contemporary trans and non-binary people, aged 8 to 70, to tell his and others' stories of transition through unique re-enactments and visual interpretations of Virginia Woolf's 1928 novel Orlando: A Biography.
It was selected in Encounter at the 73rd Berlin International Film Festival, where it had its world premiere. The film was also nominated for Berlinale Documentary Film Award, and won the Teddy Award for the Best Documentary Film.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 2nd June 2025
Peddler Market returns to Neepsend on Friday 6th and Saturday 7th June, bringing its signature blend of street food, craft drinks, live music and independent makers back to the warehouse space at 92 Burton Road. Now on its 94th edition, the market has become a much-loved fixture in Sheffieldâs cultural calendar, regularly drawing thousands to its monthly celebration of food, drink, and creativity.
Across the weekend, visitors can expect a curated lineup of street food traders serving global dishes, alongside pop-up bars pouring local craft beer and cocktails. Independent makers will be on hand with handmade goods, prints, and gifts, while DJs and live acts provide the soundtrack throughout. Entry is free, with the market running from 5â11pm on Friday and 12â11pm on Saturday. Whether youâre going for the food, the music, or the atmosphere, itâs one of the cityâs most reliably good events.
đđđđđ
SHEFF HERD
FILMS OF THE WEEK
IN ASSOCIATION WITH KELHAM FILM CLUB
w/c 2nd June 2025
Sheff Herd is delighted to be sponsoring the fantastic Kelham Film Club - a community cinema night that holds weekly screenings of unique films, with great drinks deals in the welcoming Alder Bar.
This month, Kelham Film Club will be screening some superbly curated events in collaboration with Kelham Pride to celebrate Pride month. There will be six screenings across the month of amazing LGBTQ+ films and tickets to all are here.
This week, there are two fantastic films on offer.
Monday 2nd June at 6:30pm
First up is Crossing, a 2024 drama written and directed by Levan Akin which has won various awards in several film festivals.
The film is about a retired teacher who has promised to find her long lost niece, a transgender woman. Arriving in Istanbul, she meets a lawyer fighting for trans rights. The film delves into themes of identity, acceptance and the bonds of chosen family.
Thursday 5th June at 8pm (but arrive early to get a drink)
The second screening of the week is the highly acclaimed Carol directed by Todd Haynes and starring Cate Blanchett. The film is based on a romance novel and set in 1950s New York City. It centres on a forbidden affair between an aspiring female photographer and an older woman going through a difficult divorce. Come and see why this film has ranked as the BFI best LGBTQ+ film of all time.
JUNE 2025
TOP 4
đđđđ
Your guide to the month ahead.
Scroll down for our weekly event recommendations.
01
đ
DocFest 2025
Sheffield DocFest 2025 lands this June with a fresh lineup of bold, thought-provoking documentaries from around the world. Running from the 18th to the 23rd, the festival transforms the city into a lively hub for filmmakers, artists, and curious minds.
Whether youâre into hard-hitting investigative films or intimate personal stories, thereâs something here to challenge and captivate. Expect a strong mix of global premieres, under-the-radar gems, and boundary-pushing experiments in formâplus plenty of opportunities to hear directly from the creators.
But DocFest is more than just screenings. Itâs a place where ideas meet action, with workshops, talks, and immersive digital works that invite you to interact, not just observe. This yearâs edition puts extra focus on new voices and experimental storytelling, making space for documentaries that donât fit the traditional mold.
Read our full preview here
02
đ
Kelham Pride
On Saturday 21 June, Kelham Island and Neepsend will be alive with colour and music as Kelham Pride returns to Sheffield.
There are many themed events leading up to the actual day, including a Pride Disco launch party at Saw Grinders Union on Friday 20th June with Manchester club scene's legend DJ Kai Ryan (7pm until late).
Then on the 21st, things get going at midday, with the crowd typically gathering at Kelham Island Museum before setting off on a community parade at 1pm that winds through the neighbourhood and lands on Burton Road, where the main stage will host a packed lineup. Keep an eye on socials for the full line up which is due to drop any day.
What makes this event more than just a single stage party is how the entire area gets involved. Venues including Yellow Arch, Peddler Warehouse and Factory Floor will all be running their own pride-themed eventsâthink late-night sets, cabaret, market stalls and community socials. One example is Alder's free entry celebration with sets from Gaydar, Arch Femmesis, Lavender Grey and a DJ set from Chipped Polish.
Join this full-day celebration that stretches across streets, venues, and generations, all driven by a strong sense of inclusion and local pride.
Check out the Kelham Pride website and Instagram page for more information
03
đ
Sheffield Wine Week
Sheffield Wine Week is set to return for its second year from Wednesday 18th to Sunday 22nd June, bringing a citywide celebration of wine to venues across Sheffield.
The week will feature a variety of events, including tastings, food pairings, and meet-the-maker sessions. One of the highlights is the inaugural Wine Week Fest on Saturday 21 June, transforming Bole Hills into an open-air wine fair with over a dozen vendors, food trucks, live music, and family-friendly activities.
Throughout the week, attendees can look forward to events like the Summer Wine Fair at Tenaya Wine Bar, featuring over 30 wines to sample, and a Wine and Crisps Pairing at The Old Shoe, exploring unique flavour combinations. Other highlights include a Blind Sparkling Wine Tasting at Gills & Co, comparing English and French sparkling wines, and a Sushi and Sake evening at StarmoreBoss, offering a deep dive into sake varieties paired with artisan sushi.
For a full list of events and ticket information, visit the official Sheffield Wine Week website.
04
đ
The Leadmill Farewell Events
This is one we don't want to have to write but as we know, our beloved Leadmill music venue will be closing its doors this month.
In true Leadmill style, there are loads of final celebrations planned to say our reluctant farewells (to put it mildly!) to a place that has been so incredibly significant to so many of us.
This month, you can expect some incredible send offs from Steel City blues titans The Heavy Souls(13th June), Sheffield/Millburn/Reverend legend Joe Carnell Jr's intimate matinee show (15th June) and Scottish singer-songwriter King Creosote (June 19th).
There will also be an all-dayer starting at 3:45pm on June 14th, headlined by local indie outfit and rising talent The Rosadocs with a range of up and coming talent from the city and beyond.
In addition, the legendary club nights will be brought to a close with Bring Me..., Abba, Comedy Club, AM Weekender, 2015 and Sonic Saturday nights all scheduled.
This is all bittersweet but we need to give Leadmill a legendary send off - we owe it to the staff and the many artists past and present who have made this venue such a jewel in the crown of our city.
For a full list of final events, please visit the Leadmill website.
31.05.25
SCENE AND HERD PREVIEW:
SHEFFIELD FILM FESTIVAL @ SHOWROOM
By Charlotte Sometimes
Sheffield Film Festival bursts back onto the scene this summer, with Showroom Cinema unveiling the first highlights of what promises to be a thrilling month of film, culture, and cinematic surprises.
Celebrating the cityâs screen heritage while welcoming global guests, SFF 2025 offers a bold mix of rare 35mm screenings, cult classics, and Q&As with industry icons.
âThis is a programme built for our audiences,â says Ryan Finnigan, Head of Programming at Showroom. âWeâre spotlighting iconic local stories and rare screenings that bring directors from around the world to Sheffield. Itâs a celebration of the cityâs cinematic legacy and creative spirit.â
Leading the early programme is When Saturday Comes, the beloved 1996 football drama starring Sean Bean. The 30th anniversary screening on 9th August will be followed by a panel featuring writer-producer James Daly, Sheffield United legend Tony Currie, producer Colin Pons, and others, hosted by Sporting Greatsâ Jeff Brown.
The season also features an extremely rare 35mm screening of Metropolitan, with acclaimed director Whit Stillman appearing in person for a Q&A on 22nd July, courtesy of Lost Reels. The screening launches a run of his other cult favourites: Barcelona (29th July) and The Last Days of Disco (5th August).
Before some of the main events even begin, the festival buzz will be building with special preview events: on 12th June, the surreal, self-aware indie rock tribute Pavements gets an early screening; and on 13th June, Peter Weirâs eerie masterpiece Picnic at Hanging Rock returns in dazzling 4K, introduced by film scholar (Editor's Note: my wonderful Film Studies lecturer!) Professor Jonathan Rayner.
Horror fans also wonât want to miss the Celluloid Screams Mystery Marathon on 2nd August â four 35mm shockers screened back-to-back with titles revealed only as the reels roll.
And after last yearâs sell-out shows, Threads returns on 22nd and 23rd August, just as news spreads of Warp Filmsâ upcoming remake of the Sheffield-set post-apocalyptic chiller.
Showroom Cinema will be the venue for all of the film screenings: âAs a cultural cornerstone for the city, weâve championed independent voices and brought world-class cinema to Sheffield for 30 years,â says Victoria Firth, CEO of Showroom Work Station.
Expect more collaborations with artists, community cinemas and creatives across Sheffield â and a full festival programme announcement later this summer. For now, the countdown is on.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 26th May 2025
Editor's Note - I canât believe Iâm going to miss this. Sheffield Coffee Festival is back, and itâs shaping up to be the kind of weekend that makes you wish you could clone yourself just to be in multiple places at once!
The festival kicks off on May 31st and runs through June 1st, transforming Sheffield into a caffeine loverâs dreamscape. Itâs not just about sipping a flat white or chasing that perfect mocha - this is a citywide celebration of everything that makes our specialty coffee culture so exciting. From cuppings and roaster tours to secret pop-up events and competitions, itâs a weekend designed to make you fall in love with coffee all over again. There is too much going on to announce here and the entire route will be released in a magazine 'The Daily Grind' on the morning of 31st May to help you to plan your route but some of our picks are detailed below.
Marmadukes (Cambridge Street) is not only the staple of Sheffield's coffee culture but also the hub of the festival and where you can collect your wristband and magazine, grab a tote and start the day right with one of their amazing coffees.
Another city favourite Kilnfolk Coffee will not only be serving cups of coffee from supreme roasters like Darkwoods and Skylark but also will be bringing a buzzing courtyard market filled with independent businesses to grab some coffee themed goodies.
Husk have teamed up with vegan friendly super brand Oatly to bring free soft serve to accompany their superb line up of coffees. Expect a competition, games and music.
Meanwhile, NÇm SĂŽng is bringing the vibrant coffee culture of Asia to Broomhill. On Saturday, theyâre hosting an Asian Origin Cupping session featuring coffees from Thailand, Indonesia, China, India, and Timor Leste. On Sunday morning, itâs all about Vietnamese coffee culture, with a deep dive into Phin brewing and Egg Coffee. And to cap it all off, Sunday night turns into a lantern-lit DJ party with all proceeds going to The Kianh Foundation, supporting children with disabilities in Vietnam.
The beauty of this festival is in its multi-venue format. Itâs not confined to one space; itâs woven into the fabric of Sheffieldâs independent coffee scene. Whether youâre at a roastery, a cafĂ©, or a pop-up, youâre experiencing the cityâs coffee culture in its natural habitat!
So, while Iâm away, suffering from the worst kind of caffeine withdrawals, I hope youâll be there, soaking in the aromas, tasting the brews, and celebrating the craft that makes Sheffieldâs coffee scene so special.
22.05.25
SCENE AND HERD EP REVIEW: POPCULTURE BY SPOOK MUZIEK
By Richard Wilkinson-Smith
Adam Follett â aka Spook Muziek â has been a very busy man. Following two releases in 2024 and a string of shows around Sheffield, his new EP â a âconcept of sortsâ â pop culture drops tomorrow (23rd May). The press release describes it as âsix genre-dodging tracks of woozy synths, tummy-rumbling basslines, and scatterbrained beats and vocalsâ â and it certainly doesnât lie.
The record is prefaced with: âSometimes melodic, sometimes chaotic, sometimes declamatory, and for fans of LCD Soundsystem, Father John Misty, Death Grips and The Streets.â But the truth is, this EP is more than the sum of those parts â itâs a glimpse into what could be a highly promising musical future.
Opening with âAnd a 1 and a 2⊠and a 1 2 3 4,â the title track and 2nd May single pop culture is heavy psychedelia, landing somewhere between the Chemical Brothers, Beastie Boys, and The Avalanches, with an earworm of a hook â âHappiness comes from within / Sadness goes in the bin.â Twanging sitars introduce a heavy chorus rap that channels Primal Screamâs Vanishing Point era. This opener is a supremely tight and innovative two-and-a-half minutes.
The tempo slows for second track daydreams, which evokes classic â70s Kraftwerk while blending in English retro-electronic influences like Brian Eno and OMD â all filtered through modern trap beats and a gloriously over-the-top robotic vocoder. The track combusts into glorious mayhem by its end.
Next up is maybe - a short (under two minutes) blast against political apathy - âThis is the fence that Iâm willing to die on,â Spook declares, as breakbeats, samples, and piercing basslines collide. It segues into retcon age, a bumpy, fever-dream ode to a schoolyard crush that feels like a fairground ride hosted by Jah Wobble of PiL or Terry Hall of The Specials. Pour yourself an exotic cocktail and hold on tight â dubby echoes swirl as the track dissolves into moody, epic electronica.
againagainagain could easily be a single â Damon Albarn embracing club culture, shouting âThis year Iâm legitimized,â and channeling a less frantic John Lydon as he âmoves over into enterprise.â lads donât cry â âAre you ever gonna love me now Iâve cried at a film?â - continues the journey into blissful soul-electro of the highest calibre. It is arch, witty, and creates a terrific ambience.
Spookâs latest EP works well as a âsong cycle,â but it also feels like a calling card - a bold clash of frantic dance music and hip-hop influences mixed with gorgeous, albeit brief, soundscapes; a perfect fit for the restless uncertainty of the 21st century. Given the time and budget to develop his vision, Spook Muziek is a very exciting artist indeed.
You can catch him live at his headline show at The Washington on June 17th, supported by alt-indie 70s psych outfit Nasa Parka and indie-rock singer James Ewan Tait.
Spook will also perform at the Frog and Parrot for the Tramlines pre-fringe festival on 24th July, and will support rising brat-pop star Loriâs album launch on 11th October at Sidney and Matilda, alongside hard-hitting electronic pop lyricist Mickey Nomimono.
Spook Muziekâs popculture will be available on all streaming platforms on May 23rd.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 18th May 2025
This yearâs Sheffield Food Festival, running from May 24th to 26th, will spotlight the cityâs best in food and drink, with a diverse lineup of independent traders and local talent spread across the Peace Gardens and surrounding streets.
There is a vast range of over sixty vendors, covering a range of global cuisines. From the delicious street food wraps of The Greedy Greek Deli to Venezuelan Arepas from 7 Star Flag Ltd to The Yorkshire Crepe Co's sweet and savoury treats, there is something to suit every taste. And on the drink menu, there is everything from Little Bubble Box's bubble tea to Fizz & The Feast's champagne bubbles!
The artisan traders will also provide some superb varied shopping opportunities - from Locksley Distillery's gin and liquors to Polly Plant's colourful polymer clay jewellery; there's plenty of chances to take home a great souvenir from the day.
And excitingly this year, the music stages and busking tent are bigger and better than ever. Working with emerging musicians from places like Waterbear College of Music, Tracks and Slambarz CIC, the festival is giving a great platform for upcoming talent. There is also plenty to do with the whole family with face painting, craft activities and workshops also on offer.
With Sheffield's culinary talent taking centre stage, the Food Festival 2025 promises a delicious celebration of community spirit and local flavour.
20.05.25
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: SHEFFIELD COCKTAIL FESTIVAL
By Charlotte Sometimes and Helen Mort
The highly anticipated Sheffield Cocktail Festival kicked off in style last Saturday at Steamworks. I was joined by local Literary legend poet Helen Mort who was on hand to lend a lyrical edge to the festivities, blending creative writing and cocktails in perfect balance.
The tropical vibes at the festival were immediate â bright streamers, playful signage, and music pumping from the back of the Red Bull van gave the whole space a laid-back but well-curated energy. With 25 Sheffield bars organised into their geographical region in the city, we were visibly reminded of the brilliance of the imbibing offerings of Sheffield.
Entry included two cocktail vouchers, with more available at ÂŁ8 each (or two for ÂŁ15)â great value given the quality of the venues. It was clear from the start that this day wasnât just about drinks; it was about celebration⊠but it was also about drinks!
We started with a glass of Laurent Perrier from Gills & Co, an impressive independent wine and champagne specialist thatâs been making a name for itself with a high-quality selection and knowledgeable staff. Their stand felt confident and relaxed â a great way to ease into the day.
Next up was our masterclass: a three-way collaboration between Starmore Boss, Locksley Distillery, and Hendersonâs Relish. Starmore Boss, known for their expertly curated bottle shop on Sharrow Vale Road, brought the spirits smarts. Locksley Distillery - creators of the well-regarded Sir Robin of Locksley Gin - added a touch of local distilling pedigree. And of course, the Hendo's brought that distinct Sheffield twist with their iconic sauce.
The masterclass turned into a spirited (and slightly chaotic) competition. With expert guidance, we were given free rein to experiment. It was equal parts creativity and fun: bottles flying, garnishes getting out of hand, and plenty of over-confident seasoning. While our concoctions didnât take the top spot, they were bold, spicy, and definitely drinkable. It struck a great balance between hands-on joy and actually learning a thing or two - the kind of session that reminded you cocktails are meant to be played with.
In classic Helen Mort style, she composed a haiku for several drinks â proof that poetry and alcohol have always made good drinking companions.
First up was our Bloody Mary creation (the metaphors better than the mixology!):
Scent of greenhouses
In heat, then it bites: ice; fire
those mornings-after.
Moving onto the professional cocktails, we started at Kelu; the Sardinian-inspired rooftop bar in Kelham Island, known for its stripped-back Mediterranean style and coastal cocktail list. Their creation, The Malfino, was a bright, lemony concoction â sweet but sharp, and refreshingly simple. The kind of drink you could imagine sipping well into the golden hour. Our Highball Haiku-ist was inspired here:
Snow in a cool glass
Half moon of bitter lemon
Melting on the coast.
Next came The Red Hot Robin from Locksley Distillery â a fiery, gin-based number built around their award-winning Sir Robin of Locksley Gin. The heat was just enough to cut through the botanicals without overwhelming them, making for a confident, flavour-packed serve⊠and our Bard-tender agreed:
We rob from the rich
Give them a den of green leaves
Instead: sweet, bitter.
Helenâs final haiku was inspired by the exceptional Old Cuban from Cubana, the cityâs long-standing Latin cocktail and tapas bar. Made with precision and flair, the mix of aged rum, mint, and sparkling wine was rich without being heavy, and one of the best examples of the classic weâve had in a while:
After the fourth drink -
Things get a little bit rum!
Enter Cubana!
And although the poetry stopped flowing, the drinks certainly did not! Rum Keg â a Caribbean-inspired bar and bottle shop with a strong presence at local events â delivered bold, tropical flavours with every pour.
Manhatta leaned into the indulgence with rich, peach flavoured New York Sour that felt like a full experience in itself - complete with a "magic" klosh.
Kapital, a new Bavarian-themed beer hall set to open later this year, made a strong first impression with their spirit-forward serve.
A special mention goes to Public, the award-winning underground bar tucked beneath the Town Hall, whose Cala-bizarre cocktail â a bold mix of gin, sherry and pineapple â was one of the most inventive drinks of the day, somehow rich, earthy and tropical all at once.
Meanwhile, Lost & Found, the elegant cocktail bar on Ecclesall Road, delivered a bright and fruity number that stood out for both its balance and presentation.
There was also fantastic street food offerings from the culinary wizards at Bench, authentic Italian cannoli from North Town Deli and delicious snacks provided by Henderson's. There were also non-alcoholic options and beer served by Thornbridge. And alongside the excellent playlist of varied tunes played by a talented DJ were some sparkling personified disco ball dancers to add the glamour and keep the party going.
From rooftop bars to rum shacks, poetry to masterclasses, it was a day that managed to feel both polished and proudly local. A reminder, if one was needed, that Sheffield knows how to throw a party â and do it with real character. Everyone involved in this event should be really proud of what they have accomplished - weâre already counting down the days until next year!
For more information, visit the Sheffield Cocktail Festival Website
16.05.25
SCENE AND HERD PREVIEW:
UK GAMES EXPO 2025
Sheff Herd is gearing up for an exciting trip to the UK Games Expo 2025 at Birmingham's NEC at the end of the month, and we couldnât be more thrilled to be part of the action. As one of the biggest events in the tabletop gaming calendar, itâs a massive celebration of creativity, strategy, and community â and weâre ready to dive in.
Back home in Sheffield, weâve got a thriving board game scene. Youâll often find us rolling dice, sipping lattes and building empires & try to socially deduce who the demon is! Patriot Games, Gamers Guide, and Treehouse Board Game CafĂ© are regular 'herd hangouts' where we test our tactics, try new releases & scripts, and meet up with new friends & old, for some fun & games and the occasional shenanigan!
This yearâs Games Expo promises a packed weekend of fresh titles, immersive experiences, and hands-on demos. From upcoming releases by indie creators to international publishers debuting their latest designs, thereâs no shortage of things to explore. Weâre especially excited to check out prototypes and help shape future games in the designer feedback zone â itâs always inspiring to get a glimpse into how games evolve.
Thereâs also the UK Games Expo Judges' Choice Awards which spotlights the year's standout tabletop games, as selected by a panel of industry experts. These awards cover a diverse range of categories, from strategic board games to innovative roleplaying experiences.
Beyond the games themselves, the Expo brings a sense of theatre and fun with live shows, quirky events, and a family-friendly atmosphere that makes it a great space for everyone, whether youâre a hardcore strategist or a curious newcomer.
Sheff Herd is ready to explore, play, and connect - and we canât wait to bring some of that energy back to Sheffield. If youâre heading to the UK Games Expo too, give us a wave. Let the games begin!
The UK Games Expo takes place from 30th May to 1st June 2025.
đđđđđ
SHEFF HERD
FILMS OF THE WEEK
IN ASSOCIATION WITH KELHAM FILM CLUB
w/c 12th May 2025
Sheff Herd is delighted to be sponsoring the fantastic Kelham Film Club - a community cinema night that holds weekly screenings of unique films, with great drinks deals in the welcoming Alder Bar.
This week, there are three screenings to enjoy and tickets to all are here.
Tuesday 13th May at 6:30pm
First up is Secret Cinema #3. Work out the clue from the poster or just prepare to be surprised! Tickets are free but donations are accepted.
Thursday 15th May at 8pm (but arrive early to get a drink)
The second screening of the week is Jean- Luc- Godard's Alphaville (1965).
Alphaville: une Ă©trange aventure de Lemmy Caution (Alphaville: A Strange Adventure of Lemmy Caution) is a French New Wave tech noir film that combines the genres of dystopian science fiction and film noir. There are no special props or futuristic sets; instead, the film was shot in real locations in Paris, the night-time streets of the capital becoming the streets of Alphaville, while modernist glass and concrete buildings represent the city's interiors. Although the film is set in the future, the technologies used and the corporations and events mentioned in the film place them firmly in the 20th century.
Sunday 18th May at 7:30pm (but arrive early to get a drink)
The last screening of the week is Pedro AlmodĂłvar's 2011 La piel que habito (The Skin I Live In) which is part of an ongoing collaboration with the Sheffield Spanish Intercambio group, celebrating Spanish language cinema.
The Skin I Live In (Spanish: La piel que habito) is a psychological thriller starring Antonio Banderas and Elena Anaya, based on Thierry Jonquet's 1984 novel Mygale, first published in French and then in English under the title Tarantula.
This film is about a brilliant plastic surgeon, haunted by past tragedies, who creates a type of synthetic skin that withstands any kind of damage. His guinea pig: a mysterious and volatile woman who holds the key to his obsession.
AlmodĂłvar has described the film as "a horror story without screams or frights". The film was the first collaboration in 21 years between AlmodĂłvar and Banderas since Tie Me Up! Tie Me Down! (1990).
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK w/c 12th May 2025
Sheffieldâs cultural calendar reaches a refined crescendo this May with the return of the Sheffield Chamber Music Festival, running from Friday 16th to Saturday 24th May. Hosted primarily at the acclaimed Crucible Studio Theatre, the festival is a jewel in the UK classical music scene, bringing together world-class musicians, intimate performances, and a warm, accessible atmosphere.
At the heart of the festival is Ensemble 360, Sheffieldâs own virtuoso group of eleven musicians, whose dynamic, inclusive approach continues to redefine what chamber music can be. This year, theyâre joined by a roster of stellar guests from across the globe, promising fresh interpretations of both beloved repertoire and contemporary works.
The festival opens with Schubertâs Octet and features a blend of beloved chamber works and innovative collaborations. Highlights include performances with the Elias String Quartet, a fusion of Western and Indian classical music with sitarist Jasdeep Singh Degun, and an evening with renowned percussionist Dame Evelyn Glennie.
Events are held in intimate venues like the Crucible Playhouse and Samuel Worth Chapel, offering audiences a close-up experience of the performances. Tickets are priced to be accessible, with discounts for under-35s and students.
09.05.25
SCENE AND HERD PREVIEW:
DOC FEST 2025
By Charlotte Sometimes
Now in its 32nd year, Sheffield DocFest returns this June with a characteristically bold programme, blending first-time directors with established voices and mixing film with audio, art, and live performance. Across six days, the festival will showcase over 100 films from 68 countries, including 51 world premieres and a long list of international and UK debuts.
The opening film, Still Pushing Pineapples, sets the tone with a gently offbeat look at 1980s pop icon Dene Michael, formerly of Black Lace, as he balances life on and off stage. Directed by Kim Hopkins, the documentary offers a heartfelt study of resilience, family, and the odd grip of nostalgiaâa perfect entry point to a programme full of personal, political, and unexpected stories.
Beyond film, the programme spreads into other forms. Fenton Bailey and Randy Barbato, the producers behind RuPaulâs Drag Race and this yearâs festival guests of honour, will be in Sheffield to reflect on their careers and the art of making work that entertains while subverting expectations. Their influence is clear in some of this yearâs more playful events, including a retrospective on reality TV and a series of screenings celebrating queer performance on screen.
Live events also feature prominently. Thereâs a live recording of the hit podcast Bad Gays, as well as Here We Go! The Art of the Football Chant, which dives into the strange, poetic world of terrace anthems. There is also a live talk with Professor Brian Cox - an event sure to be popular. These sit comfortably alongside the Alternate Realities strand, which this year includes Collateral Echoes, a new commission from artist Baff Akoto blending video, installation, and sound to tell the stories of black and immigrant Britons disproportionately killed following contact with police since 1969.
As always, the festival maintains its role as a key industry gathering, with the 20th Anniversary of MeetMarket pitching forum connecting filmmakers to funders and collaborators. For the public, meanwhile, it remains a space to be surprisedâto discover films you didnât know existed, hear voices you havenât encountered before, and leave with questions you didnât expect to ask across some of the best event venues in the city.
Whether itâs your first DocFest or your thirty-second, thereâs plenty here to keep you thinking long after the final screening.
07.05.25
SCENE AND HERD: A TRIBUTE TO THE RIGHT WORSHIPFUL LORD MAYOR OF SHEFFIELD CLLR. JAYNE DUNNE: A YEAR OF SERVICE, COMPASSION AND COMMUNITY
By Charlotte Sometimes
Photography by Steel City Snapper
I first met Lord Mayor Jayne Dunn a few weeks ago at the Sheffield Philharmonicâs afternoon performance of Carmen. It was a brilliant event, filled with music and colour, but for me, the most striking moment came offstage - when I was introduced to the Lord Mayor herself. I had followed her work in our city for some time and was genuinely excited to finally meet her in person. She did not disappoint.
Despite being one of the busiest people in the city (she has attended 584 engagements at the time of writing and will be more by the end of her year!) Lord Mayor Jayne was incredibly generous and warm, taking time to talk, listen, and show real interest in everyone around her. She is fabulous - often seen in bold suits or her signature leopard prints (and never has the Civic regalia looked so glam!)âbut what truly stands out is how approachable she is. She has a remarkable ability to make people feel completely at ease - genuinely seen and heard - even while juggling countless responsibilities.
Lord Mayor Jayneâs term as Sheffieldâs 127th Lord Mayor, which officially concludes on 19th May, has
been a testament to the values she holds dear: inclusion, dignity, and community. Over the past year, she has brought real energy and purpose to a role often considered ceremonial, transforming it into a platform that spotlighted the people and stories shaping the city.
One of her most impactful initiatives was her monthly focus on key social issues - from mental health and disability awareness to supporting independent businesses and celebrating local artists.
Central to these campaigns was the introduction of âCommunity Championsâ; individuals with lived experience or expertise who led public engagement and added depth and authenticity to each monthâs theme.
In March, she launched the inaugural Lord Mayor Awards, honouring Sheffieldâs unsung heroes.
Winners included people like Firas Sharefy, who supports refugees and those facing poverty through the Open Kitchen Social Club; Sustainability Connects, giving voice to underrepresented communities in the climate movement; and young champion Leah Walton, whose fundraising for Sheffield Childrenâs Hospital moved hearts citywide. These awards were about more than recognition - they told Sheffieldâs story through its people.
Lord Mayor Jayne also championed vital social causes, including the cityâs first Period Equality Charter, addressing menstrual poverty and breaking stigma around periods and menopause. Itâs a topic often overlooked, yet under her leadership, it took centre stage.
And then there was her personal touch - her own Steely Resilience prints of the Women of Steel statue, raising money for her chosen charities, the Archer Project and Roundabout. A beautiful moment of artistry and activism that reflected her love for Sheffield and her creative spirit. (Is there anything this woman canât do?)
As her mayoral year comes to an end, Sheffield has so much to thank her for. Her story - rising from homelessness as a single mother to become a business owner, councillor, and ultimately Lord Mayor - is more than inspiring; itâs grounding. She has never forgotten where she came from, and that has shaped everything she has done in office.
We caught up with her to reflect on her time as Lord Mayor. As always, she was thoughtful, honest, and focused - not on herself, but on the people of Sheffield:
How would you describe the character of Sheffield as a city?
It is warm, spirited, and a real hidden gem. People come and are amazed by its history, its beauty, and its charm - itâs the countryâs best kept secret!
Looking back on your year as Lord Mayor, which achievement are you most proud of, and why?
I donât have just one; each day has been so meaningful. But Iâm proud of having reached out to more diverse groups through the monthly themes. So many individuals, charities, and organisations approached me, wanting to help raise awareness around key issues.
Another highlight was the Women of Steel event for International Womenâs Day. I brought together
100 women from across the cityâit was inspiring, empowering, and joyful. The Radisson even hosted it for free to showcase Sheffieldâs women. Simple, yet incredibly powerful.
And of course, Iâm proud of the Women of Steel painting and the prints, which have raised hundreds for Roundabout and the Archer Projectâtwo charities that work so well together.
What impact do you hope the Community Champions and Lord Mayor Awards have had?
I created the Community Champions initiative to share the honour of being Lord Mayor. Having them attend events in the parlour helped open up the Town Hallâit should be a hub for everyone.
These meet-and-greets have really helped me connect with the community. Itâs been a way to highlight civic life and offer people a chance to experience Sheffield from the traditionally privileged perspective of the Lord Mayor. Iâve loved having people attend pantomimes,
sports events, and other engagements.
And the Lord Mayor Awardsâwhat an honour. I wouldnât have met so many of these incredible people otherwise. Theyâve all done fabulous work and deserved recognition. Having judges who werenât councillors or officers made it so that the city itself was deciding.
How has your personal journey influenced your approach to the role?
Sharing the joy of this role was my top priority. I also wanted to bring sparkle backâmusic, laughter, and people in the parlour! I aimed to make the role feel important but not stuffyâsomething progressive.
As the first single woman (and older woman!) and single mum to hold the role, I wanted to break stereotypes. You donât need a traditional background to be Lord Mayorâjust care deeply about your community and love Sheffield. I know I was judged at firstâespecially for attending events aloneâbut my life experience prepared me for that.
Family is everything to me. Having my wonderful son as my consort has been the best part. Iâm so proud of him and loved having him with me at events like Remembrance Day.. And caring for my seriously ill mum - seeing her wear the Lady Mayoress chain was deeply heartwarming.
What surprised you most, or what did you learn during your time as Lord Mayor?
Well - being on a billboard - three actually, including that massive one at Park Square - that was a surprise!
But really, I rediscovered joy. I saw how important it is for people to belong, to celebrate, and to have hope. Itâs an honour to be the person who helps deliver that.
Iâve also learned that when I believe in myself and stay true to who I am - I achieve.
What advice would you give the next Lord Mayor?
Just be yourself - and enjoy every moment!
Lord Mayor Jayneâs legacy wonât be measured simply by ceremonies or public appearances. It lives on in the lives sheâs uplifted, the stories sheâs told, and the people sheâs empoweredâincluding myself.
Thank you, Lord Mayor Jayne, for everything youâve done for Sheffield. You leave behind some very big - fabulous, leopard print - shoes to fill.
05.05.25
SCENE AND HERD PREVIEW: SWINGS & ROUNDABOUTS JAZZ
By Charlotte Sometimes
Sheffieldâs creative scene comes together in full force on Saturday 24th May at Factory Floor for Swings & Roundabouts: a night of live jazz, DJ sets, and community spirit, all in support of Roundabout Youth Homeless Charity. Conceived and organised by local university student Lucy Lee, the event blends music and meaning with a strong focus on local talent and solidarity.
Lucy Lee says "Swings & Roundabouts is a real Sheffield-supporting-Sheffield event which showcases how the creative community comes together to look after its most vulnerable members of the city"
Headlining the live music line-up are Kiziah & The Kings, fronted by powerhouse vocalist Kiziah, whose bold fusion of soul, reggae, and blues makes for an electrifying live experience. Joining them are Footprintz Jazz Collective, a genre-defying group known for their energetic blend of jazz, funk, and Latin rhythms that have lit up stages across the North. Between sets, the vibes continue with DJ appearances from Nonna Fab, spinning grooves that slide between vintage funk and global beats, and Peter Rabbit, whose eclectic selections keep dancefloors moving well into the night.
As well as donating proceeds to Roundabout, Factory Floor will contribute 10% of its net bar profits, doubling down on its commitment to the cause.
Lucy Lee states "As someone who once benefitted from the support of services like Roundabout, it's deeply personal to create an event that celebrates creativity while giving back to the community that helped shape me".
With support from Sheffield-based partners like Reyt Good Illustration, Funky Drummer Events, and Footprints Jazz Club, the event celebrates what the city does best: lifting each other up through creativity, collaboration, and care.
Tickets are ÂŁ10 and available here
Doors open at 7pm
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK W.C 5th May 2025
This May, Sheffield once again throws open the doors to its creative spaces as Open Up Sheffield 2025 takes over the city across two long weekends: May 3â5 and May 10â11, 11am to 5pm daily. Celebrating its 27th year, this free citywide event invites the public into the workspaces of over 130 local artists, offering a rare and personal insight into how art is madeâand who makes it.
Studios, homes, garden workshops and shared spaces from Walkley to Meersbrook and Kelham Island will be transformed into welcoming, working exhibitions. Expect a lively variety of work, from delicate textiles and hand-thrown ceramics to oil paintings, sculpture, photography and contemporary mixed media.
Among the highlights this year are group spaces like KIAC Studios in Kelham Island, where visitors can meet multiple artists including Ethan Lemon and Sara Prinsloo, all under one industrial roof. Over in the city centre, All Good Stuff Sheffield on Arundel Street will also host a special exhibition showcasing 8 selected artists from the trail, offering a curated snapshot of the cityâs creative depth.
Whether youâre hoping to purchase an original piece, ask about techniques, or simply chat to someone whoâs passionate about what they do, the open studio format makes for an inspiring and accessible experience.
For art lovers, aspiring makers, or anyone curious about Sheffieldâs cultural life, Open Up is a reminder that creativity can be found in every corner.
04.05.25
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: POST MODERN JUKEBOX @ OCTAGON
By David L Summer
My first ever gig was at the Octagon. And my third. And my sixth, after which I start to lose
track. It was 1996 and I was a skinny, naive teenager still coming to terms with being allowed out after 10pm. It felt very edgy, very grown up. It didnât matter that I didnât really know anything about the female-fronted indie band who were playing (who turned out to be
Echobelly); what mattered was that I was there â accepted into this tribe of beautiful night-
dwelling creatures queuing to venerate the stage. It was one of the best nights of my life.
I love the Octagon. I feel like a little bit of me was born here, a bit of my soul that reawakens
whenever Iâm there. It is where I first experienced the curious social behaviour known as âmoshingâ. Itâs where I first experimented with crowd surfing. It became my gold-standard of music venues; the bar against which all others would be measured. Big enough that a night there feels like an event, but small enough that each night feels intimate. Quirky enough to have character but enough of a blank-canvas that each artist can make it their own.
I visit the Octagon with a mixture of comforting nostalgia and anticipation for something new.
The same can be said of tonightâs visitors â Scott Bradlees Postmodern Jukebox (PMJ), who blend vintage influences with modern sounds.
Starting out in 2011 as a group of friends in New York recording cover songs on YouTube, they have gone on to perform over 1,000 live shows on six continents, and have featured over 70 artists in their ever-rotating lineup. Their collaborative approach â more of a collective than a band â keeps both their musical output and live performances fresh and complements their jazz-inspired improvisational ethos.
Thereâs a wonderful sense of fun pervading the air even before things get underway. As the audience filters in from the bar, I occupy myself by admiring the various headwear on display.
The spirit of the roaring twenties is evident from the hats, beads, bobs, dots, headbands, hats, pocket squares, suspenders, suits, hats, silk gloves, cigarette holders, flapper dresses and yet more hats adorned by the crowd.
Itâs a cool crowd, and itâs one of the first things acknowledged by Emcee Rogelio Douglas Jr, whose easy charm and playful humour hold
the evening together. He puts us at ease while taking us on a journey back to a time when live music was the magical heartbeat of community.
The arrival of tap-dancer Demi Remick during opener Bad Romance provides my first
highlight of the evening. Incorporating tap dancing into their acts is a longstanding PMJ tradition and, in my opinion, a stroke of genius. Remick cavorts in and out of proceedings throughout the night, attacking each of her numbers with such glee and unfathomable energy, itâs as though a cartoon character has invaded the stage. She brings a childish whimsy (her best moment, for me, is her Super Mario medley, complete with coin collecting jumps) but make no mistake; this is a creative choreographer and technically superb dancer at the very top of her game. She was immensely entertaining, and I doubt anyone in the audience would disagree!
The highlights keep coming throughout the evening, with each of the 11 strong, multinational ensemble given their chance to shine. Trombonist J.P Floyd was impossibly cool and charismatic, essentially performing a one-man comedy show from his spot in the back corner. Welsh drummer Jack Amblin provided one of the evenings biggest surprises when he ventured out to centre stage to perform an appealingly carefree cover of Itâs Not Unusual on the washboard. Guitarist Thor Jansen had the audience enraptured when given the spotlight for a captivating, unaccompanied solo.
Ultimately, though, the night belonged to the three female singers, whose individual styles
provide colour and contrast throughout the evening whilst perfectly complementing one
another.
First up is Sara Niemietz, a classy performer who shows her range throughout the show, comfortable singing smoky jazz numbers and perky doo-wop. She excels when providing the lower register harmonies for the other girls, but is at her best taking the lead on a wonderfully arranged version of Bowie's Heroes. A particular shoutout here to bassist and musical director Adam Kubota who made some excellent choices putting the set together. The use of a military drum beat in the final verse was, for me, absolutely inspired. Niemietz
takes this song from brooding understatement to triumphant euphoria and everything in
between, showing why sheâs one of PMJs longest serving and most trusted vocalists.
Next up is the irrepressible Tatum Langley, seemingly coming to us straight from the golden age of Hollywood. Langley is a pure performer with huge stage presence and impeccable comic timing who seems to thoroughly enjoy every moment she is on stage. Her expressive, animated performance complements her sweet but deceptively powerful voice. Langley is at her best singing the more upbeat numbers, and she also works particularly well with Niemietz as a finger-clicking, Charlston-dancing backing duo. Her take on Greenday's Basket Case is delightful, and the moment during closing number All About That Bass when she runs her fingers through her hair only to pull out her extensions was hilarious.
And then thereâs Effie Passero. What words can do justice to Effie? Iâll say this. If you are currently reading this and you havenât heard Effie Passero sing then stop. Stop reading right
now. You are making a bad choice. Go away, find a clip of Effie singing, close your eyes,
listen, and then come back. Honestly, you wonât regret it.
She just has the most remarkable, versatile voice, and it seems to come so effortlessly. Her Hallelujah tonight is absolutely breathtaking
and is met by a spontaneous standing ovation from the audience. She is an unbelievable
talent who I am privileged to have heard sing.
Thereâs something for everyone with PMJ. I think my kids would enjoy them. And my
parents. For the more studied music appreciator, the technical skill, innovation and artistry involved is off the charts. Yet there is no pretention on display. Really, itâs all about having fun, coming together and being a part of the great tradition of live music.
And we do have fun. By the end the audience are on their feet dancing, clapping, joining in. The band too seem to be enjoying themselves and Douglas Jr. thanks the audience (full house lights on!) for giving them the opportunities to follow their dreams. On the way out, I count seven band members posing for photographs, shaking hands and genially chatting to audience members. Itâs a nice touch,
and the two myself and editor Charlotte Sometimes speak to (Passero and Leeds based multi-instrumentalist Andrew Cox) are humble, kind and grateful for their work.
I come away wanting to be part of the band, which seems a bit unlikely, so Iâll have to settle for going to see them again at the next possible opportunity. And I can't wait.
Sheff Herd Editor Charlotte Sanderson with Effie Passero after the show
02.05.25
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: BUFFALO GHOST, SUDDENLY CHARLOTTE AND THE ONE TWENTY @ HALLAMSHIRE HOTEL
By Richard Wilkinson-Smith and Charlotte Sometimes
The Hallamshire Hotel was buzzing last Saturday night, as three superb local bands gave a packed room a real showcase of Sheffieldâs musical scene in a sold out gig. As usual, the friendly staff and excellent sound technicians at this venue deserve a mention too for helping The Hallamshire Hotel to remain one of our cityâs best live music venues.
First up on Saturday were The One Twenty, making an impressive live debut. Despite only recently coming together, their sound was remarkably tight and what followed was a set full of confidence and local flavour. Their first couple of tracks easily draw comparisons to early Courteeners songs with their sharp structures, relatable lyrics, and energetic presence. A standout lyric - name- checking West Street Live - got an instant nod of approval from the Sheffield crowd; a clever, personal touch that several successful local bands have used.
They went on to cover Katy Perryâs âThe One That Got Awayâ, but delivered it in a way that was immeasurably grittier and more down-to-earth (pun intended) than the original; swapping the polished pop sheen for something far rawer and more honest.
Their originals were packed with tight solos and real emotional weight, particularly on âMake It Better,â and Vinnie and Joeâs ballad moment â featuring the lyric âAre we flogging a dead horse just for the view?â â really cut through. Dan on drums and Oliver on bass (remarkably playing his first ever gig anywhere) held everything down superbly, while Vinnieâs vocal and guitar work added just the right bite.
There was something genuinely heartwarming about seeing a young band leave the stage surrounded by their friends, riding high after a dynamic debut. The One Twenty made a serious mark â definitely a band to watch out for and follow. We are excited to see what they produce next!
The âmain eventâ was set up as a boxing match â Buffalo Ghost, a blues/rock band with real soul versus Suddenly Charlotte; a female fronted 90s indie pop influenced outfit. In reality, these two bands work regularly together and they collaborated throughout the night.
First up were Buffalo Ghost, a band whose album we have previously reviewed here. They launched into two sharp tracks before settling into âCounty Line,â where their musicianship really shone. Special mention goes to the crisp guitar breaks and a funky bassline that had the room properly moving.
âCharlotteâ of Suddenly Charlotte added smooth backing vocals to Hometown (Country Girl) - a sweet, forward-driving piece of modern rock n' roll injected Americana. Meanwhile, single Honey blew off any cobwebs with the storming lead guitar work of Mark and the subtle keys work of Pete as the bandâs founder Joe sang "Hold me tight, come on rock me honey all through the night..." It's a track that can't help but get everyone nodding their heads in affirmation.
The set shifted into a more boogie-woogie style that felt pure and playful with Letter Writinâ Man - before swinging back towards groove and chunky basslines on âOn the Road,â topped off with a Floyd-like progression that gave real atmosphere. Drummer âSmackâ kept everything locked in, especially on the haunting âStrangerâ.
Then - a quick T-shirt swap later - the same musicians re-emerged as Suddenly Charlotte, bringing a fresh mood. Two songs in, the vibe had shifted towards something looser and funkier, landing somewhere between The Beautiful South and Alanis Morissette, especially on the standout âConversations With My Future Self.â.
They kept the energy high with a cover of Blondieâs âOne Way or Anotherâ, progressing to the rocky âSwitchblade Heart,â before wrapping up the night with âYouâre Not Hereâ â a beautiful, bittersweet closer.
Each band playing tonight referenced the power of community over power-play politics and in a time of much uncertainty, it was inspiring to see a room packed with people, selling out a venue, to come together and enjoy live music.
In the end, everyone that evening was a winner - a fantastic night all-round!
MAY 2025
TOP 4
đđđđ
Your guide to the month ahead.
Scroll up for our weekly event recommendations.
01
đ
Highland Fling Festival
Get ready for a day full of rustic fun as the Highland Fling Festival returns to Whirlow Hall Farm on Sunday, May 4th running from 10am to 3pm. This much-loved annual event is a highlight in Sheffieldâs spring calendar, bringing together families, animal lovers, and countryside enthusiasts for a unique celebration centred around the impressive and characterful Highland cattle.
The stars of the day are, of course, the cattle themselvesâproudly paraded and judged in a friendly livestock show featuring animals from across the region. But thereâs plenty more on offer: tractor rides, childrenâs activities, and a bustling array of local food and craft stalls make for a lively, wholesome atmosphere that blends farm life with community fun.
With face painting, farmyard encounters, and hands-on activities for the kids, the event is especially welcoming to young families, while adults can enjoy browsing artisan stalls and sampling locally produced treats. The event offers a laid-back, family-friendly alternative to the usual May Bank Holiday outings.
Entry is just ÂŁ2 for adults, and children under 12 go free, making it an affordable day out for everyone. Tickets can be booked in advance via Whirlow Hall Farmâs website or purchased on the day (subject to availability).
Whether youâre a long-time fan of the festival or a first-time visitor, Highland Fling 2025 promises a warm welcome and a wonderful taste of rural life, right on Sheffieldâs doorstep.
02
đ
Sheffield Food Festival
Get ready to indulge your taste budsâSheffield Food Festival returns to the heart of the city from May 24th to 26th, bringing with it a mouthwatering celebration of local produce, global flavours, and vibrant street food culture. Set against the iconic backdrop of the Peace Gardens, Pinstone Street, and the surrounding city centre, this free, family-friendly event is one of the regionâs most beloved bank holiday traditions.
Now in its 13th year, the festival is a showcase of Sheffieldâs culinary creativity, spotlighting independent traders, artisan producers, and top local chefs. Visitors can expect everything from award-winning pies and gourmet burgers to plant-based innovation, exotic curries, craft beers, and decadent dessertsâall served fresh and with a focus on sustainable, locally-sourced ingredients.
But itâs not just about eating. The 2025 programme promises live cookery demos, masterclasses, talks on food ethics and sustainability, and a Kidsâ Kitchen to inspire the next generation of food lovers. Thereâll also be live music, pop-up bars, and street performers to keep the atmosphere buzzing well into the evening.
Whether youâre a die-hard foodie, a curious grazer, or just after a great day out, Sheffield Food Festival 2025 is a delicious celebration of the cityâs culinary scene and community spirit. Arrive hungryâyouâll want to try everything.
03
đ
Sheffield Cocktail Festival
We have been getting excited about this for months! Get ready to raise your glass as the Sheffield Cocktail Festival arrives on Saturday, May 17th. Set in the stylish industrial setting of The Steamworks on Randall Street, this all-day celebration of Sheffieldâs vibrant drinks scene promises an unforgettable blend of craft, creativity, and cutting-edge cocktails.
Now firmly established as one of the cityâs most exciting spring events, the festival brings together some of Sheffieldâs best-loved bars and top mixologists under one roofâalongside guest appearances from major spirits brands, interactive tasting sessions, and hands-on cocktail masterclasses. Whether youâre a seasoned cocktail connoisseur or just love a good mojito, thereâs something here for every kind of drinker (there are non-alcoholic options available too).
Expect an atmosphere buzzing with music and flair. Live DJs will provide the soundtrack all day, while festival-goers sip limited-edition creations, classic favourites, and experimental new blends from pop-up bars. A highlight of this yearâs festival is the fiercely competitive Bloody Mary Showdown, featuring Sheffieldâs iconic Hendersonâs Relishâa local twist on the traditional hangover cure that promises to be both fiery and fun.
More than just a party, the Sheffield Cocktail Festival is also a showcase of local talent and hospitality, celebrating the craft, flair, and imagination that make Sheffieldâs bar scene one of the most dynamic in the country. Expect collaborations, surprises, and plenty of Instagrammable moments throughout the day.
Whether youâre heading out with friends or planning the perfect date night, Sheffield Cocktail Festival 2025 is your one-stop destination for a spirited night out in the city.
Tickets are almost sold outâso grab yours, dress to impress, and come thirsty.
04
đ
Festival of Debate 2025
Sheffield's Festival of Debate, the UK's largest annual politics festival, is gearing up for its 2025 edition, running from April 22nd to May 30th. This annual festival is dedicated to sparking conversations about systemic change and exploring alternatives to current political and social systems. Throughout its duration, attendees can expect a variety of events, including lectures, discussions, and performances aimed at creating dialogue and inspiring action. The events take place at a variety of venues - from The Octagon and the Pennine Lecture theatre to The Leadmill.
On 1st May, Lanre Bakare will share compelling stories of underrepresented communities, shedding light on their influence in shaping societal changes.
The festival will also feature writer Shon Faye, who will present her work on themes of identity, love, and belonging on May 8th. Additionally, the event titled All The People: An Inclusive Party on May 15th will be a celebration of inclusivity, bringing together artists with and without disabilities to showcase their talents.
Another highlight will be Helen Mort's discussion with feminist writer Laura Bates on May 16th about the modern-day challenges of sexism.
The festival will also screen a documentary on underground dance culture, followed by a panel discussion on May 9, and showcase Sheffieldâs thriving social enterprises with a documentary screening on May 28th.
The Festival of Debate 2025 promises to be an engaging and thought-provoking experience, offering a platform for critical discussions on a variety of topics. For more details on the event schedule and ticketing, visit here
30.04.25
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: CULTURE SHOCK FESTIVAL @ SHOWROOM CINEMA
By Paul Craven & Charlotte Sometimes
From the brilliant organisers of Celluloid Screams, Sheffieldâs new Culture Shock Festival took over the Showroom Cinema for a full weekend of strange, thrilling, and unforgettable cinema. It was a packed three days, bursting with European premieres, genre classics, and hidden treasures that lit up the cityâs film scene.
The festival opened with a double bill of monster mayhem: the European premiere of Brush of the God, a wildly ambitious kaiju film, followed by a beautifully restored 50th anniversary screening of Terror of Mechagodzilla â a must for fans of classic Tokusatsu. The event closed on a high with Seven to One, a gripping thriller that perfectly capped off the first dayâs energy.
Sheff Herd were thrilled to be there on Saturday, where things kicked off for us with the UK premiere of The Black Hole â the new anthology film from Estonian director Moonika Siimets. Far from a standard sci-fi piece, The Black Hole is a darkly comic and wonderfully strange exploration of love, loss, greed, and existential dread. Its sharp wit, eccentric characters, and off-kilter tone made it a real standout â full of surreal twists that stayed with us long after the credits rolled. Very moving and a must see for any fans of independent film or cult sci-fi.
Next up was Milano Calibro 9, the first instalment in Fernando Di Leoâs gritty Milieu Trilogy. This hard-boiled 1972 Italian crime classic remains a masterclass in atmosphere and betrayal, featuring a simmering lead performance by Gastone Moschin and an unforgettable score by Luis Bacalov and Osanna. Itâs a stylish, cynical portrait of underworld violence that still feels razor-sharp today, with dollopings of ultra black humour, tipping its hat to classics of the day like The Godfather with Moschin hilariously tossing his change in a toll booth super-fast before speeding away into the distance. The ending too, was shockingly comical and brilliant; the whole film has more twists than a New York pretzel.
Then came the secret screening â revealed to be Kim Jae-Hoonâs Devils. Devils was a punishing, nerve-shredding thriller that dives deep into moral decay and vengeance, featuring superb performances and brutal, tightly-wound direction. It was a tough watch, but absolutely riveting.
Just before midnight, the festival gave us a dazzling 4K restoration of Zombie Flesh Eaters, a beautifully shot film by Lucio Fulci at a time (1979) where horror was scoffed at by even the best UK critics â the legendary Barry Norman, for example - and no doubt the gore-factor here would have put many of them off their seafood platters. Fulci, however, has had the last laugh, as this classic has stood the test of time to be ranked alongside George A Romeroâs Undead trilogy, an arguably a technically superior film. Even the Italian to English dubbing (all films from that time had soundtracks/audio recorded at a later date; a hangover from Mussolini and his fascist dictatorship) adds to the pitch-black humour in what is a supremely creepy and apocalyptic vision.
The superb zombie effects â and vile crawling maggots just to add to the fun - simply drip from the screen in this quality of upgraded picture. Watching this in the comfortable Showroom auditorium in 4K was certainly a long way from an under-the-counter banned VHS tape of the early days.
Finally, Saturday concluded with the gloriously over-the-top Fatal Termination â a Hong Kong action blast filled with wild stunts, relentless pacing, and jaw-dropping set pieces. It was the perfect chaotic send-off for the night.
The line up continued strongly on Sunday with the second instalment of Culture Shock shorts followed by The Last Sacrifice â a film that uncovers the real-life witchcraft killing that inspired The Wicker Man and birthed the folk horror genre. Later in the afternoon and evening, the festival showcased Ukranian sci-fi U Are the Universe and recently made F-rated Somnium.
But a delightfully oddball highlight was the mid-afternoon screening of Psychomania. This retro British horror gem from the early '70s blends motorbike gangs with a supernatural twist, resulting in a wonderfully eccentric film that doesnât take itself too seriously. Its vibrant style, eerie charm, and offbeat storyline have aged into something quite special.
While opinions were divided upon its original release, time has been kind to Psychomania. What once puzzled audiences now captivates cult film fans with its unique atmosphere and unapologetic weirdness. With psychedelic visuals, an unforgettable soundtrack, and plenty of over-the-top moments, it's no wonder the film has found a second life as a beloved cult classic.
The night ended with the closing gala UK Premiere of Marshmallow â a summer camp horror with a twist and a worthy closing film to a fantastic weekend.
Throughout the weekend, the Showroom provided special food and drink offers - from burgers to rice bowls. There was also loads of quirky merchandise available to buy. The atmosphere of the whole weekend was superb; a true community of film lovers brought together by a shared love for the weird and wonderful.
If you enjoyed Culture Shock (or missed out this time), keep an eye out â Celluloid Screams returns later this year, and if last weekendâs festival is anything to go by, itâs going to be unmissable.
25.04.25
SCENE AND HERD SINGLE REVIEW: DEADSPACE BY WOLFSMOKE
By Richard Wilkinson-Smith
Wolfsmoke are a heavy rock band from Sheffield, bringing a fresh and distinctive energy to the UKâs grassroots metal scene. With a female fronted, mix age lineup, their presence arguably challenges some of the genreâs stereotypes while reinforcing its raw power. Their sound is skull-punishing and preciseâmetallic and riff-driven, yet melodically tight and musically in sympatico.
Their atmospheric latest single DeadSpace surges with passion, anchored by commanding vocals, thunderous drumming, and Tony Iommi-inspired guitar work. Written by frontwoman Jo Nash, the song ruminates on the trap of being in a loveless relationship and poignantly fades out on a striking emotional note: âI did so much wrong / trying to make you happy.â. The song, like the band, takes you on a musical journey.
Wolfsmoke have been honing their craft in acclaimed venues across Yorkshireâlike Huddersfieldâs The Parishâand further afield, including Cambridgeâs Six Six Bar. They have plenty of plans in the pipeline, including GeorgeFest at The George on Market Street on 2nd August.
For fans of heavy music with depth, diversity, and imagination, this band is one to watch.
Check out Wolfsmokeâs latest single here
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK W.C 28th April 2025
This Wednesday 30th April, get ready for a musical time warp as Scott Bradleeâs Postmodern Jukebox swings into Sheffieldâs Octagon â and trust us, you wonât want to miss it.
Postmodern Jukebox is famous for reworking modern pop hits into vintage styles from across the decades. Think Ariana Grande turned into a sultry 1940s jazz standard, Radiohead reimagined as a moody 1960s soul ballad, or Lady Gaga given a roaring â20s big band makeover. Each song is a playful re-interpretation, blending nostalgia with fresh, inventive twists that keep audiences guessing whatâs coming next.
Musically, itâs a feast: lush horns, ragtime piano, silky-smooth vocals, and toe-tapping rhythms â all performed with dazzling, high-energy showmanship. Expect jazz, swing, doo-wop, soul, and even a touch of rock ânâ roll, wrapped up in a show that feels part Great Gatsby party, part Las Vegas spectacle.
The bandâs ever-rotating line-up of world-class singers and musicians bring not just technical brilliance but real character and fun to every performance. One of my personal favourite singers is Effie Passero who is joining the tour line up - listen out for her unbelievable vocals.
Whether youâre a vintage lover, a modern pop fan, or just after an unforgettable night out, PMJâs live show promises pure joy from start to finish.
Tickets are selling fast â grab yours here and get ready for a night of sequins and seriously talented vibes.
23.04.25
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: REEL SPIRIT PRESENTS JOHN CARPENTER'S DARK STAR @ THE LIGHT CINEMA, SHEFFIELD
By Charlotte Sometimes
Easter Mondayâs screening of John Carpenterâs Dark Star at The Light Cinema in Sheffield was a gloriously weird blast through deep space â the perfect launchpad for Reel Spiritâs monthly celebration of cult cinema. Presented by Reel Spirit â a fantastic collaboration between Reel Steel and the Spirit of Independence film festival â the evening was a love letter to low-budget creativity and cinematic imagination.
Things kicked off with a raffle for a VHS copy of Dark Star (sadly, we didnât win but we graciously cheered for the enthusiastic recipient!). That set the tone perfectly: retro, fun, and fuelled by fandom.
Before the lights dimmed, we were treated to an insightful introduction to the film from Reel Steel and Spirit of Independence, which offered up fascinating trivia about the stellar careers this little indie helped launch. Not only was Dark Star John Carpenterâs directorial debut, but it also marked the beginning of a creative partnership with actor Nick Castle â the man who would go on to famously portray Michael Myers in Halloween. And letâs not forget Dan OâBannon, who not only starred in Dark Star but also wrote the screenplay â a few years later, he would pen the sci-fi horror classic Alien.
The film itself? Still a cosmic oddity of the best kind. With its shaggy, existential humour, cardboard sets, and a talking bomb that questions its purpose, Dark Star is part comedy, part foray into the world of philosophical questions, and all heart. Itâs clear that beneath the duct tape and DIY effects, thereâs some serious cinematic talent at work â and watching it with an enthusiastic audience made the experience all the more special.
This screening was just the beginning of Reel Spiritâs countdown to the Spirit of Independence Festival, landing at The Light from September 26thâ28th. Until then, theyâre screening a cult favourite every month â and weâre already counting down to the next one:
the 25th anniversary screening of Battle Royale on May 22nd. This is the legendary Japanese thriller where a class of schoolchildren are forced into a deadly survival game by a totalitarian government. Brutal, stylish, and utterly unforgettable, it remains a cornerstone of dystopian cinema.
Then in June, things get loud and chaotic with Tank Girl â the punk-infused, post-apocalyptic adventure that throws convention out the window and never looks back.
Finally, special mention to The Light cinema venue - gloriously comfortable seats with enough room for a herd of elephants, delicious pizzas at Fratellis (we recommend the Goatâs Cheese!) and friendly, enthusiastic staff who bring the welcoming magic.
If you love films that make or break the rules or just leave you grinning, Reel Spiritâs monthly screenings are not to be missed. We canât wait for next time!
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK W.C 21st April 2025
Independent Abbeydale presents Abbeydale Live which is getting ready to light up one of Sheffieldâs most vibrant streets with its very first edition on Saturday, April 26th and itâs coming in hot.
With more than 17 venues throwing open their doors and over 50 acts performing throughout the day, this brand-new festival is set to flood Abbeydale Road with sound, colour, and unmistakable local energy. Whether youâre into jazz, Latin, indie, or something you didnât even know you liked yet, thereâll be a corner of this festival that hits just right.
Music lovers can look forward to the likes of the Langsett Dance Orchestra, who bring big swing vibes with a vintage twist, and the University of Sheffield Big Band, whose brass-heavy sets are guaranteed to get feet moving. Montuno will fire up the Latin groove, while emerging artists from WaterBear Music College are on hand to shake things up with fresh sounds and fierce talent. Also expect surprise sets popping up in shopfronts and side streets; youâll ot a soundtrack that shifts as you wander!
Families can head to Broadfield Park for a full day of kid-friendly fun, hosted by Everyone Active. With performances from the ever-enchanting Benoit the Magician and plenty of hands-on activities, the younger crowd will be more than sorted.
The fun doesnât stop when the sun sets either. At Over the Yardarm bar, Sheff Herd recommended Charity Shop Disco will be spinning eclectic floor-fillers late into the nightâexpect bangers, oddities, and serious dancefloor joy, all for a good cause. Itâs one of many after-hours highlights thatâll keep the buzz going long after the final guitar solo.
This festival isnât just about music, thoughâitâs about what happens when a community comes together to create something brilliant. Abbeydale Live was born from a spirit of resilience and collaboration, sparked by local traders uniting after a spate of challenges in 2022. From that, the Abbeydale Traders Association and the Independent Abbeydale brand were born, and with help from the Economic Recovery Fund, this festival is their way of giving back to the road they love.
Abbeydale Live isnât just launching a new festivalâitâs kicking off a new tradition.
17.04.25
SCENE AND HERD PREVIEW: RELISHING THE BUILD UP TO THE SHEFFIELD COCKTAIL FESTIVAL
By Charlotte Sometimes
Things are heating up at Sheffield Cocktail Festival, as the cityâs most iconic sauce is officially joining the lineup. Thatâs rightâHendersonâs Relish is in the mix, adding some local fire to an already stacked day of drinks, DJs, and standout bars.
It all goes down on Saturday 17th May at The Steamworks and promises to be a one-stop bar crawl celebrating Sheffieldâs thriving drinks scene. Alongside an epic list of venues, brands, and street food, festivalgoers can dive into one-off masterclasses - including a particularly spicy one that might well be a highlight of the day.
Hendersonâs is teaming up with Locksley Distilling Co. and StarmoreBoss for a fiery Bloody Mary masterclass experience, where youâll get to shake up your own version of the classic using their special vodka collabâand, of course, a hit of Hendoâs.
A judging panel will crown the boldest mix, with the winner scoring a bottle of the special-edition Locksley Distilling Co. x StarmoreBoss vodka, a haul of Hendersonâs Relish goodies, and serious bragging rights.
Henderson's Relish General Manager Matt Davis shared their excitement: "We're thrilled to be part of Sheffield Cocktail Festival. Sheffielders know that the best Bloody Mary's have Henderson's. And we can't wait to celebrate the creativity of the city's best bartenders and cocktail lovers!"
There are only a few spaces available to the masterclass, so if you fancy shaking things up with Sheffieldâs finest, donât hang about.
Tickets are selling fast on the website here or head to the Sheffield Cocktail Festival Instagram for a chance to win two tickets plus a masterclass experience.
We can't "bloody" wait!
14.04.25
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: JEALOUS OF YOUTH, GREED, NOISEMAKERS' GUILD AND BORSTAL BOY @ RECORD JUNKEE
HERD VERDICT:đđđđđ
By Charlotte Sometimes
Friday night at Sheffieldâs Record Junkee served up an evening of diverse, heartfelt performances in one of the cityâs up and coming live music spaces. A shoutout is due to the sound engineers who made every act sound huge â seriously top-tier â and to the lovely bartender who kept the drinks flowing with great recommendations and friendly chat.
Jealous of Youth opened the night with a bang. The Barnsley four-piece, performing with a guest drummer, channelled a punchy 90s indie sound, full of vibrant energy and well-crafted melodies. For a young band, their confidence and musicianship stood out â itâs clear theyâve been putting in the work. The audience responded warmly, and while it was definitely a shame they had to leave early, they definitely left an impression.
Next up, Greed took the stage and dialled up the intensity. Reformed in 2019 but originally formed in Nottingham back in 1997, they brought a seasoned presence that blended rock, indie, and grunge with a strong 90s influence. Their set was a masterclass in dynamic shifts â Grantâs expressive vocals and rhythm guitar led the charge, with Paulâs bass and backing vocals locking in tight grooves, Arek holding it down on drums, and Mark absolutely ripping it on lead guitar. Their final track, Sometimes was a standout: melodic, energetic and packed with emotion â a perfect high to close on.
Then came Noisemakersâ Guild, another Nottinghamshire outfit, and they absolutely nailed the charismatic, high-energy performance post-punk demands. Sharp, angular guitars and driving rhythms carried the set, but it was their stage presence that really elevated things. The repartee between the frontman and the guitarist was genuinely hilarious, creating a brilliant connection with the crowd. Songs like Welcome to the Past and Eyes Wide Open delivered soaring musical energy, while The Story â a future single â added depth and narrative. They closed with their current single Desert Song, which built like a train journey, cinematic in scope, and earned huge cheers from a thoroughly engaged crowd. Catch this exciting band again at Record Junkee on June 21st as part of their tour, supporting American band Ryan Chrys and the Rough Cuts.
Rounding off the night was Michael Davies, aka Borstal Boy, in what was both a powerful and poignant set. Once the frontman of Law Abiding Citizens, Michael shared his story openly â from past success sharing stages with the likes of Lily Allen and Babyshambles, to personal struggles with addiction and a period in prison. This was his first time back on stage in over six years, and his first sober performance â an act of both bravery and resilience. His set was a blend of soulful acoustic guitar, evocative spoken word, and disarmingly honest storytelling. Charismatic and raw, Davies turned hardship into art in the most sincere way, and it was a privilege to witness his return. Heâs clearly got more to say, and an audience ready to listen.
Special shout out to the Andrews from local band Osprey who showed up to support the bands on the night. Check out our previous review of them at the Grassroots night at Yorkshireman and follow their socials for details of their upcoming gigs.
Overall, the night was a triumph â a testament to the strength of the regional scene, full of artists with something real to say and the skill to back it up.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK W.C 14th April 2025
Eggs Festival returns to grassroots "dive bar" Green Room this April 18th - 20th for a weekend of bold, alternative sounds and experimental performance. Running from the 18th to the 20th, the festival brings together a carefully selected lineup of underground artists working across noise, punk, electronics, and everything in between. The venue itself offers a great atmosphere in the centre of Sheffield.
Expect raw energy from Sheffieldâs own Get The Fuck Outta Dodge, join the "spookies" for the electronic sounds of Spook Muziek, and tightly wound, guitar rhythms from Taut Angles. Dreamy, grungy introspection comes courtesy of My Lo-Fi Heart, and gorgeous silky vocals will be offered by Sheffield songwriter Maisie Brook.
There is a wide range of other acts across the weekend, spanning various genres and each offering something distinct but united by a commitment to doing things differently.
Intimate, loud, and defiantly DIY, Eggs Festival is a chance to catch some of the most interesting live acts operating outside the mainstream, all under one roof.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK W.C 7th April 2025
Sheffield's Record Junkee is an exciting beacon of underground independent music. Tucked away on Earl Street, the venue doubles as a vibrant live music space and an independent record shop stacked with vinyl treasures, rare finds, and local releases. Over the years, itâs built a reputation as a home for grassroots talent and genre-defying nights that keep Sheffieldâs live scene buzzing.
This Friday, April 11th, Record Junkee is hosting an exciting night of four acts. The bill brings together an exciting mix of raw energy, sharp songwriting, and experimentation â all under one roof and right in the heart of the city.
Jealous of Youth are an up and coming band from Barnsley. The four piece formed in 2023 when still at school and are inspired by music like Radiohead, Oasis and other music from the 90s.
Also inspired by the 90s are the second band of the evening - Greed. Originally formed in Nottingham in 1997 and reformed in 2019, the four piece blends original rock and grunge influences for an exciting and fresh twist on indie music.
Next up are another Nottinghamshire based band - Noisemakers Guild. This four piece are experienced musicians who promise to inject some experimental flair into the mix. Their set will likely strike a chord with fans of shoegaze, alt-rock and post punk as they blend lush guitar tones with the soaring vocals of a charismatic front man.
Finally, Borstal Boy is punk poet Michael Davies (former front man and songwriter for the Law Abiding Citizens), has supported a range of artists from Lily Allen to Peter Doherty. He is currently signed to Warner Chappell music and this tour is his first in 6 and a half years. Expect gritty street songs delivered from the heart in what promises to be an exciting performance.
Come for the gig and stay (well - come back!) for the party because Record Store Day lands the very next day â Saturday, April 12th. Expect exclusive vinyl drops, special releases, music, drink and plenty of in-store energy. Itâs the perfect way to keep the music going all weekend long.
Record Junkee is the place to be this weekend.
For tickets to the gig on Friday 11th April, click here
06.04.25
SCENE AND HERD REVIEW: CIRCUS CORTEX: THE EDGE
HERD VERDICT:đđđđđ
By Charlotte Sometimes
Iâve now seen Circus Cortex three times, and each time has left me amazed â but The Edge was, without a doubt, the most breathtaking yet. Naturally no animals participate in Circus Cortex (unless you count this journalist elephant from Sheff Herd!) and it is certainly a modern take on the classic circus tradition.
From the moment the show began, the audience was hooked. The energy, the precision, and the pure artistry on display was unforgettable. The tightrope acts were a masterclass in balance, grace, and nerves of steel. The clowns were hilarious and appealed to the children and adults in the audience with gentle slapstick and subtle, PG-innuendo. And then there were the motorcycle stunts were absolutely jaw-dropping â edge-of-your-seat stuff that had the entire audience gasping and cheering. It wasnât just about danger; it was about control, choreography, and pushing the limits of performance.
What elevated the whole production even further this time was the addition of a phenomenal musical duo â a drummer and a singer/bassist â whose live performance of rock music brought a cinematic level of drama and atmosphere to the stage. Their rhythms and vocals were perfectly timed to the action, adding pulse and even more adrenaline to every act.
Looking through the cast, itâs clear how much passion and talent fuels this production. Notable acts include Ksenia Archer, whose high-wire and production talents shine brightly, Kristaps Pavlovs, a versatile juggler and comedian and double act partner Serhiy Valkiv, whose expertise as a clown and technical crew member underscores the depth of talent within the troupe. Plus the three motorcycle riders were breathtaking.
But Circus Cortex isnât just about individuals â itâs a true ensemble. The performers, technicians, musicians, and even the team selling popcorn and candy floss all work seamlessly together. Itâs a full experience, not just a show.
If youâre looking for a modern circus that delivers thrills, artistry, and heart in equal measure, The Edge is it. This is circus as youâve never seen it â bold, fresh, and unforgettable. Catch the show until April 13th.
For more information and tickets, click here
04.04.25
SCENE AND HERD ALBUM REVIEW: THE MOMENTS IN BETWEEN BY BUFFALO GHOST
HERD VERDICT:đđđđđ
By Richard Wilkinson-Smith
Buffalo Ghost describe their music as "Americana storytelling with a diverse musical range". This five piece certainly do have an impressive musical pedigree, including previous projects Fargo Railroad Co and The BearCats. Joining the soulful sound of songwriter Joe Armitage's vocals are the energetic guitars of Mark Lyall, the solid rhythm section from Jules Woodman (bass) and Smack (drums) and depth from the keys of Pete Thompson. The collective recently contributed a track to the Martin Bedford tribute album A Taste of Honey (scroll down for Sheff Herd's review) and we are delighted to share our thoughts about their recently released album The Moments In Between.
The record opens with the atmospheric track 'The Storm', featuring the evocative lines: âAll along the line where the ocean meets the sky, Iâll meet her there / Iâll be chasing seagulls, while she tries to keep the sand out of her hair.â Itâs one for fans of alt-country, folk, and blues.
Strong rockers like 'Honey'âwith vibes of a slightly more playful version of The Cultâand the rockabilly-flavoured 'Letter Writinâ Men' keep up an early tempo before the record drops down with 'County Line, Canât Go Back'ââI thought we were invincible / Turns out I was just cynicalââand 'Youâre Not Here'. Itâs the kind of material that would appeal to admirers of Ryan Adamsâ early work like Heartbreaker, with smooth male/female harmonies reminiscent of The Beautiful South alongside some strong lead vocals. Also powerful on the vocal and production front is 'Name of the Mother', which would sit nicely alongside late '80s records by the likes of The Triffids or Nick Cave.
A loose Led Zep feel kicks in on the Southern boogie of 'Switchblade Heart', before the album's strongest moment lands with 'September'. The song, with its achingly subtle instrumentation and lyricism - "âŠbrings the mist out from the seven hills / Wraps around the yellow of the leavesâ - is songwriting that wouldnât feel out of place on Zeppelin's III. The closer 'Hometown (Country Girl)' leaves things on a jaunty note; furrowing the land ploughed in classic American radio rock and soul by the likes of the Stones on Sticky Fingers, Springsteen, or even Bon Jovi at his least bombastic.
Buffalo Ghost have dived headlong into the roots/folk/blues genre with this album but what is most impressive about The Moments In Between is the sheer scope of musical talent and variety of instrumentation on display. Buffalo Ghost have created a tastefully produced package for us to enjoy, through a good speaker system, on repeat.
Buffalo Ghost have some exciting gigs in the pipeline, including an acoustic performance at Netheredge's Cafe #9 in June but next up is a headline slot at the fantastic Hallamshire Hotel venue on 26th April. Support comes from Suddenly Charlotte (a name our editor approves of!) who are a female fronted 90s indie pop influenced band (think Garbage/The Cardigans) and something of an offshoot to Buffalo Ghost. They will be joined by new indie-rock Sheffield band The One Twenty (it is their first gig!) who will be opening the night. If The Moments In Between is anything to go by, this promises to be a fine evening of live music. You can buy tickets here.
For more infomation about the bands click the links below:
04.04.25
SCENE AND HERD PREVIEW: CULTURE SHOCK: FESTIVAL OF FANTASTIC FILM @ SHOWROOM CINEMA
By Charlotte Sometimes
Culture Shock: Festival of Fantastic Film makes its debut at Showroom Cinema, Sheffield, from 25-27 April, offering an exhilarating weekend of sci-fi, fantasy, action, and cult cinema. Curated by the team behind Celluloid Screams, this brand-new festival showcases a bold mix of global genre films, from premieres to hidden gems and rare retrospectives.
Highlights include the European Premiere of Brush of the God (Japan), a love letter to Kaiju cinema, paired with a 50th anniversary screening of Terror of Mechagodzilla. UK premieres include The Black Hole (Estonia), a surreal sci-fi odyssey, and Marshmallow (USA), a suspenseful coming-of-age mystery set at a summer camp.
Other standout films include The Last Sacrifice, a gripping true-crime investigation into the witchcraft murder that inspired The Wicker Man, and a 35th anniversary screening of the Hong Kong action thriller Fatal Termination (1990).
Additionally, expect a secret film screening, short film showcases, and retrospective screenings of cult classics like In the Dust of the Stars (East Germany) and Psychomania (UK).
Weekend passes are available now, and individual film tickets can be purchased starting today. For full details and to book, click here
APRIL 2025
TOP 4
đđđđ
Your guide to the month ahead.
Scroll up for our weekly event recommendations.
01
đ
April Theatre takes the Stage
Sheffieldâs theatre scene offers a wide range of exciting performances this April in a variety of our excellent smaller venues. Here are some key picks:
From 2nd to 4th April, SUTCOâs presents Luke Hookhamâs It Came from the Ice at The Library Theatre. Described as a 'cosmic horror', the play focuses on survivors who return from an Antarctic expedition⊠but something else joins them. Read Sheff Herdâs article about this production and other work from this innovative theatre company here.
On 11th and 12th April (11th sold out at time of publishing), Butter Side Up Theatre Company will host Thestival; a two day celebration of musicals, comedy, drama and creative debuts. The event will take place at the charming Lantern Theatre in Netheredge.
On 25th April, Longpig Theatreâs highly anticipated production (read Sheff Herdâs preview here) of Jim Cartwrightâs Two will be staged at Shakespeareâs. This gripping, darkly comedic two-hander explores the complex nature of human relationships, set in the unusual space of one of Sheffieldâs favourite pubs. With strong performances and sharp dialogue, Two promises to be a captivating addition to the cityâs theatre scene.
Finally, on 29th April and May 1st, Forge Light Theatre brings a new adaptation of The Roaring Girl to Crookes Social Club. The production reimagines the classic tale with the backdrop of 1970s punk subculture and will feature a live band playing original music. Sheff Herd will be previewing this event so look out for more information soon.
02
đ
Abbeydale Live Festival
Sheffieldâs Abbeydale Road will be buzzing with activity on Saturday, April 26th, with the launch of Abbeydale Live, a brand-new music festival from Independent Abbeydale celebrating local talent and community spirit. The event will feature over 50 live performances spread across 14 independent venues, transforming the area into a hub of creativity and sound.
Organised by the Abbeydale Traders Association, the festival is designed to support local businesses while showcasing Sheffieldâs vibrant music scene. Popular venues such as The Bear, Rumkeg, Coleâs Corner and Herd Hangout The Broadfield will open their doors to a wide range of acts, offering music lovers a chance to experience live performances.
The lineup features an exciting mix of artists, including the Langsett Dance Orchestra, the University of Sheffield Big Band, and up-and-coming musicians from WaterBear Music College. Behind the scenes, event operations arebeing carefully managed by Tim Foulerton-Walker, a well respected festival coordinator with experience working on Glastonbury and our very own Tramlines.
Running from 1pm.- 11 pm, the festival is completely free to attend, making it an accessible and inclusive celebration for all. With a broad range of music and a strong community focus, Abbeydale Live is set to be an exciting addition to Sheffieldâs cultural calendar. Keep an eye on local event listings and social media for full details and lineup announcements.
03
đ
Egg-cellent Easter Events
There are all sorts of great events in Sheffield this Easter. For fans of the Easter bunny, we hear that he's visiting Graves Park Animal Farm on 18th - 21st April. Children can search for hidden eggs and receive a chocolate treat at the end. The event is an annual family favourite, offering a fun outdoor experience in one of Sheffieldâs most popular parks. Book tickets here
Sheffield Manor Lodge will also be running an Easter egg hunt on April 20th. Visitors can explore the historic grounds while searching for hidden eggs and enjoying chocolate prizes. This event tends to sell out quickly, so early booking is recommended.
Families with young children might enjoy the Easter craft workshop at Sheffield Plate in Orchard Square. Taking place on April 13th from 10-11am, this session includes Easter-themed arts and crafts, music, and a creative atmosphere for kids. As spaces are limited, itâs advisable to book in advance here.
Finally, motorcycle enthusiasts can take part in the annual Sheffield Theo's Egg Run on April 20th, which begins at Europa Link and finishes at Weston Park. This charity ride for the Children's Hospital attracts riders from across the region, and has stalls, refreshments, and a great community atmosphere at the final stop. Details can be found here
04
đ
Festival of Debate 2025
Sheffield's Festival of Debate, the UK's largest annual politics festival, is gearing up for its 2025 edition, running from April 22nd to May 30th. This annual festival is dedicated to sparking conversations about systemic change and exploring alternatives to current political and social systems. Throughout its duration, attendees can expect a variety of events, including lectures, discussions, and performances aimed at creating dialogue and inspiring action. The events take place at a variety of venues - from The Octagon and the Pennine Lecture theatre to The Leadmill.
One of the exciting highlights of the festival is a special event with John Harris on April 24. Harris will reflect on the political landscape, offering insights into how it has evolved and the forces shaping it.
For those interested in global economic shifts, anthropologist Jason Hickel will delve into the topic of degrowth on April 29th, arguing for a model that challenges the traditional emphasis on economic expansion. Meanwhile, journalist Lanre Bakare will share compelling stories of underrepresented communities on May 1st, shedding light on their influence in shaping societal changes.
The festival will also feature writer Shon Faye, who will present her work on themes of identity, love, and belonging on May 8th. Additionally, the event titled All The People: An Inclusive Party on May 15th will be a celebration of inclusivity, bringing together artists with and without disabilities to showcase their talents.
Another highlight will be Helen Mort's discussion with feminist writer Laura Bates on May 16th about the modern-day challenges of sexism.
The festival will also screen a documentary on underground dance culture, followed by a panel discussion on May 9, and showcase Sheffieldâs thriving social enterprises with a documentary screening on May 28th.
The Festival of Debate 2025 promises to be an engaging and thought-provoking experience, offering a platform for critical discussions on a variety of topics. For more details on the event schedule and ticketing, visit here
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK W.C 31st March 2025
Roll up, roll up! Circus Cortex is making a triumphant return to Sheffield with its brand-new show, The Edge, running from March 28th to April 13th at Sheffield Transport Sports Club on Greenhill Main Road.
Known for thrilling audiences with previous productions like Warrior and Glitch, this yearâs show promises even more heart-pounding action, jaw-dropping stunts, and an electrifying live soundtrack.
Expect gravity-defying aerial performances, high-speed roller-skating duos, and daredevil motorbike stunts that push the limits of danger. For the first time, live musicians will accompany the show, adding an extra layer of intensity to an already adrenaline-fuelled experience.
With two shows a day on most dates, there are plenty of chances to catch the action. Tickets are available online and at the venue, with a ÂŁ5 discount for those using the code âCORTEX5â. Be ready for an immersive experience packed with strobe lighting, smoke effects, loud music, and even the possibility of getting splashed!
Donât miss your chance to witness the magic under the Big Top!
28.03.25
REVIEW: A THRILLING MODERN CARMEN BRINGS PASSION TO SHEFFIELD @ CANON MEDICAL ARENA
HERD VERDICT:đđđđđ
By Nat Up North & Charlotte Sometimes
Photographs by Andy Brown and Emma Ledwith
A cacophony of brass and violins fill the arena. The sounds of basketballs, sneakers, and three-pointers have been replaced by the swelling notes of The Toreadorâs Song from Carmen. The roar of a stage wrestling crowd still echoes as the audience sits on the edge of their seats. The sound of a gun⊠BANG!
On the afternoon of Sunday 23rd March, Sheff Herd joined a packed audience at an electrifying production of Carmen, a masterful collaboration between Sheffield Philharmonic Orchestra, Opera on Location, Sheffield Music Hub, and Hallam Choral Society. The Canon Medical Arena, home of the Sheffield Sharks basketball team, was transformed into the scene of a crimeâone of passion, obsession, and ultimately, tragedy. And what a performance this was!
Director Rosie Katâs bold artistic choices made this production of Carmen a triumph, bringing the drama and intensity of Bizetâs classic to a modern audience in a way that felt accessible (it was performed in English and had a billboard to caption the songs to aid understanding) but still deeply dramatic.
Told in four acts, Carmen follows the ill-fated journey of Don JosĂ©, who abandons his devoted love, MichaĂ«la, for the intoxicating allure of Carmen, only to spiral into jealousy and violence when she leaves him for another. A striking narrative addition of this production was the character of a detective, who framed the opera as a police interrogation, adding a fresh layer of suspense and intrigue. This clever narrative device drew the audience into the investigation of MichaĂ«laâs and Carmenâs entwined fates and gave new weight to each characterâs motivations.
This adaptation also introduced a poignant twist at the endâ MichaĂ«laâs (played by the superb Andrea Tweedale) final act of mercy in ending Don JosĂ©âs suffering, a chilling and thought-provoking addition that underscored the operaâs timeless themes of love and obsession.
The Sheffield Philharmonic Orchestra, masterfully conducted by George Morton, and Hallam Choral delivered a stunning performance, with every note heightening the drama onstage. Likewise, the students of Sheffield Music Hub were a real delight, waving to the audience during the wrestling match at the end, and providing some much-needed comic relief, alongside some of the wittier lines of the show.
All the soloists were breathtaking but it was the two leads that really elevated this production. Don JosĂ©, played by Sheffield University alumni Gareth Lloyd (whose thrilling performance at the Sheffield Sharks game raised a standing ovation from the crowd), was an absolute powerhouse; his operatic tenor â particularly in his final showdown with his âloverâ demonstrated his vocal finesse and raw emotional depth. Likewise, Mae Heydornâs Carmen was magnetic, charismatic, and at times quite frighteningly bewitching, her velvety voice weaved seduction and danger into every phrase. The collaboration between the orchestra, choir, and soloists was seamless, creating a powerful musical experience that was both thrilling and deeply moving.
Adding to the afternoonâs magic was the presence of The Right Worshipful Lord Mayor of Sheffield Cllr Jayne Dunn, whose love for the arts was clear to see. During the interval, she took the time to speak with the orchestra and as many performers as possibleâtypical of this fantastic and approachable mayor. She even tried her hand at conducting, much to the delight of the musicians!
After the performance, the Lord Mayor took some time to speak with us and reflect on the power of opera, which she is a âbig fan ofâ, especially this play:
âCarmen was brilliant! I loved how they adapted it and made it so accessible because that is how the arts should be. Some of the language is really brutal when you see it written out on the billboard like that isnât it? And the issues in this opera are still so relevant today.â
The Lord Mayor added: âThe staging was incredible â almost not like a stage; so stripped back so we could really focus on the intensity and the music. It was a truly excellent collaborationâ
This Carmen production was a bold, breathtaking celebration of classical music, opera, and Sheffieldâs vibrant cultural scene. And the best part? The Sheffield Philharmonic Orchestra is only getting started with its 80th anniversary celebrationsâdonât miss their special concert on Saturday, 14th June, or catch them at Tramlines Festival on 28th July. If Carmen was anything to go by, you wonât want to miss whatâs next.
The Right Worshipful Lord Mayor of Sheffield Cllr. Jayne Dunn with Sheff Herd Editor Charlotte Sometimes and journalist Nat Up North
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK W.C 24th March 2025
On Saturday, 29th March 2025, Orchard Square will come alive with the sights, sounds, and scents of the Makers Market, a showcase of Sheffieldâs best independent traders, artisans, and food vendors. Running from 12pm to 4pm, the market promises a unique shopping experience, where visitors can browse handcrafted jewelry, bespoke ceramics, locally produced art, and delicious food and drink options.
While in The Orchard Square, be sure check out the other shops, bars and places to eat. For book lovers, Waterstones offers a literary escape and enjoy a drink or two from Independent producers in The Old Shoe or a lively meet up in Cheap Dates Bar.
With its mix of creative energy, delicious food, and a welcoming atmosphere, the Orchard Square Makers Market is the perfect way to support Sheffieldâs local businesses and enjoy a day out in the city.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK W.C 17th March 2025
Woodseats Live Festival 2025 - Saturday 22nd March 2025
Woodseats Live Festival is set to return on Saturday, 22nd March 2025, bringing a celebration of music, comedy, and community to the Woodseats area of Sheffield. This free-entry, multi-venue festival is a highlight in Sheffieldâs cultural calendar, offering attendees a diverse lineup of performances across various local establishments.
The festival will feature performances across seven venues (eight stages) in Woodseats: The Abbey, The Big Tree, Mesters Tap, The Boston Arms, Derbyshire Lane Cross Scythes, Herd and Guzzle MicroPub. Each venue will host a range of acts, from comedy to full bands to acoustic sets, covering a variety of genres, sponsored by a range of local businesses such as Drone Valley Brewery and Abbeydale Brewery. Most events start at 3pm and will finish at 11pm.
There are also some warm up events the night before on Friday 21st March, including an electro-acoustic open mic night at 7:30pm at Guzzle Micropub.
Woodseats Live is a celebration of community spirit. Local businesses and residents come together to support and enjoy the festivities and 2025 promises to deliver some excellent entertainment..
For the latest announcements on the lineup, schedules, and additional venues, follow the official Woodseats Live Facebook page here.
14.03.25
MUSIC REVIEW: GRASSROOTS THURSDAYS @YORKSHIREMAN
HERD VERDICT:đđđđđ
By Richard Wilkinson-Smith
One of our favourite rock bars Yorkshireman on Arundel Gate has recently been upholding its reputation for showcasing fresh talent with their Thursday night Grassroots events, delivered by Red Pen Promotions. Sheff Herd reports on the recent nights and some upcoming ones to watchâŠ
At the end of February, Noisemakersâ Guild headlined with their atmospheric post-punk sound. Their classic rock swagger was led by a charismatic front man and backed by a high energy rhythm section. Guitarist Jez Sullivan delivered a phenomenal performance, channelling the evocative textures of legends like PiLâs John McGeogh and U2âs The Edge. They return to Sheffield's Record Junkee on Friday April 11th.
Supporting Noisemaker's Guild were Fake Dads, who turned heads with intricate, math-rock-inspired structures, bounding across a stage that looked like a building site. They had a strong local following and had the crowd dancing to a mix of originals and covers with a twist - a surprising favourite being a rock version of Miley Cyrus' Wrecking Ball!
Opening the night was Osprey, a fierce and spirited Sheffield based outfit, who set the tone with their high-energy set. Catch them again at an upcoming night of Glam/Alt/Stoner rock at Sidney and Matilda.
Last night (March 13th) had Jahrel JP and the Future take the stageâanother staple of the Nottingham scene. Their lively frontman blended funk, rap, and rock with a slick, film-soundtrack feel, something also evident in his visually striking music videos. Supporting were After Midnight, a Northern three-piece with blues-rock swagger, punchy riffs, and ever-present sunglasses. Rounding out the night were Crying Corvid, another Nottingham-based band, who added a heavy dose of grunge to their blues rock revival sound.
Preview
Looking ahead, next Thursdayâs Grass Roots gig promises a return to The Yorkshiremanâs heavier side. Lincolnshireâs Iodine, the self-proclaimed âKings of this moshpit,â deliver a powerful twin-guitar attackâso bring your earplugs and get ready to rock.
Sharing the bill is a Sheff Herd recommended band Family of Addiction; a noisy punk rock band who have been described as the band that would be born âif Queens of the Stone Age and Nirvana had a babyâ. Listen out for their distorted guitar riffs and heartbreaking lyrics on âNot my Bloodâ. They are loud as hell but really have the tunes to back it up! Adding an unexpected twist, Mark Leaff (originally from Italy but now calling the Steel City home) will deliver an ambient-leaning post-punk solo set, packed with Black Keys-style riffs over pounding backing tracks.
As always, itâs a free entry event, starting at 8 PM so get there bright and early andâdonât miss it!
For more information on events @ Yorkshireman, click here
12.03.25
PREVIEW: PAT THOMAS AND MARK FELL @ FIRTH HALL
By Charlotte Sometimes
On Thursday, March 13th, Firth Hall will be the setting for an extraordinary evening of avant-garde and experimental sound. This one-of-a-kind event features the collaboration between Mark Fell, a groundbreaking figure in electronic music, and Pat Thomas, a virtuoso pianist and improviser known for his fearless approach to sound exploration. Together, they will push the boundaries of traditional performance, combining electronic composition with spontaneous, live improvisation.
Mark Fellâs work often delves into complex rhythms, algorithmic structures, and the manipulation of digital sound, creating immersive sonic landscapes that challenge the listenerâs perception of music. Pat Thomas, on the other hand, brings a wealth of experience in free jazz, improvisation, and the exploration of the piano as an instrument capable of producing a vast array of sounds beyond its traditional role. Their collaboration promises a truly dynamic and unpredictable performance, offering an exciting opportunity to witness two masters of their craft create something entirely new.
This event is perfect for anyone interested in experimental music, sound art, or the cutting edge of musical innovation. Expect an evening that will stimulate the senses, ignite the imagination, and leave a lasting impression.
đđđđđ
Scene and Herd
EVENT OF THE WEEK W.C 10th March 2025
Sheffield Celebrates Beer Week
Sheffield Beer Week is back from 10th to 16th March, celebrating the cityâs rich brewing culture with tap takeovers, beer tastings, guided walks, and brewery events. Whether youâre into craft ales, traditional pints, or just a good pub story, thereâs something for everyone.
Writer Adrian Tierney-Jones is giving a talk on 11th March at Hop Hideout/La Biblioteka, where heâll discuss his latest book, A Pub For All Seasons, which explores the charm and character of pubs across the country. Itâs a relaxed evening for beer lovers and pub enthusiasts alike. Tickets are ÂŁ5 for the talk or ÂŁ20 if youâd like a signed copy of the book. (More info)
From 12th to 16th March, Hop Hideout is also hosting a Women in Beer Showcase, shining a light on female-led breweries. Expect a handpicked selection of beers from Ideal Day, Closet, Gan Yam, and Kerroo Brewing, with both draught and canned options available to try.
For those who love a good ghost story with their pint, thereâs a haunted pub tour on 12th March, starting at Hop Hideout at 6:30 PM. Led by Adrian Finney of Strange Britain (see our previous review of Adrian's superb Valentine's Event), the tour takes you through some of Sheffieldâs oldest and most atmospheric pubs, uncovering their eerie histories. Tickets are ÂŁ10, and while drinks arenât included, thereâll be plenty of opportunities to grab a pint along the way. (Sign up here)
For those who prefer a sit-down session, The Harlequin is hosting a Sheffield pub heritage talk on 13th March at 8PM. Expect stories of lost pubs, historic boozers, and the ever-evolving beer scene in the city. Tickets are ÂŁ4.95. (Get them here)
If Sheffieldâs pub history interests you, thereâs a guided walk on 16th March through the cityâs Little Chicago Quarter, an area once known for its mix of industry, nightlife, and notorious past. The tour starts at 11AM outside the Sheffield Combined Court Centre and finishes at Kelham Island Tavern, where you can round things off with a well-earned pint. Tickets cost ÂŁ4.95 and include a newly released pub heritage booklet. (Details here)
With tap takeovers, tasting events, and collaborations happening across Sheffieldâs many pubs and breweries (we recommend Big Trip Tap Takeover @ Alder Bar), thereâs plenty to explore throughout the week.
For the full lineup and ticket details, check out Sheffield Beer Weekâs website.
MARCH 2025 TOP 4
đđđđ
Your guide to the month ahead.
Scroll up for our weekly event recommendations.
01
đ
Markets and Fayres
Sheffield has built a strong reputation for its vibrant markets and fayres and the city has something for everyone this March.
The Steamworks plays host to two exciting markets in March. The first, on the 3rd, is Ginger's Flea which ofers vintage fashion, homeware and collectables, along with the usual exciting range of street food. At the end of the month, on the 27th March, Craft and Flea present The Night Market with an offering of curated indie makers, food, beer, cocktails and good vibes.
On the 7th and 8th, Peddler Market returns to its well-loved warehouse space, bringing with it an exciting mix of award-winning street food, independent craft drinks, live music, and entertainment. Since 2014, Peddler has been a cornerstone of Sheffieldâs food scene, drawing thousands of visitors each weekend. Running from 5 PM to 11 PM on Friday and 12 PM to 11 PM on Saturday, itâs the perfect spot to grab gourmet eats, sip on a craft beer, and soak up the buzzing atmosphere.
On the 23rd March, the spring edition of the quarterly free Netheredge Farmers Market returns. Expect delicious local produce (cheese samples!) and a range of entertainment.
Finally, for a different type of 'fayre', Sheffield Comic Con returns on the 22nd of this month, bringing a fantastic celebration of pop culture to Ponds Forge. This one-day event is perfect for comic book enthusiasts, cosplayers, and collectors, with stalls packed full of rare and vintage comics, graphic novels, action figures, film and TV memorabilia, and original artwork. Whether youâre searching for a nostalgic treasure or the latest issue of your favourite series, thereâs plenty to explore. With an affordable entry fee and a welcoming atmosphere, the event promises a lively day of browsing, trading, and celebrating all things comic.
02
đ
Sheffield Festival of the Outdoors
This March, Sheffield will come alive with the spirit of adventure as it hosts the Festival of the Outdoors 2025. Set against the backdrop of the city's stunning natural landscapes, the festival invites outdoor enthusiasts of all kinds to explore, discover, and celebrate the wild beauty of the region. From the rolling hills of the Peak District to the urban green spaces of the city, thereâs an adventure waiting for everyone.
Sheffield, often referred to as the gateway to the Peak District, offers the perfect environment for a festival of this scale. The event is designed to inspire people to connect with nature and enjoy the many outdoor activities available, whether you're a seasoned adventurer or simply looking to dip your toes into the world of outdoor recreation.
Throughout the festival, visitors can experience a diverse range of activities. Thrill-seekers will find plenty of opportunities for rock climbing, kayaking, mountain biking, and trail running, all set against the cityâs dramatic landscapes. Those who prefer a slower pace can enjoy guided walks through Sheffieldâs iconic parks, woodlands, and surrounding countryside. Expert guides will lead participants through hidden trails and offer insights into the area's rich natural history and biodiversity.
The festival also features a series of workshops designed to equip attendees with essential outdoor skills. Whether you're interested in learning how to navigate with a map and compass, preparing for a wilderness adventure, or mastering the art of outdoor cooking, these hands-on sessions provide valuable knowledge for anyone looking to get more out of their time outdoors.
Sustainability will be a central theme at this yearâs festival, with a focus on eco-conscious living and conservation. Visitors can attend talks and activities that explore how we can all reduce our environmental impact and protect the landscapes we love. Itâs a great opportunity to learn how to be a more responsible adventurer while contributing to the preservation of the region's natural beauty.
For families, the festival offers plenty of fun and educational activities for children, from nature trails to wildlife spotting and outdoor games. Itâs the perfect chance to introduce the younger generation to the wonders of the natural world in a fun and engaging way.
Sheffield's unique combination of urban vibrancy and access to pristine natural spaces makes it the ideal host for this festival. Known for its abundance of parks, woodlands, and proximity to national parks, the city offers an ideal starting point for anyone looking to explore the outdoors. The welcoming atmosphere of Sheffield and its people will ensure that visitors have a truly memorable experience.
Whether you're seeking adventure, relaxation, or a deeper connection to nature, the Sheffield Festival of the Outdoors in March 2025 promises to be a highlight of the year for outdoor lovers. Get ready to embrace the great outdoors in one of the UK's most beautiful and green cities..
03
đ
Classical Sheffield's Classical Weekend
Sheffieldâs classical music scene is set to take center stage from March 21st to 23rd, 2025, as the Classical Sheffield Weekend returns with a rich program of performances in venues across the city. The festival promises everything from grand orchestral concerts to intimate recitals and pop-up performances in unexpected places, celebrating the diversity and talent within the local and national classical music scene.
The weekend begins with a rare chance to witness the HallĂ© Orchestra in an open rehearsal at Sheffield City Hall, offering a behind-the-scenes look at one of the UKâs most celebrated ensembles as they fine-tune their performance. Later that evening, a series of choral performances will take place at various locations across the city, showcasing the power of the human voice in a variety of styles and settings.</